A token’s launch is only the beginning of its story. The more demanding question is what role it can play once it reaches the market. For Artenis (ATNS), that question is tied to the development of GMA — Global Market of Artification — a project building a digital ecosystem around art, culture and blockchain technology.

The ATNS presale has concluded, and the token began trading on LBank in the ATNS/USDT pair on October 7, 2026. The listing gives the project a live exchange market and marks a new phase for a token designed to support participation in GMA’s developing Web3 ecosystem.

ATNS is an ERC-20 token on Ethereum with a stated fixed supply of 50 million. Its contract is publicly verifiable on-chain at 0xc66744C9723863d74Bd432B00FEfC212Df002d22. For users encountering Artenis through LBank, these on-chain details provide a direct way to examine the asset’s technical foundations alongside GMA’s project materials.

A Web3 token connected to art and culture

GMA’s premise is that digital infrastructure can create new ways to discover, experience and participate in art. The project brings together several elements: an online marketplace for art and design, digital certification initiatives, community participation and a Virtual Museum intended to offer immersive cultural experiences.

The marketplace is presented on GMA’s website, while the Virtual Museum is currently in development. The broader vision is to connect cultural content with digital services and experiences that can reach audiences beyond the limits of physical location.

Artenis is designed to provide a utility layer for this ecosystem. GMA’s white paper outlines potential functions for ATNS that include marketplace interactions, membership features, event participation, digital access and integrations involving NFTs and digital certification. These are the areas in which GMA intends the token to support activity as services are developed and integrated.

That focus reflects the public vision of GMA founder Gregorio Maiorano. In a 2025 interview, Maiorano described digitalisation as a means of making artistic heritage accessible to wider audiences through virtual visits, digital archives and interactive platforms. His comments frame technology as a way to expand engagement with culture and create additional digital experiences around it.

A defined token structure on Ethereum

ATNS has a fixed total supply of 50 million tokens. Hacken’s public security assessment describes the contract as immutable and non-upgradeable, with no additional minting or burning after deployment. The contract also implements ERC-20 Permit, enabling signature-based token approvals.

Hacken’s public audit page reports two findings as resolved. The report also identifies operational considerations, including the concentration of the initial token supply in a Safe multisignature treasury. That means the security of the treasury depends on the management of its signers and keys. The audit covers the smart contract within its stated scope; it does not certify the wider GMA ecosystem or predict ATNS’s market performance.

GMA describes ATNS as a utility token for ecosystem functions. It does not represent ownership in GMA, a claim on company profits or a guarantee of financial returns. The token’s role is connected to participation and services within the platform as those functions become available.

The next stage: connecting the token to activity

The LBank listing moves ATNS into exchange trading. The next stage is the expansion of the ecosystem around it: developing GMA’s services, integrating token functions and building participation among artists, collectors and digital communities.

That product-led approach gives Artenis a distinct Web3 narrative. Its proposition brings together a transparent on-chain token structure and a cultural ecosystem with a defined set of intended services. As GMA continues its development, the relationship between ATNS and those services will shape how users experience the token beyond the trading market.

For readers following the project, ATNS/USDT is trading on LBank. GMA’s website and white paper provide further information about the ecosystem, while the Ethereum contract can be checked directly on-chain. Anyone considering interaction with ATNS should review the project documentation and understand that digital assets involve risk and can be volatile.

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

Phone numbers stay with Telegram unless the player approves a separate request. Messaging permission works the same way, so a bot can only send direct messages after the user allows it.

Telegram casinos differ in what they request alongside the basic profile and how clearly they explain it. Login data, mini app access, and later verification all shape the picture.

What Telegram Passes to a Casino

Telegram offers websites and bots a defined set of user fields. The table shows what each access route typically shares.

Access route

Data shared by default

Needs separate consent

Telegram Login on a website

User ID, name, username, profile photo

Phone number, bot messages

Mini app inside Telegram

User ID, name, username, language, premium status

Phone number, contact sharing

Bot chat

User ID, name, username, messages sent to the bot

Phone number via a share button

Linked wallet

Wallet address and its on-chain history

Each transaction signature

Last verified: October 2026

Wallet links inside Telegram usually involve TON, the network built around the messenger. Our overview of TON casinos explains how that route works.

Why a Bot Login Is Only the Start

Telegram accounts tie to a phone number on Telegram's side, even when the casino never sees it. Account security therefore depends on the messenger's own settings, such as two-step verification.

Messages sent to a casino bot stay in the operator's logs as well as the chat. Casinos running on Telegram also keep the right to request documents later, as with any other signup route.

Data and verification requirements vary widely between platforms, as a ranking of casinos by data requirements shows.

7 Telegram Casinos Ranked on What a Bot Login Shares

Order weighs how much each platform requests through its Telegram route, how clearly it explains later data needs and how openly it names the operator behind the bot. Every entry ends with one caution.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport offers Telegram sign-in beside email, Google and six wallet connections on its website. The Telegram route opens an account without a password, birth date or address field.

Dexsport may request identity documents later, whichever route created the account. Dexapp LTD operates the platform with an Anjouan licence.

2. TG.Casino

TG.Casino operates through a Telegram bot alongside its website, and its TGC token links to staking and rakeback features. Players can deposit from a connected wallet inside the bot.

TG.Casino's verification terms allow checks at withdrawal, so a bot-only signup can lead to document requests. Its operator and licence details appear in the website footer.

3. Mega Dice

Mega Dice combines a web casino with Telegram access, and players can move between both with one account. Its sportsbook and casino share a crypto balance.

Mega Dice's Telegram route follows the same terms as the website, including verification when the operator requires it. Third-party reviews report a Curaçao licence.

4. Lucky Block

Lucky Block offers a Telegram bot started with a simple command, alongside email and WalletConnect access on its website. Its platform links casino and sports to the LBLOCK token.

Lucky Block's withdrawal rules allow verification, and player feedback mentions waits while documents get reviewed. Third-party sources list a Curaçao licence.

5. CoinCasino

CoinCasino offers an official bot that opens as a mini app inside Telegram. The mini app passes basic profile fields such as user ID, name and language.

CoinCasino's documents cover the website and the mini app together, so players should read the terms before depositing through the bot. Reviews report a Curaçao licence.

6. BC.Game

BC.Game accepts Telegram among its social login options, next to email, phone, Google and wallet signups. Its community channels on Telegram run separately from account access.

BC.Game ties its verification tiers to withdrawal amounts, whichever login created the account. Twocent Technology Ltd holds its Anjouan licence.

7. JetTon

JetTon operates as a TON-focused casino inside Telegram, with a mini app and a TON wallet connection as its core route. Its games and balances live within the messenger.

JetTon's operator details appear mainly through third-party reviews, so players should confirm its licence and terms directly. Wallet transactions on TON stay public on-chain.

Settings Worth Checking in Telegram

Telegram's own privacy settings decide part of what a casino can learn. Several controls deserve a look before the first tap on "Start", and stronger account protection pairs well with them.

• Phone number visibility: set it to "Nobody" so contacts and bots see less

• Username and photo: both pass to bots by default, so choose them knowingly

• Two-step verification: adds a password to SMS login codes

• Active sessions: review logged-in devices and website logins under privacy settings

• Bot permissions: revoke messaging access for bots you have stopped using

Telegram also lists connected websites under its privacy section, where players can remove old casino logins in one tap. Five casinos compared on account safety show how two-factor options differ at the casino end.

Conclusion

Telegram casinos receive a user ID, a name and often a username and profile photo through a bot login or mini app. Phone numbers and messaging permission need separate approval, and linked wallets add a public on-chain trail.

Dexsport opens this ranking with Telegram sign-in beside email, Google and wallet routes, followed by TG.Casino, Mega Dice, Lucky Block, CoinCasino, BC.Game and JetTon. Their terms explain data needs and later verification with varying detail.

Telegram's privacy settings shape what any bot sees, so review them before signing up. Betting laws differ between countries, so check what applies to you, play only at legal age and expect that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Telegram features, casino terms and licences change over time and vary by country, and some details come from third-party reviews, so check each platform's current terms before you deposit. Gambling involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please play responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

US 10-year bond yield heading lower

Source: TradingView

One hugely problematic factor in stock markets falling and most assets being unable to rise is bond yields. The U.S. 10-year government bond is the standard that markets look to, and this particular yield has risen mercilessly over previous weeks. However, it very much looks like the 10-year yield has made a top - at least into the short to medium term. 

The short-term chart above shows that the yield has rolled over from its height of 5.36%. A head and shoulders pattern then broke to the downside, and it can be seen that the yield is potentially heading back to the measured move of 4.7%.

$BTC price back at the bottom of the channel - bounce or breakdown?

Source: TradingView

Into the Bitcoin chart it can be observed that the $BTC price is still holding on above the bottom of the parallel channel, and when all is said and done, the price has really just gone sideways for quite some time now. 

In spite of the bearishness pervading the market, the $BTC price has a decent chance of rising up to the descending trendline and the $84K resistance level once again. 

The Relative Strength Index reveals that the indicator line is still bouncing along the top of the descending trendline, while in the Stochastic RSI, the indicator lines have bounced from the bottom and may be about to signal some upside price momentum later today and into the weekend. 

Possible confirmation below the 50-day SMA

Source: TradingView

While the $BTC price is still holding the intersection between the two parallel channels, there are concerns emerging. The price looks as though it may be confirming below the ascending channel (faint dotted lines). That said, this channel might not be valid, given that it lacks three touches of the top trendline.

Another issue is that the $BTC price has fallen below the 50-day SMA. If this current daily candle closes below, that will be the confirmation of a breakdown.

Finally, the daily Stochastic RSI indicators have turned around. The red slow line is back on top of the blue fast line, meaning that upside price momentum is falling, and this in a higher time frame.

Precarious setup in the weekly time frame

Source: TradingView

It’s still early on Friday, and the weekend is to come. Nevertheless, the setup in the weekly time frame is a precarious one. The $BTC price is at the very bottom of the upper parallel channel, and a hanging man candle is currently showing. This is bearish, so the bulls will need to push the price back up in order to avoid a bad signal for next week.

To cap it all, the Stochastic RSI indicators are coming back down. Both indicators could be below the critical 80.00 level going into next week. This would likely be the signal for a continuation of the correction, quite possibly back to the $70k region.

Finally, one more thing to think about. Markets are very bearish right now. The U.S. stock market is rolling over from its high at nearly 7,900 points. Currently at 7,683, strong support awaits below at 7,630. With so much negative sentiment in the market, could a relief bounce be on the horizon?

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Analytics tools load with the first page view, live chat widgets read support messages and identity vendors process any ID scan. Payment partners, game studios and blockchain analytics firms each receive their own slice.

One walk from the cookie banner to the withdrawal screen shows which parties touch it, why they need it and where a privacy policy should name them.

Data Moves Through Several Hands

Players interact with one brand, while a chain of service providers works behind it. The table maps the usual recipients against the data they handle.

Recipient

Data it typically sees

Why it needs it

Analytics and tag tools

IP address, device, pages viewed

Traffic measurement and marketing

Hosting and CDN providers

IP address, request logs

Site delivery and attack protection

Live chat and CRM tools

Name, email, support messages

Customer service and promotions

KYC vendors

ID scans, selfies, address documents

Identity and age checks

Blockchain analytics firms

Wallet addresses, transaction history

AML screening of deposits

Payment and on-ramp partners

Card or bank details, wallet addresses

Buying crypto or processing payouts

Game studios and aggregators

Player ID, bets, session data

Running games and settling rounds

Affiliates

Referral ID, signup and deposit events

Commission tracking

Last verified: October 2026

Wallet addresses deserve a special mention, because they link to a full public history the moment a casino records them. Our guide to how much a wallet address reveals explains that exposure.

Cookie Banners Set the First Layer

Banners decide which trackers load before a player even signs up. Under EU ePrivacy rules and GDPR, non-essential cookies need consent, so a compliant banner offers a real reject option.

Offshore casinos apply these rules unevenly. Some banners offer only an accept button, while others list every vendor with separate toggles for analytics and marketing.

Essential Versus Optional Cookies

Session and security cookies keep a login working and usually load without consent. Advertising pixels, heatmaps and affiliate trackers fall into the optional group, and rejecting them limits how far browsing data travels.

Signup Choices Shape Later Sharing

Registration routes create different footprints from the start. Email signups send contact details into CRM and marketing tools, while Google or Telegram sign-ins add those platforms as identity providers.

Wallet signups hand over an address instead of a name, though that address can later meet a KYC file if verification follows. Email and wallet accounts start with different records, as an explainer on casino sign-up paths sets out.

KYC Vendors Handle the Most Sensitive Files

Identity checks usually run through specialist firms such as Sumsub, Jumio, Onfido or Veriff. These vendors store ID scans, selfies and liveness videos, often under their own retention rules as well as the casino's.

Blockchain analytics providers such as Chainalysis and Elliptic screen deposits against known risk sources. Their tools see wallet activity even when a player never uploads a document.

Off-chain platforms and on-chain ones divide these records differently, as a comparison of player data handling at Web3 casinos shows.

Game Studios See More Than Players Expect

Third-party games run on studio servers, so providers receive a player identifier, bet amounts and session details. Live casino studios also log chat messages typed at their tables.

Aggregators connect the casino to dozens of studios, adding one more company to the chain. Clear privacy policies name these partner types even when it skips individual company names.

Dexsport's Sign-In Routes and Partners

Dexsport offers email, Google, Telegram and six wallet connections, including MetaMask, TronLink and WalletConnect, so the identity provider depends on the chosen route. Its casino draws games from more than 45 studios.

Dexsport's terms allow identity document requests at any point, and those checks bring a verification step into the chain when they apply. Its privacy policy, linked on the signup screen, sets out how the operator handles that data.

Dexapp LTD operates Dexsport under an Anjouan licence, and complaints go to team@dexsport.io.

Conclusion

Player data at a crypto casino passes through a chain of companies. Analytics tools, hosting providers, chat platforms, KYC vendors, blockchain analytics firms, payment partners, game studios and affiliates each see a different slice.

Cookie choices limit the first layer, and the signup route decides which identity providers join the chain. Verification adds the most sensitive files, held by specialist vendors.

Privacy policies that name partner types and retention periods make that chain easier to follow. Read them before signing up, and reject optional cookies when the banner allows it. Gambling rules change at every border, so review the law in your country, stick to legal age limits and keep in mind that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Data partners, privacy policies and licences change over time and vary by casino and country, so read each casino's current privacy policy and cookie settings before you sign up. Gambling involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please play responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

The bridge went live for a small percentage of users a week before the public launch. fomo pairs it with its own router, cutting out third-party routing on the path between Solana and other chains. The company claims this makes its trades up to 50% faster than any existing solution on the market.

Every route got faster

fomo's before-and-after figures show gains on every route out of Solana, on both buys and sells. The biggest jump is a 46% cut on buys to Base, from 1.083s to 0.583s.

Trade

Before

After

Faster

SOL → Robinhood buy

0.867s

0.600s

31%

SOL → Robinhood sell

0.633s

0.500s

21%

SOL → Base buy [confirm]

1.083s

0.583s

46%

SOL → Base sell [confirm]

1.100s

0.850s

23%

SOL → BNB buy

1.200s

0.933s

22%

SOL → BNB sell

1.683s

0.967s

43%

The slowest trade on the list, a BNB Chain sell, now finishes in under a second, down from 1.683s.

fomo vs pump.fun: fastest in every test

On Dune data for Oct 15–21, fomo bridge was the fastest option on all four Solana–Robinhood tests. It beat pump.fun's own pump bridge by 26% to 40%, and both apps' Relay routes by more than 50% in some tests.

The charts compare four setups: fomo on its own bridge, pump.fun on its own bridge, and each app routing through the third-party Relay bridge. P50 is the median trade, typical of normal traffic. P90 is the slowest 10%, the trades that bite during busy markets.

Test (Oct 21)

fomo bridge

pump bridge

fomo lead

SOL → Robinhood, P50

0.25s

0.34s

26%

Robinhood → SOL, P50

~0.36s

~0.54s

~33%

SOL → Robinhood, P90

0.46s

0.71s

35%

Robinhood → SOL, P90

0.70s

1.16s

40%

Both apps' Relay routes were slower still, at roughly 0.55s to 0.97s across the same tests.

Values marked ~ are read off the chart lines. Source: Relay's Dune dashboard, daily latency, Oct 15–21, 2026 UTC.

Built for volume

fomo says it now handles 10x+ more cross-chain transactions than any other trading app. On the Robinhood–Solana routes, it ran about 4.27M trades in 30 days, against roughly 439K for pump.fun.

Route (30 days)

fomo trades

pump.fun trades

fomo lead

SOL → Robinhood

2,395,891

194,682

12.3x

Robinhood → SOL

1,872,192

244,761

7.6x

Latency (30-day range)

fomo

pump.fun

SOL → Robinhood, average

0.23–0.56s

0.31–0.68s

SOL → Robinhood, high traffic

0.43–0.97s

0.54–0.83s

Robinhood → SOL, average

0.28–0.57s

0.47–0.57s

Robinhood → SOL, high traffic

0.49–0.85s

0.66–1.17s

Ranges show each app's fastest and slowest daily latency over 30 days, combining its Relay and own-bridge routes. fomo's best figures, 0.23s median and 0.43s under load, both came on Solana → Robinhood.

Scale is the point. Holding sub-second fills at a few thousand trades is easy. Holding them across millions, through the busiest hours, is the harder test, and the one fomo is built for.

Speed under pressure is what counts

Speed is easy when there's no traffic, and fomo argues that average-traffic speed is the wrong benchmark. Execution matters most during volatility, when everyone is trying to trade at once.

The P90 data backs that up. Under high traffic, pump bridge slowed to 1.16s on Robinhood → Solana, slower than either app's Relay route. fomo bridge stayed at 0.70s, under a second in every test across the week.

For traders chasing fast-moving tokens, a fraction of a second is the gap between the entry they wanted and the one they got.

Bridging is only half the equation

fomo's second edge is routing. The company says its in-house router delivers fills 0.5% better on average than other routers, and improves the worst 10% of trades by more than 2%.

fomo says it is the only major cross-chain trading app to own both its bridge and its router. Owning both means it controls speed and price on every leg of a trade.

Small execution costs compound. fomo's illustration assumes a 2% cost on every trade: after 100 trades, 0.98¹⁰⁰ leaves 13.3% of the starting balance, an 86.7% loss.

That 2% matches the router's gain on the worst trades, not the average. At the 0.5% average gain, 100 trades still compound to roughly 39% of a balance lost to worse execution. For active traders, that is the gap fomo's router closes.

The bottom line

fomo now controls every part of its trading stack: pricing, indexing, bridging and routing. Owning each step lets it cut latency at every one of them, rather than waiting on third-party infrastructure.

Stacking the in-house bridge and router, fomo says it is now the fastest, most reliable and cheapest place to trade any asset cross-chain. In the week of Dune data above, it posted the fastest execution in all four tests, at average traffic and under load. The public rollout of fomo bridge starts now.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Crypto casinos licensed offshore set their own triggers. Some request documents at a fixed withdrawal level, others tie checks to account tiers, and many keep the right to ask at any moment.

Players who understand those triggers can prepare documents before a payout instead of during one.

Common Triggers for an ID Request

Verification rarely depends on a single number. The table sets out the events that usually prompt a document request at crypto casinos.

Trigger

What usually happens

Typical documents

Cumulative withdrawals

Request once payouts pass an internal level

Photo ID, selfie

Single large win

Review before the payout clears

Photo ID, proof of address

Account tier upgrade

Higher tier unlocks larger limits

Proof of address, source of funds

Unusual activity

Manual review of deposits, bets or logins

Varies by case

Bonus claims

Check for duplicate accounts

Photo ID, device or IP review

Regulatory request

Check driven by law or licensing body

Full KYC pack

Last verified: October 2026

Thresholds stay unpublished at many operators, partly because a visible number invites people to stay just below it. Our explainer on casino verification follows the process from signup to withdrawal.

Why Fixed Numbers Are Rare

Offshore licences under Curaçao or Anjouan frameworks expect risk-based checks, which lets operators adjust triggers player by player. Two accounts with identical balances can face different requests depending on deposit patterns, location and bonus history.

Light signup forms add to the confusion. Searches for casinos without ID checks often lead to platforms that verify later, as an analysis of where no-ID searches actually lead explains.

8 Crypto Casinos Compared on When ID Requests Begin

Order weighs how clearly each casino explains its verification triggers, how far into an account the first document request tends to come and how plainly its terms describe the documents involved. One caution follows every entry.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport starts accounts through an email passcode, Google, Telegram or six supported wallets, and signup itself doesn't ask for documents. Email confirmation unlocks the sports welcome bonus and Sports Club entry.

Dexsport keeps the right to ask for identity documents whenever its checks call for them, without a published trigger. Dexapp LTD holds the Anjouan licence behind the platform.

2. Stake

Stake splits verification into numbered levels, starting with personal details and moving to photo ID, proof of address and, at the upper end, source of funds. Its help centre explains what each level involves.

Stake can require a higher level before some withdrawals or after deposit milestones, so players benefit from completing it early. Medium Rare N.V. holds its Curaçao licence.

3. Roobet

Roobet uses a tiered system where higher levels support larger withdrawals and deposits. Its help centre lists the documents linked to every tier.

Roobet may ask for a higher tier after a large win or unusual activity, which can pause a payout until review ends. Raw Entertainment B.V. operates the casino under a Curaçao licence.

4. Shuffle

Shuffle describes several KYC levels in its help centre, with basic details first and documents added as limits rise. Email or wallet access opens the account itself.

Shuffle's upper levels can apply to larger withdrawals or flagged activity, and its terms keep a general right to request checks. Natural Nine B.V. appears as operator in its terms.

5. BC.Game

BC.Game links verification tiers to withdrawal size, according to its help pages, with basic tiers covering smaller amounts. Signup works through email, phone, social login or wallet.

BC.Game's exact amounts per tier appear inside the account more than on public pages, so players should check them before a large deposit. Twocent Technology Ltd holds its Anjouan licence.

6. Cloudbet

Cloudbet's terms allow document requests at any time, with larger payouts the usual point where they appear. Its help centre covers accepted documents and processing steps.

Cloudbet avoids publishing a fixed withdrawal trigger, so players moving large amounts should expect a review. Halcyon Super Holdings B.V. operates under a Curaçao licence.

7. BitStarz

BitStarz lists accepted identity, address and payment documents in its terms, and reviews of larger withdrawals commonly involve them. Signup needs an email, username, password and currency.

BitStarz can verify accounts during routine checks as well as at withdrawal, so uploads may come earlier than expected. Its licence comes from Curaçao.

8. 7Bit Casino

7Bit Casino's FAQ explains the documents it accepts and the review process before payouts. New players register with an email, password and preferred currency.

7Bit reserves broad discretion over when checks happen, and its FAQ gives few specific amounts. Kika Technology B.V. operates the casino from Curaçao.

Prepare Before the First Big Payout

Preparation removes most of the friction around a first request. Players who expect larger withdrawals can save time with a few simple habits:

• Keep documents current: expired IDs and old utility bills usually get rejected

• Match the details: names and addresses should agree across the account and documents

• Read the terms: verification sections often list accepted file types and sizes

• Check the tier: account settings sometimes show the current level and its limits

• Record transactions: deposit hashes help answer source-of-funds questions

Wallet logins change how an account starts without removing later checks. Seven casinos ranked on wallet login shows how that route works at signup.

Conclusion

ID requests at crypto casinos follow triggers more than fixed rules. Cumulative withdrawals, large wins, tier upgrades, unusual activity and bonus claims prompt most document checks, and offshore operators set those triggers on a risk basis.

Dexsport opens this comparison with document-free signup and terms that allow checks at any point, followed by Stake, Roobet, Shuffle, BC.Game, Cloudbet, BitStarz and 7Bit. Their terms describe verification with different levels of detail.

Current documents and matching account details shorten a review when it comes. Local gambling law comes first, so confirm the rules where you live, bet only once you reach legal age and remember that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Verification rules, thresholds and licences change over time and vary by country and account, so check each casino's current terms before you deposit. Gambling involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please play responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

Crypto casinos apply the idea unevenly. Some sign players up with one identifier and explain every later request, while others gather birth dates, addresses and phone numbers on day one with vague reasons attached.

Privacy policies show the difference. Their structure, retention terms and contact routes reveal how carefully each casino handles the data it holds.

Data Minimisation in Plain Terms

Every privacy policy answers the same handful of questions, with varying precision. The table pairs each element with what a clear version says and what should prompt a closer read.

Policy element

Clear version

Warning sign

Data categories

Named list, linked to signup, KYC and payments

"Any information you provide"

Purpose

Each category tied to a reason

Broad marketing and "business purposes"

Retention

Fixed periods, such as five years after closure for AML records

"As long as necessary" with little detail

Sharing

Partner types named, from KYC vendors to game studios

"Selected partners" left undefined

User rights

Access, correction and erasure with a contact address

Rights mentioned with no route to use them

On-chain data

Plain note that blockchain records stay public

Silence on wallet addresses

Last verified: October 2026

Retention and sharing tend to separate careful policies from boilerplate ones. Collection at signup matters too, because data a casino never gathers needs neither storage nor a deletion route later.

Why Clarity Matters More at Crypto Casinos

Crypto casinos often hold licences outside the EU, so statutory privacy rights apply loosely or depend on the player's location. The policy text becomes the main source of a player's rights.

Wallet activity adds a second record outside the casino's control. Deposits and withdrawals stay visible on public chains, and a clear policy says so plainly.

Signup requirements and later checks vary widely, as a ranking of privacy-minded casinos by data and verification needs shows.

11 Crypto Casinos Ranked on Privacy Policy Clarity

Order weighs how little each casino requests at signup, how clearly its policy and terms explain later data requests and how easy its privacy or support contact is to reach. One caution closes each entry.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport offers signup through six wallet options, Google, Telegram or a plain email, and the email route skips password, birth date and address fields. Its signup window links the privacy policy and terms directly.

Dexsport's terms allow identity document requests at any stage, so later data needs depend on account activity. Dexapp LTD operates the platform under an Anjouan licence.

2. Stake

Stake's privacy policy names Medium Rare N.V. as operator and groups data into identity, contact, financial and technical categories. Its help centre explains each verification level and the documents it involves.

Stake's signup form requests a date of birth upfront, and higher verification levels add proof of address. Curaçao licenses the operator.

3. Cloudbet

Cloudbet maintains a standalone privacy policy plus a help centre that explains its account and verification rules. Registration needs an email and password, with further details requested as account activity grows.

Cloudbet's policy explains retention in general terms, so players with specific questions should contact support. Its Curaçao licence names Halcyon Super Holdings B.V.

4. Shuffle

Shuffle publishes its privacy policy and terms from the site footer, with Natural Nine B.V. listed as operator. Email registration and wallet connection both open an account.

Shuffle's policy covers wallet connections in broad terms, so the on-chain side deserves a careful read. Its help centre explains verification steps separately.

5. BC.Game

BC.Game accepts email, phone, social and wallet signups, and its privacy policy outlines the categories collected across those routes. Verification tiers rise with withdrawal size.

BC.Game spreads its policy across several pages, which makes retention terms harder to locate. Twocent Technology Ltd holds its Anjouan licence.

6. Roobet

Roobet's privacy policy covers its casino, sportsbook and predictions product under one document. New players choose a username and password and confirm an email, then tiered verification follows.

Roobet's single policy spans several products, so players should check which sections apply to each. Curaçao licenses Raw Entertainment B.V. as operator.

7. Bitcasino.io

Bitcasino.io keeps a privacy policy beside help-centre articles on accounts, payments and verification. Registration takes an email and password.

Bitcasino.io's verification pages describe document checks before payouts, and the same group operates several brands under shared policies. Its terms name the licensing body that applies.

8. Sportsbet.io

Sportsbet.io shares group-level policies with Bitcasino.io, and its footer names the licence that applies by country. Accounts start from an email and password.

Sportsbet.io's shared policies cover multiple brands, so players should confirm which entity controls their data. Verification can apply before withdrawals, and its help centre lists the accepted documents.

9. BitStarz

BitStarz links its privacy policy and terms from every page, and the terms list which identity documents it accepts. New accounts need a username, an email, a password and a chosen currency.

BitStarz may ask for documents whenever an account changes pattern, with larger payouts a common point. Its licence comes from Curaçao.

10. Rollbit

Rollbit combines a casino, sportsbook and trading products in one account, with its privacy policy linked in the footer. Signup uses an email or a social login.

Rollbit's restricted-country list and verification rules appear in its terms, so both documents need a read together. Its policy covers several product types at once.

11. 7Bit Casino

7Bit Casino links its privacy policy from the footer and collects an email, password and currency at signup. Its FAQ lists accepted verification documents.

7Bit's terms permit identity checks before payouts, and its policy uses fairly general retention language. Kika Technology B.V. holds its Curaçao licence.

How to Read a Privacy Policy in Ten Minutes

Long policies hide their most useful lines in a few predictable sections. The checklist below targets them.

• Data categories: look for a named list instead of open-ended wording

• Retention: find the period for identity and transaction records after closure

• Sharing: check whether KYC vendors, payment firms and analytics tools appear by type

• Rights: confirm an email address or form for access and erasure requests

• Governing law: note which country's rules apply to disputes

Responsible gambling records follow their own retention rules, since operators keep exclusion data for as long as a block applies. Our explainer on self-exclusion tools covers how those blocks work.

Account protection belongs in the same review, because stolen logins expose whatever data a casino stores. Five casinos compared on account safety looks at two-factor options.

Conclusion

Data minimisation limits collection to what a service needs, and a clear privacy policy shows how far each casino follows that principle. Named categories, fixed retention periods, defined partners and a working rights contact mark the stronger policies.

Dexsport leads this ranking with a one-identifier signup and policies linked from the first screen, followed by Stake, Cloudbet, Shuffle, BC.Game, Roobet, Bitcasino.io, Sportsbet.io, BitStarz, Rollbit and 7Bit. Each casino documents later data requests with a different level of detail.

Wallet records stay public regardless of policy wording. Read the privacy policy before depositing as well as the bonus terms. Gambling law differs between countries, so check yours, play only at legal age and expect that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Privacy policies, signup forms, verification rules and licences change over time and vary by country, so read each casino's current privacy policy and terms before you sign up. Gambling involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please play responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

Uniswap Labs today launched Aggregator Hooks, new v4 hooks that wrap external liquidity sources and turn them into Uniswap pools. Aggregator Hooks are now live in the Uniswap Web App and API on Ethereum mainnet, Base, and Robinhood Chain. Seven sources are available at launch, covering more than 90% of all DEX activity on these chains.

The Uniswap Protocol is the largest decentralized exchange by volume, with more than $4.5 trillion swapped. Even so, new liquidity can still form elsewhere. Aggregator Hooks bring that liquidity into the protocol. Outside sources become v4 pools, and swaps routed through them pay protocol fees, contributing to UNI burn.

Each Aggregator Hook wraps an external source in a Uniswap v4 hook, so any router sees it as a Uniswap pool. Every block, the router pulls fresh quotes from the connected sources and builds the most efficient route across Uniswap pools and outside sources. The whole route settles in a single transaction, with nothing new for a user to approve.

Swaps on the Uniswap Web App now include external liquidity sources automatically. Developers can route through Aggregator Hooks using the Uniswap API. Learn more about hooks developed by Uniswap Labs.

About Uniswap Labs

Uniswap Labs is a core contributor to the Uniswap Protocol, the world's largest decentralized exchange, with more than $4.6 trillion in all-time trading volume. Uniswap Labs builds products trusted by millions of users and leading financial institutions to access onchain liquidity, including the Uniswap Web App, Uniswap Wallet, Uniswap API, and UniswapX.

For more information, users can visit https://app.uniswap.org

ContactBridgett Freymedia@uniswap.org

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

The listing gives the NEXO Token a presence on one of the industry’s most recognized trading venues. It also extends the token’s reach to Kraken’s broad base of retail and professional traders at a time when access to established, well-regulated platforms remains a key factor for investors choosing where to trade.

What traders need to know

Trading is live on both Kraken’s main platform and Kraken Pro, the exchange’s advanced trading interface built for active and professional users. Three trading pairs are available from launch:

• NEXO/USD

• NEXO/USDT

• NEXO/USDC

The combination of a direct US dollar pair and two major stablecoin pairs gives traders flexibility in how they enter and exit positions. Users can trade directly against fiat currency or stay within the stablecoin ecosystem, depending on their strategy and how they manage liquidity.

An access milestone for the NEXO Token

Nexo described the listing as an access milestone for its token. Adding Kraken as a trading venue broadens the market infrastructure around NEXO and gives traders a wider choice of where to buy, sell and hold it.

For tokens tied to established platforms, exchange listings play an important role beyond simple availability. Each additional venue can contribute to deeper liquidity, tighter spreads and better price discovery, as more participants are able to trade the asset across multiple order books. A listing on a major exchange like Kraken also tends to bring visibility among traders who may not already use the issuing platform directly.

Yasen Yankov, Chief Product Officer at Nexo, said the listing reflects the company’s goal of making its token available on trusted, widely used venues.

“Kraken adds another established venue for our native NEXO Token and brings it to a broad base of consumer and professional traders,” Yankov said. “Clients now have yet another established place to trade NEXO, and we are proud to have our token on one of the most respected exchanges in the digital assets space.”

The role of the NEXO Token

The NEXO Token launched in 2018, the same year Nexo began operations. It sits at the center of the company’s loyalty program, which rewards holders with a range of benefits on the Nexo platform.

Those benefits include reduced borrowing rates on crypto-backed loans, fee-free transfers and other advantages tied to how much NEXO a client holds relative to their overall portfolio on the platform. The structure gives the token a defined utility within the Nexo ecosystem, linking it directly to the services the company offers.

With the Kraken listing, users who want exposure to NEXO, whether for platform benefits or as part of a broader trading strategy, now have another major route to acquire it outside of Nexo itself.

Two long-running names in crypto

The listing brings together two companies that have operated through multiple crypto market cycles.

Kraken, founded in 2011, is one of the oldest cryptocurrency exchanges still in operation. Over more than a decade, it has built a reputation centered on security, regulatory engagement and reliability, and it serves a global customer base ranging from first-time buyers to institutional trading desks.

Nexo has operated since 2018 and now serves clients in more than 200 jurisdictions. The company reports that more than $465 billion has been processed across the group since its inception. Its all-in-one platform offers yield on digital assets, crypto-backed loans, trading tools and liquidity solutions, as well as a crypto-backed card available in certain markets. The company positions itself as a premier digital assets wealth platform focused on helping clients grow, manage and preserve their crypto holdings, supported by around-the-clock client care.

What comes next

With trading now open, attention will turn to how NEXO performs across its new pairs on Kraken and how trading volume develops in the days following the listing. Early activity on a new venue is often watched closely by market participants as an indicator of demand and liquidity depth.

For Nexo, the listing marks another step in expanding the market footprint of its native token. For Kraken users, it adds a token with an established track record and clear platform utility to the exchange’s growing list of supported assets.

Traders can access NEXO on Kraken and Kraken Pro now through the NEXO/USD, NEXO/USDT and NEXO/USDC pairs.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

If support fails, $BTC price could lose touch with the ascending channel

Source: TradingView

After a quick correction the $BTC price is back holding support at the bottom of the parallel channel. Is the correction over? It could be, but it will depend on whether the channel support holds. If it doesn’t, there is horizontal support at $81K, and then at $80,300. If these fail, the $BTC price could very well lose touch with the ascending channel and a target in the low $70K range could be on the table.

One important thing to bear in mind if a short-term trader is that the S&P 500 is opening almost a full percentage point down as per the futures chart. This is depressing the stock market, which is bound to also affect the crypto market.

The indicators at the bottom of the chart could save the day. The Stochastic RSI indicators are bottoming and could signal a bounce soon. While the RSI indicator has come back to retest the descending trendline. This trendline goes back about a month, so it should be fairly reliable support. A bounce here is also quite likely.

Channel bottom and 50-day SMA provide strong support

Source: TradingView

The daily time frame reveals that the $BTC price is nudging down below the boundary between the two parallel channels. This is also where the 50-day simple moving average (SMA) is offering its support. As can be seen previously, a few candle tails came down below these supports, but all were eventually bought back up. Is it going to be the same thing again this time?

If this big rally out of the bear market is to continue, the bulls will need to push the $BTC price back inside the ascending channel - yet again. A full correction is going to happen at some point, but can the bulls tick off a couple more key resistance levels first?

50-week SMA getting ready to turn back around and provide bull market support

Source: TradingView

Zooming right out into the weekly chart we can see that the trajectory of the 50-week SMA is becoming less steep. As per the previous bull market, it should start to flatten out, pass through the 200-week SMA (death cross) and then bottom, before heading up and back over the 200-week SMA (golden cross). If all goes as per the previous bull market, the $BTC price will stay above this moving average for the entirety of this new bull market.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The plugin is now available for free through the official WordPress Plugin Directory. It enables businesses using WooCommerce to introduce Bitcoin as a payment option without building custom integrations or requiring specialized blockchain development.

The launch targets one of the largest segments of the online retail market. WooCommerce is widely used by independent businesses and established retailers, making the integration a potential gateway for bringing Bitcoin payments to more everyday shopping experiences.

Through the plugin, customers can pay in BTC during the standard checkout process, with transactions processed on-chain using the GoBTC Pay protocol. Merchants can activate the payment option directly from their existing WordPress dashboard.

The company is also preparing to introduce instant payment confirmation for customers using a GoMining Wallet in November 2026. The planned feature is intended to make Bitcoin checkout faster and more convenient for participating users.

Despite Bitcoin's growing recognition as a financial asset, its use for everyday purchases continues to face practical challenges, including payment confirmation times and the technical complexity of integrating cryptocurrency payment systems.

GoBTC Pay's latest integration seeks to address the merchant adoption side of that equation by making Bitcoin acceptance available through a familiar e-commerce platform.

"WordPress is where a huge part of online retail lives, so it was a natural place for GoBTC Pay to go next," said Roman Yermoshyn, General Manager of GoBTC Pay. "With the official plugin, any WooCommerce merchant can start accepting Bitcoin in minutes, right from the WordPress dashboard they already use."

The move reflects a broader effort to make Bitcoin usable as a payment method rather than solely an asset held for investment or long-term savings.

For merchants, adding BTC payments could provide access to cryptocurrency-focused shoppers without requiring major changes to their existing online stores.

The GoBTC Pay plugin is available now in the WordPress Plugin Directory, with additional payment confirmation functionality expected next month.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Coverage varies just as widely. Some books price racing from six continents with greyhounds and harness racing beside the thoroughbreds, while others limit the board to major meetings and win-only singles.

Racing range, bet types and published race rules together show which sportsbooks suit a bettor who follows the turf through the year.

Racing Bet Types From Simple to Exotic

Racing markets fall into two broad groups. Straight bets cover single horses, and exotic bets combine several finishing positions.

Bet type

What it backs

Typical settlement

Win

One horse to finish first

Fixed odds or starting price

Place

One horse to finish in the places

Fixed odds, place terms set by field size

Each-way

Win and place stakes combined on one horse

Two stakes, with the place half paid at reduced odds

Forecast or exacta

First and second in exact order

Tote dividend or computed odds

Trifecta or tricast

First three in exact order

Tote dividend or computed odds

First four or superfecta

First four in exact order

Tote dividend

Last verified: October 2026

Place terms change with field size, and the number of places paid shapes the value of every place and each-way bet. Our explainer on each-way betting works through those terms.

Rules That Decide a Racing Payout

Three rules affect racing more than most sports. Non-runners trigger deductions from fixed-odds winnings, often called Rule 4 in British racing, because a withdrawn horse changes the field.

Dead heats split a winning stake between the horses that tie, so a tied winner pays a share of the full return. Payout caps also apply at many books, often set per race or per account.

Racing rules differ in detail from one book to the next, as a guide to racing place terms and race rules explains.

7 Crypto Sportsbooks Ranked on Horse Racing Coverage

Order weighs the range of racing covered, the variety of bet types and how clearly each sportsbook publishes its place terms and race rules. Every entry closes with a short caution.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport prices win, place and fixed first-two markets, and its rulebook extends to thoroughbreds, harness racing and greyhounds. Place terms follow field size, paying three places with eight or more runners and two places with five to seven.

Dexsport turns small fields of under five runners into win-only races, and first-two bets on those races void. Dexapp LTD holds an Anjouan licence.

2. Stake

Stake covers thoroughbred, harness and greyhound racing with win, place, each-way, quinella, exacta, trifecta and first four bets. Its rules pay three places from eight runners and two from five to seven, and exotics pay the local tote dividend.

Stake caps exotic payouts per account per race, and late scratchings reduce fixed-odds winnings by official deductions. Racing legs can join parlays.

3. BetOnline

BetOnline operates a full racebook with US-style win, place and show bets plus exacta, trifecta, superfecta, daily double and Pick 3, 4 and 6 wagers. Its track list spans North America, Britain, Ireland, France, Hong Kong, Japan and the Middle East.

Maximum net profit per race at BetOnline follows track category, with lower limits outside North America. Racing bets cannot join parlays, and its licence comes from Panama.

4. Cloudbet

Cloudbet prices major meetings such as the Kentucky Derby, Melbourne Cup, Royal Ascot and the Arc, plus a greyhound section, with live race streams on the platform. Settlement follows the result at the weigh-in.

Cloudbet's rules describe racing as win-only singles, though marketing pages mention exotics, so the slip shows what applies. Non-runners trigger a reduction factor on winning bets.

5. Sportsbet.io

Sportsbet.io lists racing from Australia, Britain, France, Hong Kong, Ireland, Japan, the UAE and the US, with win, top-two and place markets on its thoroughbred pages. Greyhound racing appears beside it.

Sportsbet.io's full racing rules lie outside its public pages, so place terms deserve a check before staking. Its footer names the licence that applies in each country.

6. BC.Game

BC.Game covers horse, greyhound and harness racing within its BETBY-powered sportsbook, according to third-party reviews, and its betting academy guides players to the harness section.

BC.Game's racing bet types and place terms appear in the sportsbook itself more than in public pages, and reviews report a lack of live race streaming. Twocent Technology Ltd holds its Anjouan licence.

7. Roobet

Roobet's sportsbook policy includes a dedicated section for greyhound, horse and harness racing, beside the rules for its other sports. Its sportsbook shares one balance with the casino and predictions.

Roobet's racing menu changes by meeting, so bet types and place terms deserve a look in the policy before betting. Roobet's licence comes from Curaçao.

The Way You Bet Decides the Racing Book

Straight bettors who back single horses need clear place terms and fair non-runner rules more than exotic pools. Place terms differ subtly between books, especially in mid-sized fields.

Exotic bettors need tote access and published dividend rules, since forecasts and trifectas depend on pool sizes. Payout caps per race matter most here, because a long-priced trifecta can exceed them quickly.

Live video and replays round out the picture. Live pictures help with in-running reads and with confirming results, and a look at racing on Web3 sportsbooks covers how crypto books handle racing overall.

Conclusion

Horse racing menus at crypto sportsbooks range from win and place singles to full exotic pools with tote dividends. Place terms by field size, non-runner deductions, dead heat rules and payout caps decide what each bet returns.

Dexsport opens this ranking with win, place and first-two markets across thoroughbreds, harness and greyhounds, followed by Stake, BetOnline, Cloudbet, Sportsbet.io, BC.Game and Roobet. Each book publishes its racing rules with a different level of detail.

Racing cards run all day, so set a stake limit per meeting. Racing law differs by country, so confirm yours, keep to legal age limits, and expect that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Racing coverage, bet types, place terms, payout limits and licences change over time and vary by country, and some details come from third-party reviews, so check each sportsbook's current racing rules before you bet. Betting carries risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

Live casino sessions turn on three practical factors: how much a table accepts per round, how quickly it deals and which studio operates it. Each studio brings its own pacing, presenters, camera work and stake ranges.

Those three factors, understood together, help a crypto player pick tables that match a budget, whether the balance uses BTC, USDT or another coin.

Three Factors That Shape a Live Session

Stake limits, speed and studio choice work together. The table explains what each factor controls and what to check before sitting down.

Factor

What it controls

What to check

Stake limits

Smallest and largest bet per round

Minimum and maximum shown in the table info

Table speed

Rounds dealt per hour

Format name such as Speed, Auto or Infinite

Studio

Rules, pacing, presentation and side bets

Studio logo and help panel for each game

Last verified: October 2026

Live tables stream real cards and wheels, so their fairness rests on studio controls and regulation more than on cryptographic proof. Our explainer on why on-chain tools cannot prove a live dealer result sets out the difference.

Stake Limits Stretch From Pocket Change to VIP Rooms

Live tables publish a minimum and maximum bet for each round. Standard tables often start around one dollar or euro and stop in the low thousands, while VIP and private salons raise both ends of the range.

Limits also vary by bet type. Roulette tables set separate maximums for straight-up numbers and outside bets, and blackjack side bets usually cap well below the main hand.

Crypto adds a conversion step. Balances held in BTC or volatile coins change value between sessions, so a table minimum that looks small in dollars can represent a larger share of a shrinking balance. Stablecoin balances keep limits easier to track.

Table Speed Changes the Hourly Cost

Format names usually reveal pace. Each one below deals a different number of rounds in a typical hour:

• Classic blackjack: roughly 50 to 70 hands an hour at a full seven-seat table

• Infinite or unlimited blackjack: a shared hand for all players, often a little quicker

• Classic roulette: around 40 to 60 spins an hour

• Speed and auto roulette: around 60 to more than 100 spins an hour

• Speed baccarat: rounds lasting under 30 seconds, well above 100 an hour

Speed does not change the edge per bet, yet it multiplies how often that edge applies. Someone staking 10 per spin on European roulette at a 2.7% edge expects to lose about 11 an hour across 40 spins and close to 27 across 100.

Blackjack lobbies tend to outnumber roulette ones because seats fill, and a look at why live blackjack dominates crypto lobbies explains the seat arithmetic.

Studios Set the Style

Each studio builds tables with its own approach to presenters, camera angles and rule variants. The largest names cover most crypto lobbies:

Evolution

Evolution offers the widest range of classic tables, Lightning-style multiplier games and game shows. Its First Person titles provide software versions of live tables for lower-stakes practice.

Pragmatic Play Live

Pragmatic Play Live has grown quickly, with Mega and PowerUp formats, speed tables and a large share of blackjack seats in many lobbies.

Playtech Live and Ezugi

Playtech Live adds branded and regional tables, while Ezugi, part of Evolution's group, often supplies tables aimed at specific markets and lower minimums.

Studio choice shapes game shows too, where multipliers replace classic rules. Our comparison of live game show lobbies at crypto casinos shows how those formats differ.

Budget First, Table Second

Session planning starts with the budget, not the table. Split the session budget by the planned number of rounds, and the result gives a sensible stake, and slower tables stretch the same budget over more time.

High-limit rooms suit players with large balances, though maximums matter less than discipline at any level. Low-minimum tables, including First Person and RNG versions, help test a strategy before moving to a live seat.

Time limits help too. Live formats rarely pause, so a set number of hands or spins keeps the pace from deciding the session length.

Dexsport's Live Lobby by Studio

Dexsport lists roughly 870 live tables, with Pragmatic Play Live and Evolution supplying the largest shares and Playtech Live, Ezugi and Winfinity adding more. Blackjack leads with around 650 tables, followed by about 240 baccarat and 160 roulette tables.

Dexsport also lists Evolution First Person titles and about three dozen game shows from several studios, so players can move between classic tables and quicker formats on one balance. Casino play counts twice toward the wagering rule that applies before each withdrawal.

Dexapp LTD operates Dexsport under an Anjouan licence, and table limits appear in each game's info panel.

Conclusion

Live casino sessions depend on three factors outside the game rules themselves. Stake limits set the size of each round, table speed sets how many rounds an hour brings, and the studio sets rules, pacing and presentation.

Speed matters most for budgets, since a quicker table applies the same edge more often. Each major studio shapes its tables differently, and crypto balances add a conversion layer to every limit.

One glance at the table info panel before the first round keeps a session on plan. Casino law varies by country, so confirm yours, play only at legal age and expect that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Table limits, speeds, studios and game counts change over time and vary by casino and country, so check each table's information panel before you play. Gambling involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please play responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

AEREDIUM has launched The Chair and MCP Connector, two products that allow organizations to set rules governing what AI agents can do, including writing code, executing payments and trading digital assets.

The products are available through the company's new aeredium.ai platform and use a policy engine that evaluates an agent's proposed actions before they are executed.

The launch comes as AI agents take on increasingly sensitive tasks, raising questions about how organizations can maintain oversight when automated systems interact directly with financial infrastructure and software environments.

Under AEREDIUM's approach, actions are checked against predefined policies and either approved, denied or sent for human review. Each decision is digitally signed and recorded, creating a verifiable history of agent activity.

“AI agents are no longer just answering questions. They're writing code, moving money and making decisions that have real consequences,” said Albert Dadon, CEO and Founder of AEREDIUM. “The challenge isn't just making these agents more capable, but making sure they operate within the rules we set. With The Chair and MCP Connector, we're giving organizations a way to put AI to work without giving up control over what it can do.”

The Chair Brings Human Oversight to AI Coding

The first product, The Chair, targets development teams using AI agents to write and modify software.

It operates between an AI coding agent and an organization's development environment, checking actions such as executing commands, modifying files, merging code and pushing changes against established policies.

Actions that meet those policies can proceed automatically, while requests requiring additional authorization are sent to a control panel for human approval.

Each decision generates a signed record identifying the attempted action, the applicable policy and the person who authorized it.

The Chair currently supports Claude Code through a dedicated plugin and provides a governed shell for other coding agents, including those developed by OpenAI.

Organizations can configure policies through a questionnaire without having to write the rules directly in code. AEREDIUM is offering the product with a 30-day free trial.

MCP Connector Adds Controls for AI Payments and Trading

The second product, MCP Connector, extends the same oversight model to AI agents that handle digital asset transactions.

It combines a policy engine with a digital asset wallet, allowing agents to carry out approved financial operations while operating within limits set by their owners.

Each agent is assigned its own wallet, policy and designated owner, who approves the agent's mandate using a passkey and retains the ability to halt or delete it.

AEREDIUM currently offers two agent roles. Payer agents can transfer USDC, USDT, PYUSD and EURC to approved addresses but cannot execute trades. Trader agents can trade on designated exchanges within their wallets but cannot transfer funds to external recipients.

The wallet infrastructure relies on threshold signatures generated within secure enclaves. According to AEREDIUM, this means a complete private key is never created, and the company does not hold a key to the owner's funds.

MCP Connector supports Ethereum, Arbitrum and Base, with transaction records retained for seven years.

The product is designed for Claude while remaining open to OpenAI and other AI frameworks.

AEREDIUM Expands Beyond Digital Asset Infrastructure

The launch marks an expansion of AEREDIUM's existing digital asset infrastructure business into AI agent governance.

The company has previously developed institutional custody and settlement infrastructure built around threshold-signature technology and policy-based transaction controls.

Both new products apply that existing approach to autonomous AI systems, requiring actions to satisfy established rules before they can proceed.

The distinction between the products lies in their intended use. The Chair focuses on controlling access to development environments, while MCP Connector governs how AI agents interact with digital assets.

Together, they represent AEREDIUM's effort to bring institutional-style controls to AI-driven software development and financial operations.

Both products launched on October 13, 2026, and are available through AEREDIUM's AI platform.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The proposed rate is not new. Private investors already face France’s 31.4% flat tax on taxable crypto gains: 12.8% income tax and 18.6% social levies. What changes is the point at which a gain may be treated as taxable. Under current rules, many crypto-to-crypto exchanges without additional cash consideration benefit from tax deferral. The amendment would carve regulated fiat-backed stablecoins out of that treatment.

That is a narrower intervention than a headline suggesting a new tax on all crypto trading. It is also potentially consequential. Stablecoins are often the asset into which investors move after gains, and France’s proposed classification would treat that move less like a portfolio reshuffle and more like an exit into a usable monetary instrument.

The 31.4% charge targets stablecoin swaps

The amendment concerns exchanges where a taxpayer receives electronic-money tokens as defined under the EU’s Markets in Crypto-Assets regulation, or MiCA. In practice, that category covers regulated fiat-backed stablecoins. The existing deferral available for qualifying crypto-to-crypto exchanges would no longer apply in those cases, according to the text of the amendment.

Crucially, the proposal is directed at the gain embedded in the crypto asset surrendered, not at the gross amount of every stablecoin swap. The calculation would use the acquisition cost of the crypto assets sold, applying a weighted-average method for units of the same asset. An investor exchanging an asset that has not appreciated would therefore not face a comparable capital-gains liability merely because the destination asset is a stablecoin.

The distinction matters because it separates a realization rule from a transaction tax. A holder moving appreciated crypto into a qualifying stablecoin could crystallise a taxable gain; the same holder retaining the asset, or making a crypto-to-crypto exchange that remains within the current deferral framework, would be treated differently. France’s tax administration describes the present private-investor regime as applying the 31.4% PFU to taxable disposals while generally deferring qualifying crypto-to-crypto exchanges.

The measure consequently changes the timing of taxation, which can be as important to investors as the rate itself. It would require a taxpayer to account for the acquisition history of assets used to obtain stablecoins, rather than waiting until a later conversion into conventional currency or another clearly taxable disposal.

Stablecoins as an economic exit

The legislative logic rests on what a fiat-backed stablecoin represents after a crypto gain has been made. Supporters of the amendment called the present treatment a loophole: an investor can convert appreciated crypto into a stablecoin without triggering the tax that would apply on a direct conversion into euros.

The explanatory statement goes further than describing stablecoins as short-term trading tools. It argues that they can perform investment and payment functions. That framing is central to the proposal. If a regulated electronic-money token can be held as a relatively stable store of value and used for payments, lawmakers can argue that receiving it is economically closer to realizing a gain than exchanging one volatile crypto asset for another.

There is an important boundary in that approach. The amendment does not appear to recast every digital-asset swap as a taxable event. It singles out a MiCA-based category of token. The tax outcome would therefore turn not simply on whether an investor has left bitcoin, ether or another crypto asset, but on whether the asset received falls within the electronic-money-token definition.

That legal distinction may look technical, but it is where the policy’s incentives reside. The proposal makes a particular route out of appreciated crypto more expensive at the time it is used, while leaving other routes subject to different treatment under the wider rules.

A rule shaped by dollar liquidity

Although the policy is being advanced in France, its practical focus is unlikely to be confined to euro-denominated digital money. The Banque de France reported that roughly 99% of stablecoins in circulation were pegged to the US dollar as of December 31, 2025. The stablecoin market that French users are most likely to encounter is therefore overwhelmingly dollar-based.

That creates a tension between the domestic tax rationale and market structure. The amendment’s advocates focus on avoiding a tax-free detour around a sale into euros. Yet the rule could chiefly affect investors rotating into dollar-pegged tokens, because those assets dominate stablecoin circulation. It is not merely a rule about converting crypto into a digitised version of France’s or the euro area’s own currency.

The amendment’s scope is nonetheless tied to regulatory classification, not to a token’s currency peg alone. A dollar-linked stablecoin would matter for the proposed rule if it meets the relevant MiCA electronic-money-token definition. This makes the legal perimeter more significant than broad labels such as “stablecoin,” which can encompass a variety of designs and regulatory statuses.

For market participants, the result is a tax distinction built around an asset class whose liquidity and usage are globally oriented. France can determine the tax treatment of residents within its jurisdiction, but the instruments at issue are typically used across venues and networks that do not map neatly onto a national market.

The revenue case depends on behaviour

Proponents cited €1.5 billion in potential fiscal revenue. That number should be read as a political estimate, not an independently verified budget forecast. Its eventual accuracy would depend on taxable gains, the extent to which eligible swaps occur, compliance and, above all, how investors respond to the change.

The response mechanism is unusually direct. If converting into a qualifying stablecoin triggers tax on accrued gains, some users may prefer to defer that conversion, use decentralised finance, arrange peer-to-peer transfers, trade through offshore venues or move into assets outside the amendment’s MiCA-based definition. Those possibilities do not establish that such shifts will occur at scale. They do show why a static estimate of taxable stablecoin activity may not translate cleanly into receipts.

There is also a practical distinction between changing investor behaviour and changing what authorities can observe. A rule that taxes a clearly identifiable exchange on a compliant platform may be easier to administer than one involving multiple transfers or alternative routes through the broader crypto market. The proposal’s fiscal promise and its enforcement design cannot be separated.

In that sense, the €1.5 billion figure is not only a claim about gains already sitting in the system. It assumes a degree of continued visibility and continued use of the transaction path that the amendment would make less attractive.

A one-vote amendment with open questions

The narrow Assembly vote is more than a procedural footnote. Amendment I-3898 passed by one vote on October 16, 2026, and remains subject to the rest of the budget process before it could take effect on the proposed January 1, 2027 date. It should not yet be treated as settled French tax law.

Questions raised during the debate go to the heart of whether the rule can operate as intended. France’s public-accounts minister questioned whether stablecoins were sufficiently defined and whether authorities could monitor reallocations within crypto portfolios, according to CoinDesk’s report on the vote. Those concerns sit alongside the amendment’s own reliance on a MiCA-linked category and its weighted-average gain calculation.

A statutory definition can establish the starting point for a tax rule, but it does not by itself resolve the evidentiary task of identifying transactions, reconstructing acquisition costs, or distinguishing qualifying tokens from assets outside the rule. If the tax case depends on stablecoins functioning as an effective economic exit, establishing when and how that exit occurred becomes more important.

France has therefore advanced a clear policy proposition but not yet a finished tax regime: gains moving into regulated fiat-backed stablecoins should no longer receive the deferral available to other qualifying crypto exchanges. Whether that proposition survives the budget process, and whether it can be monitored across the market it seeks to reach, remains unresolved.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

It is also where the business case for crypto payments faces its first real test. More ways to pay can help win a sale. What happens afterwards determines how easily that revenue can be accounted for, distributed and spent. Stablecoins bring the issue into focus: receiving digital dollars is useful, but those funds must also fit the routines of a working finance team.

CCPayment crypto payment solutions are built around that need. The B2B crypto payment gateway, chosen by more than 67,000 businesses according to the company, connects incoming payments, payouts and settlement with existing systems and controls. Behind the adoption figure are five practical reasons for businesses to consider.

1. Customers can pay in crypto without creating a separate business process

A customer wants to pay with digital assets. The business wants to complete the sale and know which order has been paid. When those needs are handled separately, staff can end up checking transfers manually and matching wallet activity to customer records.

CCPayment supports crypto and stablecoin pay-ins: incoming payments from customers or counterparties. Businesses can accept cryptocurrency payments as part of their commercial operations, giving customers an additional payment option while building a process around how funds are received.

For an online merchant, the value is straightforward: supporting a customer's payment preference without treating each crypto purchase as a special case. Implementation still needs to account for supported assets, networks and payment confirmation requirements, alongside availability in the relevant jurisdiction.

2. Paying more people should not mean repeating more work

A business making occasional payments can tolerate some manual administration. A platform paying merchants, traders, partners or affiliates faces a different challenge: the same tasks multiply with every recipient.

CCPayment’s Batch Payout API allows businesses to organize up to 500 crypto payouts under one master order. Teams can validate recipient addresses and Memos before sending, choose between faster batch execution and more controllable sequential execution, and track each recipient’s payment status, network fee and transaction ID separately.

Consider an affiliate business managing commissions across multiple partners. Its operational challenge is getting approved amounts to the correct recipients and keeping records that finance can reconcile. Payout automation can support that process, provided the business maintains accurate recipient information, approval procedures and sufficient balances.

The benefit is less repetitive handling. Responsibility for checking payment instructions and meeting applicable obligations remains with the business.

3. Crypto payments can fit the systems teams already use

Adding a payment method becomes harder when it creates another disconnected source of information. If a cashier system, customer relationship management platform and finance team hold different versions of a transaction's status, someone has to resolve the gaps.

CCPayment's crypto payment API provides a way to connect payment capabilities with existing systems. An API allows software applications to exchange information, helping businesses incorporate crypto activity into their cashier, CRM, finance and operational processes.

For product teams, this creates a route to building payments around an established customer journey. For operations teams, a properly implemented connection can reduce the need to move information manually between systems.

The CCPayment API documentation gives technical teams a starting point for assessing implementation. Integration still requires development, testing and decisions about transaction records, status updates and exception handling.

4. Payment controls belong inside the workflow

Receiving funds is only part of running a payment operation. Businesses also need to understand transaction risk and decide when activity requires further review. Adding crypto should make those responsibilities part of the implementation discussion from the outset.

CCPayment includes KYT and AML controls within its compliance-oriented workflows. KYT, or Know Your Transaction, involves examining transaction activity for potential risk. AML means anti-money laundering: the controls and procedures used to help detect and prevent illicit financial activity.

These capabilities support a more disciplined approach to B2B crypto payments by making risk monitoring part of the operational picture.

They do not replace a business's own compliance responsibilities. Teams still need appropriate governance, escalation procedures and reconciliation, with requirements depending on their activities and jurisdictions. The practical value is support for those processes as payment operations develop.

5. Receiving stablecoins is more useful when settlement is connected

A business may collect digital assets while paying suppliers and operating expenses in traditional currency. That creates a treasury question: how does revenue move from a crypto balance into funds the business can use through its banking arrangements?

CCPayment brings collection, payout workflows and settlement options into one infrastructure layer. Its USDT-to-USD settlement for eligible businesses supports conversion and settlement via SWIFT, connecting stablecoin balances with traditional banking workflows.

For eligible businesses, this provides a route between accepting USDT and receiving USD through a supported bank account. Settlement remains subject to eligibility, required checks, banking availability and applicable local requirements; processing times and costs also matter when planning cash flow.

The wider benefit is continuity across the payment journey, with collection and settlement considered together.

Making crypto work for the business

CCPayment's adoption milestone gives the story scale. Its product proposition gives businesses something concrete to assess: how incoming payments, outgoing transfers, integration, controls and settlement fit their operations.

Successful adoption still depends on sound implementation and an understanding of digital asset and operational risks. For businesses evaluating crypto payments, the useful starting point is identifying where the current process creates work, then assessing how CCPayment can help.

Explore CCPayment for Business Crypto Payments.

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored article and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

The trade puts Standard Chartered back on 24X for a second spot-Bitcoin execution, while changing the liquidity provider from Cumberland DRW, which participated in the venue’s first disclosed spot-crypto transaction in September. It offers an early, limited indication of how 24X is bringing different liquidity firms into its institutional crypto offering.

Neither the 24X announcement nor the independently reported account disclosed the trade’s size, execution price or settlement terms. The available information therefore establishes the participants and their stated roles, rather than the transaction’s market impact.

Standard Chartered and Wintermute execute 24X’s second Bitcoin spot trade

24X described the October 19 deal as its second consecutive institutional spot-cryptocurrency client trade and said Bitcoin was the asset traded. Trade publication TradeInformer separately confirmed that it was the platform’s second spot-crypto trade, identifying Standard Chartered as liquidity taker and Wintermute as liquidity provider.

The role split matters because it distinguishes the institution accessing liquidity from the firm supplying it. In this instance, 24X said the trade was carried out under its strategic partnership with Standard Chartered, placing the bank in the taker role for the second reported execution.

Wintermute’s involvement is the new feature of the transaction: the company was named as the liquidity provider for the Bitcoin trade, while 24X did not provide further details on the pricing process, order size or whether additional firms participated.

The announcement describes a completed spot transaction—not a forecast or prospective trading activity—and provides insufficient information to compare the execution with trading on other institutional crypto venues.

Wintermute replaces Cumberland DRW on the follow-on trade

24X’s first disclosed Bitcoin spot-crypto trade was completed on September 1. In that transaction, Standard Chartered was also the liquidity taker, while Cumberland DRW served as liquidity provider, according to a September release issued through PR Newswire.

The comparison makes the October execution more than simply a second trade. Standard Chartered’s repeated participation provides continuity between the two disclosures, whereas the switch from Cumberland DRW to Wintermute shows that the provider side was not fixed across the first two reported transactions.

That is still a small sample. Two disclosed trades cannot establish the scale, regularity or breadth of liquidity available on the platform, and 24X has not provided volume data for either execution. But the sequence records two separate Bitcoin spot transactions with the same liquidity taker and different named providers.

For 24X, the chronology is particularly relevant because both trades were presented as institutional client activity. The company’s public disclosures so far identify the participants in each execution, but do not specify the client identity beyond the named firms and their trading roles.

24X places crypto spot within its Bermuda-regulated FX infrastructure

24X has publicly identified two institutional Bitcoin spot trades. The September 1 transaction involved Cumberland DRW as liquidity provider and Standard Chartered as liquidity taker; in the October 19 transaction, Wintermute provided liquidity and Standard Chartered again took liquidity.

Separately, 24X said its cryptocurrency activity is regulated by the Bermuda Monetary Authority. It also said its multi-asset platform combines crypto spot and foreign-exchange trading infrastructure.

Those statements establish the operating context for the trades, while the company’s public disclosures do not provide further transaction-level detail about the October execution.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

DUBAI, UAE, Oct. 22, 2026 /PRNewswire/ -- Bybit, the New Financial Platform trusted by more than 80 million users worldwide, today announced that Bybit Fintech FZE has secured a Virtual Asset Service Provider (VASP) licence from Dubai's Virtual Assets Regulatory Authority (VARA) for Exchange Services, covering spot trading.

The licence marks an important milestone in Bybit's presence in Dubai, where the company established its international headquarters in 2022. It also supports Bybit's continued efforts to build its business within established regulatory frameworks and contribute to the development of Dubai's digital asset industry.

"Dubai has made significant progress in building a regulatory environment for virtual assets, and we are pleased to take this next step in our journey here," said Ben Zhou, Co-founder and CEO at Bybit. "We look forward to continuing our work in Dubai, supporting the local digital asset community and building our business in line with the standards set by VARA."

Building for the Long Term

"Securing this licence is a significant step forward for Bybit. We have great respect for VARA's work in establishing a clear and robust framework for virtual assets," said Peter Loo, Chief Legal and Compliance Officer at Bybit. "A healthy digital asset market needs strong oversight, sound risk management and a commitment to protecting users. We look forward to continuing our work with VARA as we grow our business in Dubai. In time, we also hope to expand our licensed activities to include derivatives, subject to the necessary regulatory approvals. Derivatives are a major part of Bybit's global trading business, and we want to bring more of our offering to Dubai through the appropriate regulatory process."

For Bybit, the licence is part of a broader effort to build its business in each market in line with local requirements. The company continues to invest in compliance, security and risk management as it develops products and services for users across different jurisdictions.

The Dubai milestone comes amid Bybit's broader regulatory progress in 2026. In his October keynote, Ben highlighted five new licences and regulatory approvals across the European Union, the Cayman Islands, Indonesia, South Africa and El Salvador in 2026.

These developments reflect Bybit's continued focus on working with regulators and securing the appropriate permissions as it expands internationally. The company believes that strong regulatory relationships and locally compliant services are important to building lasting trust with users and market participants.

Supporting Dubai's Digital Asset Ecosystem

Since establishing its international headquarters in Dubai in 2022, Bybit has participated in the emirate's growing blockchain and Web3 ecosystem through industry engagement, partnerships and initiatives that support knowledge-sharing and collaboration.

Dubai's regulatory framework and international reach make it a key market for the continued development of digital assets. Bybit intends to build on its presence in the emirate, working with relevant stakeholders and developing its services in line with applicable regulatory requirements.

#Bybit / #NewFinancialPlatform 

About Bybit

Bybit is The New Financial Platform.

We believe every person should have access to every financial opportunity on earth. That's why we're building the first intelligent platform that connects anyone, anywhere to the world's finance.

Trusted by more than 80 million users worldwide, Bybit brings together investing, trading, payments, and wealth-building in a single secure and intelligent ecosystem. Through the combination of AI-powered technology, deep global liquidity, robust security, and transparent operations, Bybit makes global finance more accessible, efficient, and empowering for everyone.

Built for everyone. Powered by intelligence. Open to the world.

Learn more at Bybit.com.

For more details about Bybit, please visit Bybit Press

For media inquiries, please contact: media@bybit.com

For updates, please follow: Bybit's Communities and Social Media

Facebook | Instagram | LinkedIn | Reddit | Telegram | TikTok | X | Youtube

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

The expansion covers contracts referencing stocks listed in the United States, Hong Kong and South Korea, alongside commodities such as crude oil, natural gas, copper and silver. It also includes exposure to major technology and semiconductor companies, including Tesla, NVIDIA, Micron and SanDisk, as well as contracts linked to market indices and exchange-traded funds (ETFs).

The latest additions follow KuCoin's launch of Stock Index Perpetual Contracts in March 2026, as the exchange continues to broaden its offering beyond conventional cryptocurrency derivatives.

Round-the-Clock Access to Traditional Markets

Unlike traditional stock exchanges, which operate during designated trading sessions, KuCoin's TradFi perpetual contracts are available 24 hours a day, seven days a week.

The USDT-settled contracts allow eligible traders to take long or short positions on assets linked to sectors such as artificial intelligence, semiconductors, energy and metals. This enables users to adjust their exposure in response to corporate earnings, market developments and commodity price movements outside conventional exchange hours.

Trading takes place through KuCoin's existing futures interface, with access subject to applicable product terms and eligibility requirements.

Unified Trading Accounts and Flexible Margin Options

Alongside the expanded asset selection, KuCoin is integrating TradFi futures trading into its Unified Trading Account (UTA) infrastructure for eligible users with VIP1 status or higher.

The UTA system brings funds, margin and risk management into a shared account structure, reducing the need to transfer assets between separate trading accounts when managing positions.

Eligible UTA users can also use KCUSD as margin for supported TradFi contracts. Under the applicable product rules, qualifying KCUSD holdings can continue generating rewards while serving as collateral, allowing traders to maintain positions without first converting or redeeming their holdings.

Part of KuCoin's Broader Platform Strategy

The TradFi expansion forms part of KuCoin 5.0, the exchange's broader initiative to integrate trading, asset management and access to global markets within a single platform.

It also aligns with the company's "Trust, Built-in." initiative, which emphasizes account integration, broader asset availability, flexible capital management and transparent trading mechanisms.

With more than 170 perpetual contract pairs now available, KuCoin is continuing to develop its traditional asset-linked derivatives offering while bringing additional trading and margin management capabilities into its existing infrastructure.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Bybit Kazakhstan announces the signing of a Memorandum of Cooperation with Alatau City Authority, the special management organization responsible for the operation and development of Alatau City under its special legal regime. The memorandum, signed at the AI & Digital Bridge 2026 forum held in Astana on 1–3 October, sets out the parties' intention to cooperate on digital asset solutions for the city.

Alatau City is being developed as an emerging smart city with its own legal framework, including dedicated rules for digital asset activities. The memorandum creates a framework for dialogue between Bybit Kazakhstan and the City Authority as this environment takes shape, outlining the shared vision for Alatau’s next phase of growth as financial hub and innovation centre.

The memorandum covers three areas of cooperation:

• Tokenization of real-world assets - exploring models for the issuance, recording, circulation and, where applicable, admission to trading of tokenized assets and instruments
• Digital asset payments - developing payment solutions for residents, businesses and visitors of Alatau City
• Cross-border remittances - developing remittance and settlement solutions using digital assets

"Alatau City is a rare opportunity to build digital finance into a city from the very start, within a clear legal framework," said Ablaikhan Aubakir, Country Manager at Bybit Kazakhstan. "Tokenization, payments and cross-border settlements are the areas where digital assets can bring the most practical value to people and businesses. We look forward to contributing our experience in regulated digital asset infrastructure as the city's framework develops."

The memorandum builds on Bybit Kazakhstan's work in developing regulated digital asset infrastructure in Kazakhstan as an AIFC Participant licensed by AFSA.

Disclaimer: This material is provided for informational purposes only. The Memorandum of Cooperation is a non-binding expression of the parties' intentions and does not constitute a licence, permit, authorisation or regulatory approval, or an endorsement of any product or service. Activities described herein are subject to applicable licensing and regulatory requirements. Products and services described herein may not be available in all jurisdictions. Investors should carefully review applicable terms and assess their individual risk profile before making investment decisions.

#Bybit / #NewFinancialPlatform / #BybitKazakhstan

About Bybit Kazakhstan (Bybit Limited)

Bybit Kazakhstan is an AIFC Participant licensed by AFSA to operate a Digital Asset Trading Facility and provide Money Services in relation to Digital Assets. Bybit Kazakhstan develops compliant infrastructure to support institutions and enterprises engaging with digital assets in Kazakhstan.

www.bybit.kz

About Alatau City Authority

Alatau City Authority is a special management organization established under the laws of the Republic of Kazakhstan to ensure the operation and development of Alatau City within its special legal regime. [To be confirmed or replaced by Alatau City Authority's own boilerplate.]

About AFSA

The Astana Financial Services Authority (AFSA) is the independent regulator of financial services and related activities in the AIFC. AFSA's mandate is to foster a fair, transparent and efficient financial centre aligned with international standards.

www.afsa.kz

ContactMarketingZholayevs SanzharBybit Kazakhstanzholayev.sanzhar@bybit.com

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

For example, Atomic Wallet lets users request swaps through third-party providers within the app and review an estimated receiving amount before confirming. 

For funds you rarely move, a hardware wallet may be worth the extra device and setup. The choice comes down to how you use your crypto, how the keys are protected, and how you would recover access.

H2: Hot or Cold?

The difference comes down to private keys: a hot wallet keeps them on an internet-connected device, while cold storage keeps them offline. Your crypto remains on the blockchain; the wallet holds the keys needed to move it.

H3: Hot Wallets for Regular Transactions

A hot wallet lets you receive payments, send crypto, and use supported features from your phone or computer. Most are free to install, making them an accessible option for funds you move regularly.

The trade-off is that the keys sit on a device you also use to browse, download files, and open messages. Malware or compromised wallet software can put them at risk. A password helps protect access to the app, but it does not isolate the keys from the device.

H3: Hardware Wallets for Offline Key Storage

A hardware wallet signs transactions inside a separate device without exposing its private keys to the connected computer or phone. You review the transaction details and approve the transfer on the hardware itself.

This suits holdings you want to keep separate from everyday activity. You must buy and keep track of the device, though it can also be used for frequent transactions. Hardware protection does not make every approval safe: signing a malicious transaction or exposing the recovery phrase can still lead to losses.

You can use both approaches – one wallet for regular transfers and another for longer-term holdings. Keep their keys and backups separate; importing a hardware wallet’s recovery phrase into a hot wallet removes that offline separation.

H2: Who Holds the Keys?

With a custodial service, the provider holds the keys and processes withdrawals. You sign in with an account and can usually request help recovering access. Withdrawals depend on the service’s rules and availability.

With a non-custodial wallet, you hold the keys and authorise transactions yourself. Recovery typically relies on a backup phrase: it can restore access if your phone breaks, but anyone who obtains it can also access your funds. Both hot wallets and hardware wallets can be non-custodial.

H2: Coins and Networks

USDT support does not mean support for every USDT network. A wallet may support USDT on Ethereum but not on Tron. The network must match at both ends of a transfer.

Check these details before choosing:

• Assets and networks: the specific coins, tokens, and networks you use for deposits and withdrawals.

• Device support: availability on your operating system, including any differences between mobile and desktop versions.

• App connections: compatibility with the crypto apps you intend to use. Receiving a token does not necessarily mean the wallet can connect to that token’s staking or lending platform.

H2: Fees and Swaps

A wallet can be free to install and still charge for services offered inside it. Before choosing, check the costs of the operations you expect to use most.

H3: Network Fees vs. Service Fees

A network fee pays for processing a blockchain transaction. It varies by network and demand, so the same wallet can be inexpensive to use on one chain and costly on another. Sending tokens may also require the network’s native coin – for example, ETH to send USDT on Ethereum.

Buying or swapping crypto through an integrated provider introduces separate costs. These may include a service fee and a margin built into the exchange rate. A “zero service fee” offer therefore does not necessarily give you the most crypto for your money.

H3: What a Swap Quote Actually Shows

Compare quotes using the same input amount and check the estimated crypto you will receive. A headline fee alone misses differences in exchange rates and other charges. Also check whether the network fee is included in the quote or paid separately.

A floating-rate quote can change while the exchange is processed. A fixed-rate quote generally holds the rate for a limited window, subject to the provider’s conditions. Before confirming, check the minimum amount, quote expiry, and any verification requirements. An integrated swap saves steps, but the provider’s terms still apply.

H2: Security and Recovery

Look for documented answers to these questions:

• Where are the keys stored? On your device, inside dedicated hardware, or with a provider? A password protects access to an app; it does not turn a hot wallet into cold storage.

• How were past security incidents handled? Read what happened, what was fixed, and how users were informed. Security claims carry more weight when supported by specific technical findings.

• Is the software maintained? Check recent releases and security fixes. If an audit is available, note its date and scope – it may not cover the version you will use.

• What restores access? Establish whether recovery requires a phrase, a separate device, or the provider’s help. For a phrase-based wallet, losing both the device and the backup can mean losing access permanently.

H2: Wallets to Consider

• Atomic Wallet: A software wallet for managing multiple assets, with swaps available through integrated providers. Check support for your specific networks and review the quote before exchanging.

• MetaMask: An option for connecting to decentralised apps. Check compatibility with the apps you use; it also supports hardware-wallet connections for signing transactions.

• Trezor: A hardware option that keeps keys separate from your everyday computer or phone. You will need the device to approve outgoing transactions, and asset support varies by model and software.

Before funding your chosen wallet, download its software from the official source and follow its backup instructions. Check the receiving network, then make a small test transfer before moving a larger amount.

FAQ

Is it better to keep crypto in a wallet or on an exchange?

An exchange is convenient for trading. A self-custody wallet gives you control of the keys, but you must protect the backup yourself.

Are crypto wallets free?

Most software wallets are free to download. Network fees and service charges may apply. Hardware wallets cost money to buy.

Can a crypto wallet be hacked?

Yes. Malware, software vulnerabilities, and stolen recovery phrases can expose your funds. Hardware wallets reduce some risks but do not eliminate them.

What happens if I lose my crypto wallet?

You can usually restore access with your recovery phrase or another supported backup. Without it, losing your device may mean losing access permanently.

Can I store all my crypto in one wallet?

Yes, if the wallet supports every asset and network you use. Check network support, not just coin names.

Do I need a hardware wallet?

Consider one if you want to keep private keys off your phone or computer, especially for long-term holdings.

Can I use multiple crypto wallets?

Yes. Separate wallets can serve different purposes. Use different recovery phrases if you want to keep their access separate.

Can I change my crypto wallet later?

Yes. Transfer your assets to a new wallet that supports their networks. No sale is needed, but network fees apply.

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored article and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

Crypto promos are a crowded field. Newcomers get bonus miners, loyal users get cashback, someone always announces a prize pool with a lot of zeros, and a few projects hide airdrops inside hashrate contracts. Standing out takes more than a bigger number.

CryptoTab’s answer this October is a boss fight, which is not a sentence we expected to write about a mining promo. Halloween Hunt runs for 28 days: from October 12 to November 8, across CT Pool, CT Browser and CT Farm. 

You play the last member of an old Order of Hunters. The Order sealed its monsters away long ago, but the seal fails every Halloween and they come back. Your job is to hunt them across three haunted locations, collect prizes on the way, and decide which ones to destroy and which to save.

The prizes are what crypto enthusiasts will care about: miners up to 25,200,000 H/s, boosts up to x30, and up to 2,500,000 HSH in bonuses. Each prize keeps running for its full term after the promo ends. To join, log in on the Halloween Hunt page.

One account, one pumpkin economy

The Hunt runs on your CryptoTab account, so a purchase in any of the three apps counts, and your progress follows you between phone and desktop. 

Every qualifying purchase earns Pump-Bombs — the ammo you spend on monsters. The rate is fixed: $1 = 100 Pump-Bombs.

• CT Pool is cloud mining without hardware. The work happens on CryptoTab’s servers, so your phone stays cool.

• CT Browser is a Chromium browser with mining built in. Cloud.Boost multiplies your base speed, and a 12-month, 500 kH/s boost earns roughly 22,220 Pump-Bombs.

• CT Farm and CT Farm PRO let you run a farm from your phone. A 12-month, 300 kH/s Worker earns about 8,360 Pump-Bombs. A 6-month, 160 kH/s Worker costs around $32 and earns over 3,000.

There are two catches. Purchases made before October 12 don’t count. And while Pump-Bombs pile up as soon as you buy, your balance only shows once you’ve joined on the landing page.

Product

Price

Pump-Bombs for purchase

Pump-Bombs from ads (25 days)*

Total

CT Pool, 3 mo., 200 kH/s

~$55.40

~5,540

~7,500

~13,040

CT Pool, 12 mo., 500 kH/s

~$144.20

~14,420

~7,500

~21,920

CT Browser, 12 mo., 500 kH/s

~$222.20

~22,220

~7,500

~29,720

CT Farm PRO, 6 mo., 160 kH/s

~$31.95

~3,195

~7,500

~10,695

CT Farm PRO, 12 mo., 300 kH/s

~$83.60

~8,360

~7,500

~15,860

What does that buy? 

By the promo’s own math, defeating every monster in the Witch Forest takes about $30 worth of Pump-Bombs (3,000), and the Castle about $250 (25,000). Most of the free action happens in CT Pool, so it’s a natural starting point.

Spells, HSH and the choice after the fight

Pump-Bombs only cover the fighting. But there is also another currency — Spells. Once a monster is down, you can spend them to finish it off or to save it. The step is optional. It costs 10 Spells at a mini-boss and 20 at a final boss, and it pays another guaranteed prize: a multiplier of x25 to x30, plus some HSH — the promo’s bonus currency. It lands on your bonus balance, and it isn’t the same thing as hashrate.

Spells are free to earn through Tarot cards and Quests. 

The monsters

There are three locations, played in order. Each has three mini-bosses and a final boss. 

A mini-boss goes down in two paid hits, a final boss in three, plus one free dodge where it slips away and costs you nothing. Every paid hit comes with a guaranteed prize. Once a monster falls, you also get a free claim, always a mining reward.

• Witch Forest is open from day one. Fight the Scarecrow, the Ent Tree and the Witch’s Coven before you face the Witch herself.

• Dracula’s Castle opens once the Witch is down. Get past the Catacomb Werewolf, Dracula’s Bride and Frankenstein to reach Count Dracula.

• The Cemetery opens after Dracula falls, and it’s where the numbers jump. The Zombie, the Bone Keeper and the Weeping Banshee guard the Headless Horseman. His free claim is a CT Pool miner at 25,200,000 H/s for a month, and the Banshee’s is a 5,500,000 H/s Worker.

Not every monster is a villain. Some are victims of the old seal, and after each fight you choose: finish it, or set it free.

There’s also a shared HSH Jackpot. Every paid hit in the Forest and the Castle adds 1% to it, and it’s drawn among 10 winners after the promo ends. Defeat the Scarecrow and you’re entered.

Tarot: the wildcard

Every five ads you watch in CT Pool earns one Tarot card, up to three a day. Open the card screen and you’ll see three face-down cards. Pick any one; the other two stay closed, and it makes no difference which you choose. 

Your first two cards are guaranteed to pay 25 and 20 Pump-Bombs, so you can start swinging without spending a cent. After that, each card hides one of six outcomes:

• The Tower: Pump-Bombs

• The Magician: Spells

• Wheel of Fortune: a multiplier of up to x20 on your next CT Pool purchase

• The Hermit: a CT Pool miner, 1,000,000 H/s for three months or 500,000 H/s for six (rare)

• The Sun: 100,000 HSH (rare)

• Judgement: one more card

Cards and the Weekly Giveaway both live in the Hunter’s Lodge and run off the same ad counter, so one view feeds both. The Giveaway rules are simple. Watch five ads every day, Monday to Sunday UTC, with no gaps. 

Each week, 100 winners are drawn through a smart contract and get a 1,000 kH/s CT Pool miner for five days. If you join mid-week, the earlier days are credited automatically. If you miss a day, you only drop out of that week’s draw. And if ads won’t load, turn off your ad blocker or switch networks.

Three ways to play it smart

1. Make CT Pool your base. It doesn’t earn more Pump-Bombs than the other apps, since the rate is $1 = 100 everywhere. But it’s the only place to watch ads for Tarot and the Giveaway, and the multipliers you win apply to CT Pool purchases.

2. Join first, then buy big. Pump-Bombs pile up either way, but progress on the “Buy 5” and “Buy 10 miners” quests, and on the “all six durations” quest (3, 6, 12, 18, 24 and 36 months), only counts purchases made after you join.

3. Do the free quests on day one. The email sign-up pays 85 Pump-Bombs and 8 Spells, and the short survey pays 165 and 15. The “buy N miners” chain pays a share of your biggest purchases at the moment you finish it, so bigger buys first means bigger payouts.

Before you dive in

Pump-Bombs and Spells aren’t real money and can’t be exchanged for fiat. Spending on purchases is the cost of playing, not an investment with a guaranteed return. Prize miners run for fixed terms and then stop. The organizer may also restrict some mechanics, mainly the ad-based ones, in certain countries.

Final word

Halloween Hunt is a game, but the rewards underneath are real hashrate. The sensible route is simple: buy in CT Pool, knock out the quests, watch the ads, and take your swings. The Forest is open, and the Scarecrow is waiting.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The announcement positions KRW1 for settlement rather than a broad retail launch: minting and redemption are initially for approved institutional partners and remain subject to regulatory approval.

KRW1 as a won settlement rail

The memorandum positions KRW1 as the proposed Korean-won unit for settling tokenized assets within Injective. In practical terms, the parties are targeting a structure in which the asset used to complete an onchain trade is denominated in won, not in a dollar-linked stablecoin.

That distinction matters for the scope of the deal. The announced use case is tied to real-world assets, or RWAs, and tokenization activity on Injective—not a claim that KRW1 will replace dollar stablecoins across crypto markets. The Block reported that the partnership is intended to allow tokenized assets to trade and settle directly in Korean won on the network.

For issuers and institutions that account for assets or obligations in won, a won-denominated settlement asset could reduce the need to route a transaction through a dollar unit before completing settlement. Whether that workflow becomes available will depend on the planned implementation and approvals; the announcement does not set out a public timetable for either.

Institutional rollout and approval

Injective said KRW1 is fully backed one-for-one by Korean won. However, that backing claim does not mean the token will be openly available for minting or redemption at launch. Those functions will initially be restricted to approved institutional partners and are subject to regulatory approval, the company said.

The limitation is central to assessing the announcement. A settlement asset can be designed for institutional use before it has a wider distribution model, and Injective's statement describes the former. The memorandum therefore establishes the intended role of KRW1 in the ecosystem while leaving the operational access model conditional on the approval process.

Neither party's announcement, based on the information released, details which institutions will qualify as partners or when minting and redemption could begin. The near-term significance is the proposed integration of a won-denominated asset into Injective's tokenized-asset settlement infrastructure.

Official Injective graphic announcing the Korean won stablecoin partnership with BDACS for tokenization. — Source: Injective

From Avalanche proof of concept

KRW1 predates the Injective memorandum. In September 2025, BDACS said the stablecoin was 100% collateralized by Korean won held in escrow at Woori Bank and that it had initially been issued on Avalanche as part of a technical proof of concept.

The Injective arrangement would extend the token's stated application beyond that initial issuance environment. Rather than presenting KRW1 solely as a technical demonstration, the new memorandum frames it as a prospective settlement asset for tokenized RWAs on another blockchain ecosystem.

BDACS' prior disclosure provides the clearest supplied detail on the token's custody structure: Korean won held in escrow at Woori Bank. In a separate October announcement, Injective described KRW1 as fully backed one-to-one by Korean won and said its planned use on Injective would be subject to institutional-access and regulatory conditions.

Injective's RWA settlement activity

Injective is directing the collaboration at an existing pool of activity it says has already developed on its network. The company said it has processed more than $7.5 billion in real-world-asset volume and issued more than $1 billion in tokenized assets.

Those figures, disclosed by Injective, are the scale against which the companies are proposing the KRW1 settlement rail. They do not indicate how much of that activity is Korean-won denominated, nor do they establish future KRW1 usage. They do show that the partners are aiming the integration at a network where tokenized-asset issuance and RWA trading have already been reported by the chain.

The next material development will be whether the memorandum advances into an approved institutional rollout with minting and redemption available to qualifying partners. Until then, the agreement sets out a planned won-denominated settlement path for Injective's RWA market rather than a fully open KRW1 service.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

BBIT targets a November SIX debut

BIT Asset Management identified the authorised product as the Bitcoin Fund ETF, or BBIT. The company said the fund is expected to start trading on SIX Swiss Exchange in November 2026, giving the approval a defined, though still prospective, market launch timetable.

FINMA described its decision as approval of Switzerland’s first retail ETF investing directly in Bitcoin. The regulator’s announcement and the issuer’s product identification establish BBIT as the vehicle covered by the decision, rather than a general authorisation for retail crypto products.

Alternative-investment classification

FINMA classified the fund under Swiss law as an “other fund for alternative investments” with particular risk and granted it an exemption from applicable diversification rules.

The classification places the product within Switzerland’s alternative-investment framework. It is a retail fund with direct Bitcoin exposure, rather than a conventional broadly diversified retail fund, and FINMA did not present the authorisation as eliminating the associated risks for retail investors.

FINMA said retail access is subject to safeguards addressing custody and operational risks. Those requirements are especially relevant to a vehicle holding Bitcoin directly, where handling and control of the underlying asset form part of the fund’s operational risk profile.

Promotional image for BIT Asset Management’s Bitcoin Fund ETF (BBIT), depicting Bitcoin with the Swiss flag and ETF branding. — Source: BIT Asset Management

Custody, disclosure and sales safeguards

FINMA said retail access is subject to safeguards addressing custody and operational risks. Those requirements are especially relevant for a vehicle holding Bitcoin directly, where the handling and control of the underlying asset are part of the fund’s operational risk profile.

The regulator also required clear risk disclosures and point-of-sale conduct rules under Switzerland’s Financial Services Act. The disclosure and sales conditions mean BBIT’s retail availability will be accompanied by requirements intended to ensure investors receive risk information and that conduct standards apply when the product is offered.

For now, the next concrete milestone is the expected November trading start on SIX Swiss Exchange, as stated by BIT Asset Management. No precise launch date was included in the materials announcing the approval.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The new contracts are funded in USDC and are designed with a defined loss at purchase: the premium paid plus the upfront fee is the most a buyer can lose. That limit comes with a significant restriction, however. Positions cannot be sold or otherwise closed before they settle, according to Blockchain.com’s product documentation.

Seven assets and one-week expiry window

At launch, users can buy call and put options tied to Bitcoin, Ether, Solana, Hyperliquid, Avalanche, XRP and TRON, with available expiries of no more than one week. A call option generally reflects an upward directional view relative to a selected target price, while a put reflects the opposite view.

Blockchain.com limits availability to eligible users in supported jurisdictions, rather than releasing the product globally. The initial offering combines established large-cap tokens with assets such as Hyperliquid and TRON.

Crypto Briefing’s coverage, carried by TradingView, independently confirmed the seven-asset roster, the one-week maximum expiry and the eligibility restrictions.

Upfront USDC funding fixes loss—but removes early exits

Blockchain.com says each options trade is funded upfront in USDC. Under its options FAQ, the premium and upfront fee are the buyer’s maximum potential loss, known at purchase.

The same FAQ says contracts must be held until settlement and cannot be closed early, limiting a buyer’s ability to manage a position after opening.

A simplified purchase flow starts at a $5 premium

The purchase flow asks users to select the cryptocurrency, target price, expiry date, direction and the amount they wish to spend. Blockchain.com lists a current minimum premium of $5, excluding applicable fees, in its instructions for buying an option.

In the purchase flow, the spending amount sits alongside the contract terms as an input, framing the trade around the amount committed upfront. The minimum itself describes the premium threshold, not the total outlay, because fees are additional where applicable.

In the materials cited, Blockchain.com has not set out additional expiry lengths beyond the initial maximum of one week or described an early-exit mechanism. Buyers can therefore choose a short-dated view and a defined initial outlay, but cannot alter the position after purchase, leaving a narrowly bounded product.

Options follow perpetuals rollout and CFTC filings

The options launch is the latest step in Blockchain.com’s recent trading-products expansion. Crypto Briefing linked the rollout to the company’s earlier perpetual-futures launch and to CFTC registration applications filed on October 13.

Those parallel developments place the options product within a broader push into trading services, while the initial contract design remains more constrained than a venue offering tradable options positions throughout their lifetime. For now, Blockchain.com’s offering is limited to eligible users, seven underlying crypto assets, USDC-funded purchases and expiries of up to one week.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The analysis measures transfer timing rather than aggregate value; within its screening scope, the result depicts stablecoins as a transfer network operating across the full day instead of only during U.S. business hours.

Data Snapshot

MetricCurrentPreviousChangePeriodAs ofSourceShare of screened stablecoin transfer volume outside U.S. banking hours73%——Over the 12 months ended July 31, 2026July 31, 2026The Block Research and CoinbaseAverage organic stablecoin transfer activity per hourover $400 million an hour——Q3 2026Q3 2026The Block Research and CoinbaseAdjusted stablecoin transaction volume$891 billion——Q3 2026Q3 2026CoinbaseStablecoin unique addresses293 million——As of October 2026October 2026Coinbase

73% of screened volume fell outside U.S. banking hours

The Coinbase and The Block Research report puts the share of screened volume outside U.S. banking hours at 73% for the 12-month period ending July 31, 2026. That period includes a full year of transfer observations, rather than a single-quarter snapshot.

The result is bounded by the researchers’ methodology. The time-of-day analysis excludes transfers under $1, self-transfers, and minting and burning activity. It nevertheless includes automated transactions, meaning the 73% figure should be read as a measure of screened transfer volume, not solely manually initiated or bot-adjusted activity.

Q3 activity exceeded $400 million an hour around the clock

In Q3 2026, stablecoins moved an average of over $400 million an hour in organic transfer activity around the clock, the report said. The hourly measure supplies a separate view of continuous throughput during the quarter.

It is not directly equivalent to the banking-hours finding. The Q3 hourly series is described as organic transfer activity, while the time-of-day analysis behind the 73% result includes automated transactions. The two readings therefore support an always-on activity picture on different screening bases.

The quarter-specific figure also does not establish how activity was distributed between banking and non-banking hours. That distribution is provided by the 12-month screen ending July 31, 2026.

Distribution of stablecoin transfer volume by time of day in 15-minute increments; 73% of screened volume occurs outside U.S. banking hours. — Source: Cointelegraph; Coinbase and The Block Research via Dune Analytics

Q3 adjusted stablecoin volume reached $891 billion

Separately, Coinbase said stablecoin transaction volume reached $891 billion in Q3 2026, even when adjusting for automated activity and bots. This is a quarterly transaction-volume total, rather than an hourly average or a share based on the timing of transfers.

The bot-adjusted $891 billion figure offers a broader scale reference for Q3, but it should not be merged mechanically with the 73% time-of-day result. The two series use distinct treatment of automated activity, as described by the underlying research.

293 million unique addresses as of October 2026

Coinbase also reported 293 million stablecoin unique addresses as of October 2026. In that measure, a unique address is a blockchain address with a minimum stablecoin balance greater than 1e-9.

Address counts are not the same as an individual-user count, and the supplied definition is balance-based. Still, the figure provides the available participation-scale indicator alongside the transfer-volume data: 293 million addresses held at least the report’s stated minimum stablecoin balance as of October 2026.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The product is built for an AI agent to make multiple purchases authorised by a user or business within an approved framework, instead of processing every purchase as a separate payment event.

Early access follows pilots with Coinbase, Base and Cloudflare

Mastercard said the new tools cover both sides of an agent-led transaction: those building purchasing agents and those receiving payments for services or goods. The company did not detail a wider commercial rollout timetable in its October announcement, but the sandbox and APIs give developers an environment in which to integrate the system.

The pilots brought together payment, wallet, blockchain and service providers. Alongside Coinbase and Base, the list included Cloudflare, Ant International, BVNK and AIsa. The mix matters because an agent payment requires more than an instruction to pay: it needs a wallet and payment path, a way for a merchant to assess a payment request, and a means of settling the resulting obligation.

Mastercard first announced Agent Pay for Machines on June 10. At that point, it described a system intended to support credentialing and permission controls, alongside settlement across cards, accounts and stablecoins. The initial announcement named more than 30 participants and supporters, according to Mastercard Investor Relations.

The Cloudflare demo tested one budget across nine purchases

The Cloudflare Connect demonstration offered a more specific example of how the workflow could operate. An AI agent made nine payments to two merchants under a single approved budget: one payment to AIsa for social-media research and eight to Cloudflare for campaign images.

That sequence is the practical issue Mastercard’s design seeks to address. A user or business can approve a budget for a task, while the agent makes the separate purchases needed to complete it. In the demonstration, research and image-generation services were supplied by different merchants, and the image work itself involved eight individual purchases.

The pilot does not establish how broadly the arrangement will be adopted by merchants or developers. It does, however, show why Mastercard is putting buyer- and seller-side tools into the early-access package: the model depends on both the agent’s payment authority and a merchant’s ability to recognise and process the payment request.

Coinbase, Base and BVNK split the wallet, settlement and payment roles

Mastercard said Coinbase Developer Platform supplied wallet infrastructure, Base provided on-chain settlement, and BVNK handled agent-wallet payment and settlement through Mastercard Global Money Platform. Mastercard also said settlement could occur in either fiat currency or stablecoins, rather than presenting the pilot as a stablecoin-only system.

x402 vouchers allow service delivery before final settlement

Coinbase-incubated x402 and digitally signed payment vouchers are used for repeat agent purchases, The Block reported. The report said merchants can verify vouchers before delivering services and batch them for later redemption rather than settle each payment individually.

In Mastercard’s Cloudflare demonstration, one approved task resulted in nine payments to two merchants.

Mastercard said its October early-access release gives developers APIs, a toolkit, sandbox and documentation after pilots involving Mastercard, Coinbase, Base, Cloudflare and other participants.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Hoskinson has not named the language, released public code or given developers a timetable for access. Those omissions mean the project remains an early disclosure rather than a tool that developers can presently assess or use.

Hoskinson and Rosa begin work

In a post on X, Hoskinson said he was working with Rosa on the language. Rosa’s involvement gives the project a direct link to Aiken, one of Cardano’s existing smart-contract development options.

Programming languages shape how developers express application rules, build transactions and work with a network’s underlying execution model, making the announcement notable. The post itself did not set out a specification or repository, nor did it propose a path for bringing the language into Cardano’s broader developer stack.

For now, the public description is limited to the elements Hoskinson identified and subsequent reporting on their intended use. The lack of code also leaves open practical questions such as the language’s syntax, tooling and the scope of applications it would be designed to support.

Transaction intents and proofs

Hoskinson said the language would combine transaction intents, proof-carrying data and Groth16 cryptographic proofs, according to CoinDesk. The stated design places emphasis on what a user wants a transaction to achieve, alongside evidence intended to show that required conditions have been met.

Under the proposed system, users would specify desired transaction outcomes. Applications would then handle execution and attach cryptographic evidence that those conditions were satisfied, CoinDesk reported.

That distinction matters to the framing of the project. Rather than describing the user’s interaction solely as a sequence of execution steps, the model described by Hoskinson starts with the outcome and assigns applications the task of carrying it out. The proof component is intended to accompany that process as evidence relating to the stated conditions.

Groth16 is the specific proof technology named in the announcement. Neither Hoskinson’s disclosure nor the reported description published details on how it would be implemented in the language, what data would be covered by proofs, or how applications would present the resulting transactions to Cardano users.

Those are material implementation questions for a language making claims about transaction construction and verification. They cannot be resolved from a high-level announcement, particularly without a public codebase or technical documentation.

Alongside Plutus and Aiken

Hoskinson said he was personally developing a new Cardano programming language with Input Output Global engineer Lucas Rosa, co-creator of Aiken.

He said the proposed language would combine transaction intents, proof-carrying data and Groth16 cryptographic proofs. Under the proposed system, users would specify desired transaction outcomes while applications handle execution and provide cryptographic evidence that conditions were satisfied.

If released, the project would add another Cardano development option alongside Plutus and Aiken. CryptoSlate reported that Aiken was intended to make Cardano smart-contract development more accessible than the Haskell-based Plutus environment.

As of October 19, Hoskinson had not disclosed the language’s name, published public code or announced a developer release date, according to CryptoSlate.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Crypto sportsbooks use several formats. Some match a first deposit and attach a wagering requirement, others hand out freebets that pay profit only, and a few skip deposit bonuses in favour of cash drops or rakeback.

The terms behind each offer show what a new account actually receives and what it takes to turn a bonus into withdrawable funds.

Four Bonus Formats, Four Payout Rules

Welcome offers fall into a few formats, and each pays out in its own way. The table explains how each format usually works.

Format

How it pays

Typical condition

Deposit match

Bonus funds added to the balance

Rollover on deposit plus bonus at minimum odds

Freebet

Stake removed, net winnings paid

Minimum odds, sometimes combo-only

Free money

Stake and winnings both paid

Rare, usually with tight limits

Cash rewards

Rakeback or cash drops without rollover

Paid over a set period after signup

Last verified: October 2026

Freebets and free money look similar on a promotions page, yet a freebet at odds of 3.0 returns twice its value while free money returns three times. The choice between casino and sports tracks at signup adds another layer, as a guide to picking a welcome track explains.

Terms That Decide an Offer's Value

Five terms usually decide what a welcome offer delivers:

• Rollover: how many times a player stakes the deposit, the bonus or both

• Minimum odds: the lowest price per selection that counts toward rollover

• Combo rules: whether the offer requires, allows or excludes accumulators

• Maximum bet: a cap on stake size while a bonus is active

• Time limit: how long the player has to activate and complete the terms

Breaches of a maximum bet rule can void winnings, a point that catches many new players. Our comparison of max bet rules shows how widely those caps vary.

8 Crypto Sportsbooks Compared on Freebet and Welcome Terms

Order weighs how completely each sportsbook publishes its welcome terms, including rollover, odds, combo rules, caps and time limits, more than the size of the offer. Every entry adds one term to double-check.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport publishes a three-deposit sports freebet of 15%, 20% and 25%, each capped at $100 and unlocked by a $10 deposit. Freebets apply to combos of three or more events at odds of 1.3 or higher and pay winnings minus the stake.

Cash Out stays unavailable on Dexsport freebets, and a refunded bet removes the freebet. Dexsport's promotions page shows the current terms, so confirm them before depositing.

2. BC.Game

BC.Game spreads a deposit match across four deposits, with a sports option that adds daily free bets. Its help centre sets 10x wagering on the sports bonus, minimum odds of 1.5 and accumulators of at least three legs at that price.

BC.Game gives 30 days to complete each bonus, and cashed-out or void bets fall outside wagering. Its help centre lists each deposit stage separately.

3. Shuffle

Shuffle offers a 100% first-deposit match up to $1,000, with sports rollover set at 15x deposit plus bonus at odds of 1.3 or higher. Its help centre spells out the rollover terms on a dedicated page.

Shuffle excludes accumulators during rollover and caps each bet at half the deposit. Players who prefer accumulators should plan around that rule.

4. Thunderpick

Thunderpick matches a first deposit at 100% for betting or casino, with a €20 minimum and a 10x playthrough on deposit plus bonus. Sports bets stay capped at half the deposit until the playthrough ends.

Thunderpick's own pages quote different caps, €500 and €600, so the live promotion settles the figure. Its terms also list barred countries, including the Netherlands and the US.

5. Sportsbet.io

Sportsbet.io's Champions Welcome Bonus matches a first deposit at 100% up to 300 USDT for sports or casino, with a 10 USDT minimum. Bets at 1.50 or higher count fully toward wagering.

Sportsbet.io's offer expires 72 hours after activation and players must activate it before depositing. Its promotions page lists restricted countries.

6. Cloudbet

Cloudbet skips a deposit bonus and offers a Welcome Package worth up to $2,500 in cash rewards over the first 30 days. Sports players receive weekly cash drops, while casino players get rakeback.

Cloudbet's package covers casino and sports together, and its promotions page states that rewards come without rollover. Sports cash drops pay out weekly instead of as one upfront sum.

7. Jack.com

Jack.com, the rebranded Jackbit, offers a first-bet refund that returns a losing stake as a free bet of up to $100, according to third-party reviews. The qualifying bet needs three legs at odds of 1.40 or higher.

Jack.com's free bet expiry and minimum deposit need confirming on its promotions page. Refund free bets often pay profit only, so the stake rule deserves a look.

8. Vave

Vave describes a 100% cashback bonus on a first deposit of at least 20 USDT in its help centre, while third-party reviews describe a deposit match with 10x wagering within 14 days. Bets need at least two selections under the reviewed terms.

Vave's sources conflict on the offer format, so the live promotions page decides. Fans should read the full terms before depositing.

Small Print Matters More Than the Headline

Headline percentages rarely tell the full story. Rollover of 15x on deposit plus bonus at minimum odds can require far more staking than a 10x rollover on the bonus alone, so the base of the calculation matters as much as the multiplier.

Freebet value depends on the odds used. Combo-only freebets reward longer prices, while single-bet freebets suit shorter ones, and a review of sportsbook freebet offers shows how football bettors use each type.

Time limits close the picture. Short windows, from 72 hours to 30 days, push players to stake quickly, which can clash with a planned budget.

Conclusion

Welcome offers at crypto sportsbooks range from deposit matches and freebets to cash rewards without rollover. Rollover base, minimum odds, combo rules, maximum bets and time limits decide what each offer delivers.

Dexsport opens this comparison with fully published freebet terms, followed by BC.Game, Shuffle, Thunderpick, Sportsbet.io, Cloudbet, Jack.com and Vave. Each platform documents its conditions with a different level of detail. Freebets that pay profit only and short completion windows deserve the closest reading.

Treat any bonus as optional and confirm current terms before depositing. Betting rules vary by country, so read yours first, bet only at legal age and remember that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Welcome offers, wagering terms, caps and licences change often and vary by country, and some details come from third-party reviews, so confirm current terms on each sportsbook's promotions page before you deposit. Betting carries risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

For comparison, IBIT recorded a $899.4 million net flow on October 7, 2025, according to TFTC’s October 2025 daily ETF-flow table.

The Block also reported $526.6 million in net inflows across U.S. spot bitcoin ETFs for October 19. Because that aggregate figure was below IBIT’s individual reported flow, the figures should be treated as separate reported data points rather than directly reconciled without the underlying methodology and constituent-fund flow details.

Data Snapshot

MetricCurrentPreviousChangePeriodAs ofSourceIBIT net inflow$665.16 million——Monday, October 19, 2026October 20, 2026The BlockU.S. spot bitcoin ETF net inflows$526.6 million——Monday, October 19, 2026October 20, 2026The BlockIBIT net flow$899.4 million——October 7, 2025October 2025TFTCIBIT net assets$66.37 billion——As reported October 20, 2026October 20, 2026The Block

IBIT’s largest inflow since October 7, 2025

The October 19 intake marked IBIT’s biggest one-day net inflow since October 7, 2025. The historical daily reading was $899.4 million, making it the earlier benchmark cited for the latest result.

The two figures are IBIT net flows drawn from separate reported datasets—The Block’s October 20, 2026 report for the October 19 reading and TFTC’s table covering October 2025 for the earlier result. They establish the timing and size of each daily observation, without showing how purchases and redemptions contributed to either day’s net number.

Reported U.S. spot bitcoin ETF total

U.S. spot bitcoin ETFs recorded $526.6 million in net inflows for the day, The Block reported. IBIT’s $665.16 million reading was therefore higher than the reported industry-wide total for the same date.

No methodology explaining that apparent mismatch, or a list of same-day flows for the other funds, was included in the supplied data. It would be premature to assign a reason for the difference or to infer the performance of individual competing products from the aggregate number alone.

Although the reports focus on IBIT as having its strongest intake since the October 7, 2025 result, the available data does not set out a further observation threshold or scheduled release tied to the flow figures.

IBIT net assets and market position

IBIT was launched in January 2024 and is the largest spot bitcoin ETF, with $66.37 billion in net assets as reported on October 20, 2026, according to The Block. That asset base provides the scale context for the $665.16 million daily net inflow.

Net assets and daily net flows measure different things. The $66.37 billion figure describes the fund’s reported asset base, while the $665.16 million reading captures a single day’s reported net inflows. Together, the figures show that the largest spot bitcoin ETF posted a notably large one-day intake relative to its own recent flow history.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Ardoino also said Tether froze relevant addresses an average of four weeks before formal designations by the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control and Israel’s National Bureau for Counter Terror Financing, and before Chainalysis applied labels in 99% of cases. The comments, reported by CoinDesk, framed the company’s recent enforcement activity as evidence that the Senate’s account did not reflect progress.

Tether cites a 94% decline as Senate scrutiny intensifies

The disagreement follows an investigation by the Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations into crypto activity connected to Iran. According to a release from Senator Richard Blumenthal, the inquiry examined 846 wallets that had been sanctioned or targeted for seizure because of Iranian links.

The Senate said 84% of those wallets transacted exclusively or nearly exclusively in USDT. That finding puts the dollar-pegged token at the centre of the committee’s concerns, even as Tether argues its intervention has materially reduced the volume of Iran-linked stablecoin activity.

Ardoino’s 94% figure refers to a reduction in Iran-linked stablecoin volumes, rather than the share of a selected set of wallets using USDT. The two claims therefore address different questions: one concerns activity levels over time, while the other describes the token used by wallets identified in the Senate review.

The Senate report focuses on past freezing failures and 846 wallets

The subcommittee’s criticism was not limited to the mix of assets used by the wallets. It accused Tether of failing to consistently freeze illicit wallets before 2024 and called on the Treasury and Justice departments to investigate the company’s anti-money-laundering and sanctions-compliance practices.

The Senate’s findings concern wallets that were already sanctioned or targeted for seizure because of Iranian connections. They do not, on their own, establish how much aggregate Iran-linked stablecoin volume remained after Tether’s more recent freezes, which is the metric invoked by Ardoino.

Still, the report places Tether’s enforcement record under sharper political scrutiny. Its request for Treasury and Justice to examine the company’s practices points to a potential next stage beyond the committee’s investigation.

Tether points to nearly $550 million in Iran-linked USDT freezes

Tether has separately said it supported the freezing of approximately $550 million in Iran-linked USDT during 2026. The company said that total included more than $344 million in April and over $130 million in July, according to its September 28 statement.

Those figures form the numerical basis for Tether’s broader case that its compliance response has become more active. Ardoino’s account goes further, maintaining that the company was acting ahead of public designations in most of the cases he referenced.

The company’s assertion that it acted before OFAC, Israel’s NBCTF and Chainalysis is consequential because it presents Tether as identifying and restricting addresses before external enforcement or analytics markers became public. The available statements do not provide a wallet-by-wallet account of those interventions.

Wallet usage and volume reduction measure different claims

The two figures measure different things. The Senate’s 84% statistic refers to the prevalence of USDT among 846 examined Iran-linked wallets; Tether’s claimed 94% decline refers to an asserted change in Iran-linked stablecoin volumes.

As FinanceFeeds reported, Tether has not publicly disclosed the methodology or underlying data supporting the 94% calculation. That means the company’s headline reduction cannot be independently matched against the Senate’s wallet sample using the information currently available.

The Senate’s 846-wallet finding nonetheless shows that USDT was the dominant asset within the addresses reviewed, while Tether’s freeze totals show the scale of the enforcement activity it says it has supported during 2026. Whether those actions produced the claimed volume reduction depends on data Tether has not released publicly.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The dispute reached court as Kalshi’s market was already active. CME’s complaint says Kalshi self-certified more than a dozen additional cryptocurrency perpetuals after the CFTC’s order and that the products had generated more than $1 billion in trades by the time the lawsuit was filed. That volume bears on CME’s competition argument and on the practical disruption of any court-ordered unwind.

CME’s investor disclosures create the CFTC’s standing defense

In its challenge, the CFTC argues that CME lacks standing because it has not demonstrated an actual or imminent financial injury from the perpetual-futures policy, according to CoinDesk’s report on the agency’s response. Standing is the gateway issue: before a court reaches CME’s reading of the futures law, CME must establish a sufficiently concrete stake in the dispute.

The agency’s position draws force from CME’s own Q2 2026 earnings script. CME said it had not heard customer demand for crypto perpetuals. It also said its dated crypto futures met a market need not served by traditional crypto products, while crypto-futures volume had increased more than sevenfold in three years despite the availability of offshore perpetual venues, according to the company’s earnings script.

That record gives the CFTC a straightforward way to distinguish market expansion from legal injury. Strong growth in CME’s existing products does not by itself mean a new product cannot compete with them. But it weakens an uncomplicated claim that regulated perpetuals will necessarily divert demand from CME’s dated contracts, particularly when CME has publicly described the customer need for its own offering as distinct.

CME need not show that its business has already deteriorated to argue prospective injury. It can base its case on the assertion that the approval permits a rival exchange to offer contracts that should have been treated as swaps rather than futures. But the CFTC’s response creates a practical tension: if CME customers have shown no observable demand for perpetuals, the court may have to decide how much weight to give prospective competitive pressure in a product category CME itself portrayed as lacking requested demand.

The argument is not that offshore perpetuals and a CFTC-supervised US product are interchangeable. CME’s disclosures refer to growth despite offshore offerings, while the litigation concerns products operating inside a regulated domestic framework. Still, the contrast matters because CME’s alleged injury depends on the proposition that regulatory permission changes the competitive picture in a meaningful and imminent way.

Kalshi’s BTCPERP approval put the definition of a futures contract at issue

CME filed its lawsuit on June 18, 2026, seeking to vacate the CFTC’s May 29 approval of Kalshi’s BTCPERP contract. It also asked the US District Court for the District of Columbia to declare cryptocurrency perpetual contracts to be swaps, not futures. CME’s core contention is that a contract without a fixed delivery date does not meet the Commodity Exchange Act’s future-delivery requirement, as set out in its complaint.

The CFTC reached the opposite result for this specific instrument. It approved BTCPERP as a cash-settled perpetual contract referencing bitcoin’s spot price, saying the product complied with the Commodity Exchange Act and the applicable designated-contract-market core principles in its May 29 announcement.

The disagreement is therefore not simply over whether traders should have access to a popular crypto-market structure. It is over the regulatory category that determines where and under what rules the structure can be offered. CME’s framing would place the absence of a fixed delivery date at the centre of the statutory analysis. The CFTC’s approval indicates that, for BTCPERP, it did not view that feature as preventing treatment as a futures contract.

That distinction explains why CME is pursuing invalidation of the approval rather than merely competing with Kalshi’s product. If the court accepts CME’s classification argument, the foundation for the CFTC’s action is called into question. If it does not reach that argument because CME lacks standing, the agency’s legal interpretation may remain untested in this case.

The funding mechanism changes the product CME is being asked to compete against

Perpetuals differ from dated futures chiefly because positions can remain open indefinitely. Kalshi’s product submission says this is sustained through a funding mechanism. It also says perpetuals may reduce roll costs and basis risk compared with holding a strip of dated futures.

Those features are central to the competitive question. A trader managing exposure through expiring contracts may need to move between maturities. A perpetual is designed around continuous exposure instead. That does not establish that one product will replace the other for every participant, but it explains why the CFTC’s decision concerns more than a new contract label.

The agency’s broader objective is also relevant. The policy shift is part of an effort to bring activity that has largely developed on offshore crypto venues into regulated US markets. Kalshi’s submission describes a package that includes CFTC oversight, central clearing and risk-based margin, alongside the perpetual structure itself, in its BTCPERP filing.

The comparison embedded in CME’s investor comments is therefore less straightforward: offshore perpetuals may not have displaced its dated futures, yet an onshore offering with clearing and margin arrangements could appeal to a different set of users or use cases. That allows the CFTC to make its policy case while maintaining that CME must demonstrate more than the possibility of competition to establish standing.

Case-by-case approval limits the policy, but Kalshi’s early volume raises the stakes

More than a dozen additional cryptocurrency perpetuals, and more than $1 billion in trades: those figures come from CME’s allegation that Kalshi self-certified products after the CFTC’s order. They support CME’s portrayal of rapidly emerging competition. The complaint also makes the practical consequence plain: with contracts traded and additional products introduced, vacating the approval could involve unwinding an operating market.

The policy itself is narrower than those numbers might suggest. The CFTC’s BTCPERP order did not grant blanket permission for perpetual contracts. It established a case-by-case framework for similar crypto perpetuals and confined the analysis to bitcoin and other digital commodities with deep, active and continuous spot markets. Each prospective product remains subject to its own assessment, leaving CME to contest a specific regulatory judgment rather than an unrestricted offshore-market license.

CME’s own disclosures supply the competing account of injury. The company said it had not observed customer demand for perpetuals, while crypto-futures volume had increased more than sevenfold. The result is a dispute in which the same alleged activity serves two purposes: evidence of competition for CME and a reason the consequences of vacating the approval would be materially harder to manage.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The approvals were obtained at Super League’s October 16 annual meeting, and the company announced the result on October 19, according to a Super League filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. The vote advances, but does not complete, the proposed investment.

Shareholders approve Metaplanet transaction

Super League said shareholders approved the proposals required for Metaplanet’s planned investment and contribution, providing corporate authorization to proceed with the previously disclosed arrangement.

The transaction is intended to establish a U.S.-listed Bitcoin treasury platform for Metaplanet through Super League. CoinMarketCap Academy said it would initially be funded with the Bitcoin contribution and cash.

The planned structure combines Metaplanet’s Bitcoin-focused strategy with Super League, whose advertising and media activation business would remain a separate operating segment.

2,100 BTC and $2.5 million contribution

Super League’s August 18 announcement set out a proposed contribution from Metaplanet of 2,100 BTC and $2.5 million in cash at closing, combining an initial crypto treasury with a separate cash component.

For the Bitcoin portion, Super League used an August 14, 2026 reference price to place the contribution at approximately $132.1 million. That is a transaction reference valuation, not a fixed current value; the contribution remains denominated in 2,100 BTC, whose market value may change before closing.

Metaplanet’s equity package

In exchange for the contribution, Metaplanet is scheduled to receive 44,859,400 Super League common shares, priced at $3.00 each under the agreement. The consideration also includes preferred stock and warrants, according to Super League’s transaction announcement.

Beyond the common shares and stated price, the disclosed consideration includes preferred stock and warrants, although Super League did not provide further terms for those instruments in the supplied announcement.

The transaction therefore involves more than a straightforward purchase of Bitcoin by Super League. It is structured as a capital contribution in return for a package of common equity, preferred stock and warrants, with the shareholder vote now secured for the related proposals.

Planned Superplanet rebrand and SUPA ticker

Super League said it intends to rename itself Superplanet, Inc. and begin trading under the ticker symbol SUPA once the transaction closes.

The company said the proposed rebrand and ticker change remain subject to customary closing conditions, including Nasdaq-related filings. Its October disclosure also said the shareholder vote approved the transaction-related proposals but did not itself complete the closing of Metaplanet’s contribution, leaving the rebrand, ticker change and new structure subject to the closing process.

Super League said its advertising and media activation business would continue as a separate operating segment after the planned transition. If completed, the transaction would leave the company with its existing operating business and a proposed Bitcoin treasury platform.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The October 19 proposal was submitted through Aave’s Direct to AIP route, according to the Aave Governance forum. It is a proposal rather than a completed deployment: risk parameters and the final configuration have not yet been supplied, leaving the market design and approval process unfinished.

USAT proposal targets Avalanche Core Instance

The proposed Avalanche token contract is 0x9A5926fd88F747c357738b1e82aFB46AB80f0A6b. Listing that address gives governance participants a specific asset to assess, but does not establish the borrowing and collateral conditions that would govern its use in the Core Instance.

Those conditions are central to an Aave asset onboarding. The forum post does not yet provide the risk settings or final configuration for USAT, so it does not specify the eventual parameters under which users could supply or borrow the stablecoin. Aave Labs said it will seek community and service-provider feedback before adding those settings.

After that work, the stated process calls for publication of an Aave Improvement Proposal (AIP) vote. That vote would provide final confirmation and enable on-chain enforcement, making it the remaining formal governance milestone described in the proposal.

Anchorage-issued USAT is positioned as the dollar leg

The proposal describes USAT as a dollar stablecoin issued by Anchorage Digital Bank, N.A. It identifies Anchorage as a federally chartered national trust bank supervised by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and states that USAT is redeemable one-for-one for US dollars.

That issuer and redemption description underpins the governance post’s presentation of the asset, but the proposal concerns USAT specifically on Avalanche—not activation across Aave’s markets more broadly.

In the prospective Avalanche market, the stablecoin is intended to serve a practical dollar-denominated borrowing role. Its introduction with the proposed setup remains dependent on the still-pending feedback, risk configuration and AIP vote.

Link to the tokenized-asset credit market

The onboarding proposal follows an earlier statement from Avalanche that Aave planned a dedicated tokenized-asset credit market on the chain. In its September 16 announcement, Avalanche said USAT would be the first asset institutions could borrow against tokenized real-world assets.

That framing makes the new governance proposal more than a routine request to add a stablecoin. If approved and configured, USAT could provide the initial borrowing asset for the credit-market structure Avalanche outlined, while tokenized real-world assets would be the collateral side of that arrangement.

Neither the October governance post nor Avalanche’s September announcement supplies the outstanding Aave risk settings for the proposed USAT onboarding. The proposal therefore advances the stablecoin toward the stated lending use case, but does not settle the final operating terms for that market.

Avalanche V4 architecture and governance work

Aave V4 went live on Avalanche on July 15 as Aave’s first multi-chain deployment. The protocol’s launch announcement said the system uses a Hub-and-Spoke architecture designed to share liquidity across specialised markets.

The planned tokenized-asset market and the proposed USAT onboarding sit within that Avalanche V4 setting. The architecture is relevant because Aave has described V4 as supporting specialised markets while using shared liquidity, rather than presenting the proposal as an isolated product outside the deployment.

For now, the concrete next work remains governance-led: collect feedback from the community and service providers, complete the risk parameters, then take the proposal to an AIP vote for confirmation and on-chain enforcement. Until those steps occur, the Avalanche contract address is proposed and the final USAT market configuration remains unresolved.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Strong pairings share a few traits. The slot side offers wide provider choice and useful filters, and the roulette side mixes live tables, digital wheels and clear single-zero options.

Both lobbies, judged together, show which platforms suit a player who wants a spin of the reels and a spin of the wheel from the same balance.

What Each Lobby Should Offer

Slot and roulette lobbies serve different habits, so each needs its own strengths. The table sets out what a well-built version of each usually includes.

Lobby

Strong signs

Weak signs

Slots

Many studios, provider filters, demo mode, visible RTP

Search bar only, unclear game info

Live roulette

Several studios, single-zero tables, a range of stake limits

One studio, mostly double-zero tables

Digital roulette

European and French rules, low minimums

American wheels only

Navigation

Separate roulette category, saved favourites

Roulette mixed into general table games

Last verified: October 2026

House edge differs sharply between the two. European roulette holds about 2.7% on most bets, while slot returns vary by title, and an earlier look at slots and roulette at crypto casinos compares the two in more depth.

7 Crypto Casinos Ranked on Both Lobbies

Order weighs slot library depth, roulette variety across live and digital formats, and how easily players can move between the two. Every entry ends with a short caution.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport pairs around 3,300 slots from more than 45 studios with roughly 160 live roulette tables and about 50 digital wheels. Evolution, Pragmatic Play Live, Playtech Live and Ezugi supply the live side, and a dedicated Roulette collection groups the main titles.

Casino play counts double toward Dexsport's wagering rule before withdrawal, so roulette and slot sessions both feed that requirement under its Anjouan licence.

2. Cloudbet

Cloudbet offers more than 2,000 slots from over 80 providers, plus around 45 live roulette tables from Evolution, Playtech and other studios and about 25 digital versions. Reviews praise its filters, demo mode and separate roulette category.

Cloudbet's slot library is smaller than some rivals', so fans of niche studios should search first. Its roulette category makes table hunting quicker than at most rivals.

3. Roobet

Roobet lists more than 6,000 slots from studios such as Pragmatic Play, Nolimit City and Play'n GO, and its roulette menu holds around 28 live games plus American and European digital wheels. Its developer filter and free-play demos ease browsing.

Roobet's live roulette count trails the platforms above, so single-zero fans should check table variety. Demo play helps test a slot before staking real funds.

4. Stake

Stake offers more than 5,000 games, including Stake Originals, and over 30 live roulette tables from Evolution, Pragmatic Play and others. Its in-house Roulette uses a single zero with a 2.7% house edge.

Stake's lobby relies mainly on search, according to reviews, with fewer filters than some rivals. Its Originals stay separate from third-party titles in the lobby.

5. BC.Game

BC.Game lists several thousand slots from studios such as NetEnt, Pragmatic Play and BGaming, and around 56 roulette titles, including Evolution live tables and speed formats. Its lobby sorts games by provider and popularity.

BC.Game's live roulette depth looks modest next to its slot range, according to reviews. Provider sorting helps narrow its large slot catalogue.

6. Bitcasino.io

Bitcasino.io lists close to 6,000 slots, with subcategories such as Megaways and jackpots, and live roulette from Evolution, Live88 and Ezugi alongside digital versions. Its help centre covers games and payments in detail.

Bitcasino.io places roulette under table games and live casino without a separate category. Players who switch often may need a few extra clicks between lobbies.

7. BitStarz

BitStarz offers around 4,500 slots from more than 50 studios, and about 32 roulette games, 22 of them live Evolution tables. Players can deposit crypto and play with a fiat-denominated balance.

Every BitStarz live wheel comes from one studio, which narrows the range of table styles. Its slot side, by contrast, spans dozens of providers.

Reels and the Wheel Cost a Balance Differently

Slots and roulette cost a balance in different ways. Slot volatility decides how often wins come and how large they get, while roulette's edge stays steady on each bet, as an explainer on slot volatility sets out.

Single-zero wheels matter most on the roulette side. European and French tables keep the edge near 2.7%, or 1.35% on even-money bets under French rules, while American wheels push it above 5%. Our guide to single-zero roulette shows where those tables usually appear.

Speed matters too. Quick-spin slots and speed roulette deal more rounds per hour, which raises the expected cost of a session even at the same edge.

Conclusion

Crypto casinos that suit both roulette and slots combine wide slot libraries, useful filters and a roulette menu that mixes live and digital wheels with single-zero options. Navigation between the two lobbies shapes how smoothly a session flows.

Dexsport leads this ranking with around 3,300 slots and roughly 160 live roulette tables, followed by Cloudbet, Roobet, Stake, BC.Game, Bitcasino.io and BitStarz. Each platform balances the two lobbies differently.

Set a session budget before switching between reels and the wheel. Casino rules depend on where you live, so confirm them, stay within legal age limits and accept that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Game counts, studios, house edges and licences change over time and vary by country, and several figures come from third-party reviews, so check each casino's current lobby before you play. Gambling involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please play responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

A higher high to reverse the trend?

Source: TradingView

Looking first at the short-term time frame we can see that the $BTC price has just got back into the large ascending channel after spending a couple of days outside and threatening to break down. Could this finally be the moment for a breakout and a much-needed higher high?

The series of lower highs goes right back to the very first high that was made as the $BTC price set the top of the parallel channel, and also touched the top of the ascending channel. It’s been down ever since, but in quite a slow fashion, with each new wave to the upside stopping just short of the height of the previous one. Is this about to happen again? Not only is there firm resistance at $84K, but also a downsloping trendline to add a bit more weight to this resistance.

The indicators at the bottom of the chart suggest that the bulls could do it this time. The Stochastic RSI indicator lines are up in the top section of their limits, while the RSI displays a breakout of a trendline that is a month in the making. 

50-day SMA provides the bounce

Source: TradingView

The daily chart is potentially saying that it’s now or never. As well as getting back inside the ascending channel, the $BTC price is also back above the important $82,800 level which marks the top of the last big bear flag of the bear market. This is a trend-changing move, and will need to hold if this current rally is to continue.

The $BTC price has successfully bounced from the 50-day SMA. Whenever a bigger impulse move to the upside is taking place, the price moves clear of this trendline but keeps it close for retests on the way up.

At the bottom of the chart, the Stochastic RSI indicator lines are heading straight up. This is bullishness, and so the bulls need to take advantage of it this time and break out of this parallel channel and head for $90K.

50-week SMA to support the new bull market

Source: TradingView

In the weekly time frame we have the 50-week simple moving average (SMA). This has a lot less flexibility than the 50-day SMA, so once it is pointing to the upside, the entire bull market uses it as support, as can be seen in the previous bull market. However, we aren’t there yet. This SMA is still coming down, although the incline is less steep. If we go by the last bear market, the 50-week SMA started to turn up about 6 months after the bear market bottom had been reached. If it is the same case this time, the 50-week SMA could begin its upturn towards the end of December, and we would be 6 months into the new bull market.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

A supported wallet or account appears as the destination. Users authenticate and approve the movement; Zerohash says AUTH manages routing and settlement behind the scenes. The company positioned the product as an alternative to the manual details that typically precede an onchain transfer.

Account selection instead of address entry

The new product is built around authenticated account choice. According to Zerohash’s developer documentation, a user selects a supported account or wallet, completes authentication—including multifactor authentication where it is required—and approves the transfer.

That sequence shifts two decisions away from the customer-facing transfer flow: entering a wallet address and selecting a chain. AUTH then handles routing and settlement in the background, according to the documentation. The approach is intended to make movements between connected accounts resemble an account-linking process rather than a conventional wallet-to-wallet transaction.

The distinction matters because the product is not presented simply as another wallet interface. Its role is to connect the accounts involved in a transfer and execute the underlying movement once the user has authenticated and approved it.

Connections and live platforms

Zerohash said AUTH supports more than 600 custodial and self-custodial connections, representing roughly 250 million users in more than 190 countries, and named Coinbase, Robinhood, Gemini, MetaMask and Phantom among supported platforms in its launch announcement.

CoinDesk reported that AUTH’s documentation listed 639 wallets and four exchange or brokerage accounts, with Coinbase, Robinhood and Gemini live and Kraken in beta. Zerohash’s more-than-600 figure is a broader count of custodial and self-custodial connections, while CoinDesk’s figures break out wallets and exchange or brokerage accounts. The counts and named platforms do not establish that every connection is live in every market or usable for every asset movement; account selection can replace address entry only when both sides of a movement are represented within the connected environment.

AUTH interface flow showing account selection, authentication and onchain transfer confirmation. — Source: Zerohash developer documentation

Crypto, stablecoins and tokenized securities

Zerohash said AUTH supports crypto, stablecoins and tokenized securities, while CoinDesk described tokenized securities as blockchain-based securities. Across those categories, users select a supported destination account or wallet, authenticate, approve the transaction and allow the system to route and settle the transfer.

The account-linking model could give integrating platforms a common transfer flow across custody arrangements, although the cited Zerohash materials do not specify which assets, account types or jurisdictions are available through each individual connection.

Ryan Beaudry to lead AUTH

Zerohash appointed Ryan Beaudry as general manager of AUTH. The company said Beaudry previously led open-finance product and operations at Mastercard, where he worked across nearly 100 million connected accounts and more than 10,000 applications.

The account-and-application linking behind Zerohash’s design is also the basis for AUTH’s onchain movements. Rather than manually supplying destination details, a user initiates activity through an authenticated connection, with a supported account or wallet standing in for a copied address and selected network. His prior work is relevant to that approach.

The launch places Zerohash’s more than 600 claimed connections at the centre of the product’s value proposition. As the live roster expands, the key test will be how broadly those authenticated choices can substitute for the address-and-network workflow that AUTH is designed to remove.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Court-approved deadline moves to October 31, 2027

The extension applies to Base Repayment, Early Lump-Sum Repayment and Intermediate Repayment, according to the Mt. Gox Rehabilitation Trustee’s notice. The previous deadline had been October 31, 2026.

The trustee said it received permission from the court before revising the date. The notice sets October 31, 2027, as the new deadline in Japan Standard Time for the three repayment types.

Unfinished creditor procedures and processing problems

Many creditors have yet to receive repayment, the trustee said, because they have not completed required procedures or have encountered problems during repayment processing; the delay concerns those outstanding creditor-level steps and execution issues, not a newly announced change to the approved repayment categories.

The trustee’s notice established the revised deadline for payments that could not be completed by the former October 2026 date, but it did not quantify how many creditors remain affected or provide a timetable for resolving individual processing problems.

About 34,388 BTC remains in Mt. Gox-linked wallets

Wallets linked to Mt. Gox held approximately 34,388 BTC as of October 20, according to Arkham data cited by Decrypt. The holdings were valued at about $2.8 billion at that time.

That wallet estimate provides a snapshot of Bitcoin still associated with the Mt. Gox distribution process, but it does not by itself identify the timing or recipient of any particular creditor payment.

Fourth one-year extension from the original deadline

The new date marks the fourth one-year postponement since the original October 31, 2023, repayment deadline, according to Cointelegraph. The October 31, 2027 deadline is now the relevant completion date for the affected Base, Early Lump-Sum and Intermediate repayments.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Altcoin support varies more than Bitcoin support. Some casinos list dozens of coins across several networks, while others stop at a handful, and a few accept a coin for deposits without making the withdrawal side clear.

These three coins, plus the wider altcoin range behind them, reveal which platforms suit players who prefer to skip BTC and ETH.

Three Coins, Three Sets of Rules

LTC, XRP and TRX each behave differently at a cashier. The table explains what makes each one distinct and what to check before a transfer.

Coin

Network trait

Common cashier detail

Check before sending

Litecoin (LTC)

Bitcoin-style chain with quicker blocks

Several confirmations before credit

Minimum deposit and confirmation count

XRP

Account-based ledger

Destination tag or memo often required

Tag entered exactly as shown

TRX (TRON)

High-throughput chain also used for USDT

TRX and USDT on TRC-20 share a network

Correct asset selected on the TRON network

Last verified: October 2026

Without the right XRP tag, a deposit can get stuck at a shared casino address, which makes the tag the single most important detail for this coin. Our explainer on memo fields sets out how tags and memos work.

9 Crypto Casinos Ranked on Altcoin Cashier Range

Order weighs support for LTC, XRP and TRX on both deposits and withdrawals, the breadth of other altcoins and how clearly each casino publishes network details. Each entry closes with a cashier caution.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport accepts LTC on the Litecoin network, XRP on the Ripple ledger and TRX alongside USDT on TRON, within a cashier of 56 assets across 26 networks. DOGE on two chains, BCH, DASH, XMR, and ADA widen the altcoin choice further.

Dexsport sets minimums per coin and network in USD terms, so the exact amount shifts with price. Dexapp LTD operates the platform from Anjouan.

2. Cloudbet

Cloudbet's official fee page lists LTC, XRP and TRX among roughly 29 withdrawal assets, with USDT on TRC-20 and Litecoin also available on BNB Smart Chain. ADA, DOT, XLM, HBAR and TON appear among its other altcoins.

Cloudbet notes that network fees can change without notice, so the fee page deserves a check before each withdrawal. Cloudbet operates from Curaçao.

3. BC.Game

BC.Game supports LTC, XRP and TRX for deposits and withdrawals among more than 170 coins, and it accepts USDT on TRC-20. Reviews describe a shared XRP address with a personal tag.

BC.Game adds a small platform fee on withdrawals for lower VIP levels, in addition to network costs, according to third-party reviews. The platform answers to an Anjouan regulator.

4. Stake

Stake lists LTC, XRP and TRX among about 21 cryptocurrencies, with DOGE, BCH, SOL, EOS and BNB also available. Reviews report that its XRP deposit screen shows the destination tag prominently.

Stake's minimums and fees differ between review sources, so the live cashier gives the current figures. Stake answers to Curaçao's gaming authority.

5. Shuffle

Shuffle supports LTC, XRP and TRX on both sides of the cashier, along with USDT on TRC-20 and altcoins such as SOL, DOGE, TON and BONK. Reviews list low minimums for deposits and withdrawals.

Shuffle passes network fees to players at withdrawal, and its help pages explain where to find each figure. Shuffle holds its licence in Curaçao.

6. Roobet

Roobet accepts LTC, XRP and TRX among a short list of about nine coins, and USDT works on both TRC-20 and ERC-20. Roobet passes only network costs to players on these coins, and the cashier shows them before confirmation.

Roobet requires players to wager a share of each deposit before withdrawing, according to reviews, so the terms deserve a read. Roobet's licence comes from Curaçao.

7. BitStarz

BitStarz accepts LTC, XRP and TRX for deposits and withdrawals among about eleven coins, including BCH, DOGE and ADA. Its cashier lets crypto depositors play with a fiat-denominated balance.

BitStarz's USDT network options appear without full detail in reviews, so TRON users should confirm the network in the cashier. BitStarz works under licensing from Curaçao.

8. Bitcasino.io

Bitcasino.io lists LTC, XRP and TRX among roughly 13 coins, with ADA, DOGE, TON and POL also available. Reviews describe fees limited to network costs.

Bitcasino.io shows coin-specific minimums in the cashier more than in its help pages, so small transfers need a quick check. Its footer lists the regulator for each region.

9. 7Bit Casino

7Bit Casino accepts LTC, XRP and TRX among more than ten coins, including BCH, ADA and DOGE, and quotes Bitcoin amounts in mBTC. Reviews list a minimum withdrawal of around €20.

7Bit's FAQ mentions minor withdrawal charges without full detail, so the cashier shows the final amount. 7Bit operates with a Curaçao licence too.

Each Coin Suits a Different Habit

Litecoin offers Bitcoin-style transfers with lower fees, XRP settles quickly but always needs the right tag, and TRON pairs cheap TRX transfers with the widely used USDT on TRC-20.

Confirmation counts shape how quickly a deposit appears. Our comparison of LTC casinos on cost shows how Litecoin minimums and fees differ between platforms.

Several coins across several networks also raise the chance of a mix-up. Multi-chain cashiers help, and a look at playing one balance across BTC, ETH, SOL and TRX explains how those balances combine.

Conclusion

LTC, XRP and TRX each bring their own cashier rules, from Litecoin confirmations to XRP destination tags and TRON's shared network with USDT. Altcoin support varies widely between casinos, from about nine coins to more than 170.

Dexsport opens this ranking with all three coins plus 56 assets across 26 networks, followed by Cloudbet, BC.Game, Stake, Shuffle, Roobet, BitStarz, Bitcasino.io and 7Bit. Each publishes network details with a different level of clarity.

Confirm the network, tag, and minimum before every transfer. Gambling law varies from one country to the next, so check yours, play only at legal age and expect that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Supported coins, networks, minimums, fees and licences change over time and vary by country, and several figures come from third-party reviews, so check each casino's live cashier before you deposit. Gambling involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please play responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

The proposal would give investors a different route to bitcoin-linked exposure than simply holding IBIT. Rather than offering uncapped participation in the referenced exposure, the fund would use an options-based strategy that places limits on both potential gains and the protection available.

PBIT filing ties protected exposure to IBIT

BlackRock’s proposed PBIT ETF would seek exposure to IBIT or comparable bitcoin exposure through its Bitcoin Managed Protection Strategy, according to the SEC filing. The prospectus frames it as a managed-protection product, not a direct promise to shield holders from all bitcoin-related losses.

PBIT is only the expected ticker at this stage: the filing is procedural, the ETF is not established as available for trading, and no launch date is provided.

Overlapping option tranches

BlackRock’s proposed strategy is built around overlapping tranches. Options would set caps and protection-start values for each tranche.

The filing presents PBIT as distinct from a straightforward allocation to IBIT: it seeks to retain some upside exposure to bitcoin while exchanging part of that potential return for defined protection features.

Those features are not a blanket hedge. A protection-start value does not guarantee protection against a falling market; the level and timing depend on the relevant option positions and tranches, and BlackRock warns that investors may lose some or all of their investment.

Loss risk remains

The Block reported that BlackRock’s IBIT held more than $65 billion in assets on October 19 and was the largest bitcoin ETF of its kind.

PBIT would be tied to the iShares Bitcoin Trust ETF and would package exposure to the underlying bitcoin market for investors willing to accept capped gains in return for a stated level of downside protection.

The filing describes a capped, option-based structure alongside that protection. It also explicitly warns that investors may lose some or all of their investment, so the protection language should not be read as an assurance that PBIT holders cannot suffer losses.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Utah seeks injunctions and damages

The complaint seeks an order barring Kalshi's offerings to Utah residents, alongside monetary remedies tied to the state's allegations. Brown's office contends that the contracts amount to unlawful gambling under Utah law.

The state action follows a separate federal-court dispute over whether federal commodities law displaces Utah's restrictions when applied to Kalshi's sports-related contracts. Utah is now pursuing state-law enforcement relief directly against the company and its affiliates.

Complaint cites Utah account and wager figures

Utah's complaint alleges about 55,800 accounts registered in the state and more than 5 million wagers placed by Utah-based users by February 25, 2026.

Utah estimates that Kalshi collected between $30.6 million and $61.2 million in fees from Utah accounts, according to KSL.com.

The report said Utah residents suffered at least $5.5 million in gambling losses. The figures support the state's request for restitution and damages.

An image accompanying KSL’s report on Utah Attorney General Derek Brown’s lawsuit against Kalshi. — Source: KSL.com

Federal court rejected preemption argument

On August 4, a federal judge granted Utah summary judgment on the key preemption question. The court held that the Commodity Exchange Act does not preempt Utah's anti-gambling laws as applied to Kalshi's sports contracts, according to the District of Utah ruling.

Kalshi has appealed that decision. The new state-court complaint seeks immediate state-law remedies while that appeal remains pending.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The tender offer would buy back up to 95% of each class of SkyAI’s outstanding shares and warrants at $3.00 per share or warrant.

If fully subscribed, the offer could cost approximately $201.3 million. SkyAI said it is using cash on hand and that the offer has no borrowing or financing condition, making the reported cash balance the stated funding source.

Entire SOL treasury sold

The company disclosed the completed disposal of its full Solana treasury alongside its cash position, measured three days earlier on October 16. It did not state in the cited disclosure how much of the cash balance was attributable to the SOL sale.

At the maximum stated cost, the tender would consume most of the $223.8 million cash figure. The filing puts the potential outlay at approximately $201.3 million, assuming the offer is fully subscribed.

Tender covers shares and warrants

SkyAI commenced the cash tender offer on October 16.

The offer covers up to 95% of each class of the company’s outstanding shares and warrants, with each tendered security valued at $3.00.

According to SkyAI’s filing, completing the proposed purchases would not require borrowing or a financing condition.

Residual cash and shareholder challenge

The Block reported that the buyback could leave SkyAI with roughly $22.5 million before costs, broadly reflecting the difference between the company’s reported October 16 cash position and the maximum $201.3 million tender consideration; it also reported that shareholder Bastion Trading had called for a higher offer price and an independent review.

Tender deadline is October 29

The offer is scheduled to expire at 23:59:59 New York City time on October 29, 2026, unless SkyAI extends it or terminates it earlier. The expiry date sets the immediate decision window for shareholders and warrant holders considering the $3.00 cash offer.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The addition points to another pre-launch revision of the XRP Ledger’s lending implementation rather than an expansion of its headline feature set. The work remains in development, and the branch listing is not evidence of deployment or activation on the ledger.

LendingProtocolV1_2 appears in XRPL’s development branch

The feature is listed in the XRPLF/rippled development branch’s feature definitions as LendingProtocolV1_2. Its placement above the earlier V1_1 and original LendingProtocol amendments makes clear that the codebase is tracking successive revisions to the lending protocol.

The “not-yet-supported” designation is central to V1_2’s near-term status. Although the amendment is being prepared as a protocol change, it has not moved into supported deployment status in the referenced branch; amendments are the mechanism used to represent XRPL protocol changes in the rippled codebase.

The naming also suggests that the work is iterative. Rather than replacing the lending effort with an unrelated proposal, V1_2 follows the original amendment and V1_1 as part of a sequence of lending-specific revisions.

Two transactions separate loan setup from acceptance

According to the XLS-65/66 standards work, LendingProtocolV1_2 introduces two-step loan creation. A proposed LoanSet transaction would establish the loan, while LoanAccept would separately accept it; the loan would become active only after that acceptance step.

That separation is the central functional refinement attached to V1_2. It changes the sequence by which a proposed loan reaches an active state, distinguishing creation of the loan terms or setup from the later act of acceptance.

An independent report by Coin Brief similarly described the amendment as work to refine the lending implementation before launch, citing two-step loan creation and related lending-transaction changes. The standards proposal, however, is the primary record for the stated transaction structure.

The split flow may be particularly relevant to how the protocol handles when an arrangement becomes a live loan, although the available materials do not set out a final launch timetable or establish that the proposal’s current form is final.

Code work targets broker domains and vault accounting

An INFTF mirror comparison records rippled changes through October 14 for LendingProtocolV1_2. The changes added and tested gated behavior for loan-broker domains, fixed-precision vault accounting, and the split LoanSet/LoanAccept transaction flow.

That record makes V1_2 an implementation effort as well as a standards-level proposal. Its feature gate ties the broker-domain behavior to the amendment, and the accounting work covers lending and vault-related calculations.

The records do not quantify the effect of the accounting changes on users or liquidity providers. Nor do they show a production rollout; the development branch still lists LendingProtocolV1_2 as not yet supported.

The amendment extends a staged lending rollout

The original LendingProtocol entered rippled 3.1.0, which was released in January 2026. Subsequent releases recorded additional lending and vault fixes, establishing a staged path for the protocol rather than a single, static implementation.

LendingProtocolV1_2 now adds another distinct stage: a separate amendment, a standards proposal for two-step loan creation, and implementation work covering broker domains, vault accounting and transaction-flow tests. The sequence is consistent with the supplied release and development records showing that the lending feature has continued to be adjusted after its original introduction.

For XRPL participants following the feature, the immediate development to watch is whether V1_2 progresses beyond its current unsupported listing. Its present purpose in the available code and standards materials is narrowly defined: revise the loan-creation process and incorporate related implementation fixes before the lending system moves forward.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Forecast an event, trade the asset it moves, and manage both from one app.

Today, Outpoll unveiled Trading, an integrated perpetual futures venue embedded directly into its prediction market ecosystem. Prediction markets, futures, and the Outpoll app now function seamlessly as a single service backed by a unified account balance. Traders can seamlessly analyze impending events, execute trades based on expected market movements, and consolidate all their positions under one dashboard.

Consider the conventional approach: anticipating an interest rate cut by the Federal Reserve may involve taking a position on one platform, switching tabs to open a separate exchange, transferring capital, and then entering a long or short position on the index. Outpoll streamlines this into a single continuous process. A unified account balance supports both a position on the Federal Reserve decision and a position on the SPX500, or a forecast on oil supply alongside a direct position on crude oil. Forecasts and hedges coexist in a single unified interface across web and mobile.

How Prediction Markets and Futures Differ

Prediction markets reflect market sentiment, whereas futures empower traders to capitalize on price action. Most platforms restrict users to one mechanism — prediction venues rarely feature leveraged instruments, while derivatives platforms lack event contracts. Outpoll bridges this divide, delivering both asset classes through a single account, shared balance, and unified application.

Available Trading Assets

Trading covers three asset groups, quoted against USDT and USDC:

• Crypto: BTC, XMR, PUMPFUN and more, in total 80+ pairs
• Stocks and indices: AAPL, MSFT, SPX500 etc., in total 20+ pairs
• Commodities - 4 pairs

Every contract is perpetual, so there is no expiry to roll. Go long or short with leverage of up to 100x.

The Toolkit Traders Expect

• Isolated and cross margin
• One-way and Hedge mode, to hold a long and a short on one asset at the same time
• Market, Limit and Stop Market orders, with Take Profit / Stop Loss and Reduce-Only
• TradingView charts right in the order screen
• A calculator that displays the estimated liquidation price before an order is placed.
• A public API for algorithmic strategies

Availability

Trading is live now on the web at outpoll.com and in the Outpoll app (Google Play). Active users will find the new section in their account, running on the balance they already have. First users to sign up get a bonus using promocode “NEW100”, which can be spent either on a discount on trading fees or on increasing the size of a position. Terms are on the platform. 

About Outpoll

Outpoll is a single service for prediction markets and perpetual futures. Users trade the outcomes of real-world events in politics, economics, crypto, sports and culture, and trade perpetual futures on crypto, stocks, indices and commodities from the same balance, on the web and in the Outpoll app.

Website: Outpoll.com

App: Download

Risk disclaimer: Trading perpetual futures with leverage carries a high level of risk. See the Terms of Service: https://docs.outpoll.com/terms/terms-of-service.

ContactPRGreg RossiOutpollgr@outpoll.com

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

Range and depth measure different things. One platform may list thirty sports with thin menus, while another lists fewer sports with dozens of market types on each.

Licensing adds a further filter. All ten platforms below display one, and each covers football, hockey and esports to a different degree.

Range, Depth and the Calendar

Sport range matters most when a bettor follows more than one league through the year. The table shows how the three sports in focus fill the calendar.

Sport

Main season

What strong coverage includes

Football

August to May, plus summer tournaments

Leagues, cups, props, corners and cards

Ice hockey

October to June

Puck lines, period markets, player points

Esports

Year-round, with majors through the calendar

Map, round and kill markets across titles

Cricket

Year-round, by region

Session totals, leading batter, method of dismissal

Basketball

October to June

Quarters, halves and player props

Last verified: October 2026

The number of sports on a menu says little about the markets inside each one. Our earlier ranking on market depth explains how breadth and depth pull in different directions.

10 Licensed Web3 Sportsbooks Ranked by Sport Range

Order weighs the number of sports covered, the depth of football, hockey and esports menus and how clearly each book publishes its betting rules. Every entry closes with a practical caution.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport covers 29 sports in its terms, with 39 football market types, 21 for ice hockey including NHL-only lines and about two dozen esports titles. Cricket and kabaddi hold its deepest rulebooks, at 68 and 46 market types.

Market types expand into many lines on the board, so fixture menus vary. Dexapp LTD holds an Anjouan licence.

2. Stake

Stake's board stretches across more than 30 traditional and niche sports plus over ten esports titles, and it reaches politics and entertainment specials too. Live streams accompany selected events.

Same-game options at Stake favour headline fixtures, so a quiet midweek hockey game may show a shorter menu. Stake holds its licence in Curaçao through Medium Rare N.V.

3. Cloudbet

Cloudbet has priced crypto bets since 2013 across more than 30 sports and the major esports titles, with a long-standing name for NFL, soccer and basketball lines. Generous limits draw bettors with larger stakes.

Ceilings at Cloudbet shrink on minor competitions, so the bet slip confirms each maximum. Halcyon Super Holdings B.V. operates Cloudbet with a licence from Curaçao.

4. BC.Game

BC.Game draws its sports feed from BETBY, covering dozens of sports and esports titles, and pairs it with a casino and a Prediction Center built on Polymarket data. Its coin list is unusually long.

BC.Game's depth on a given league depends on BETBY's coverage, so menus vary. Anjouan licenses the platform through Twocent Technology Ltd, a status it has held since December 2024.

5. Thunderpick

Thunderpick's strength lies in esports, with deep CS2, League of Legends, Dota 2 and Valorant markets and live streams, while football and tennis fill out its traditional board. Same Game Combo applies to three esports titles.

Traditional sports at Thunderpick come with fewer live statistics than its esports pages. Curaçao licenses Thunderpick via Paloma Media B.V.

6. Roobet

Roobet covers mainstream sports and esports, adds a published ComboBoost ladder for accumulators and offers Polymarket-powered predictions from the same bankroll. Bet Builder appears on selected fixtures.

US residents cannot use Roobet's predictions, and the operator decides when Cash Out appears. Roobet's licence comes from Curaçao, held by Raw Entertainment B.V.

7. Shuffle

Shuffle offers football, basketball, hockey and esports from one account that also opens its casino. Players can stack Same Game Multis from separate matches on a single slip.

Shuffle concentrates on major leagues, so minor competitions may list fewer lines, and its terms cap winnings per bet. The platform operates through Natural Nine B.V.

8. Rollbit

Rollbit pairs a sportsbook with its casino and futures trading desk, and Bet Builder covers most major matches. The slip's maximum button reveals the limit for each event.

Depth at Rollbit trails the larger books above, particularly outside headline leagues. Rollbit's Curaçao licence belongs to Bull Gaming N.V.

9. Jack.com

Jack.com, the new name for Jackbit, blends a sportsbook with a casino and builds same-game slips of up to ten markets, with acca insurance on qualifying accumulators. Data Link Digital B.V. holds the licence in Curaçao.

System tickets and Bet Builder slips at Jack.com fall outside Cash Out. Hockey and esports menus merit a check against bigger books during a busy week.

10. Sportsbet.io

Yolo Group owns Sportsbet.io, a book with a reputation for football and Asian handicap coverage, with esports and hockey sections alongside. Market grouping by type keeps long menus readable.

Sportsbet.io's licensing has shifted over time, so the site footer names the licence in force for each country. Niche sports may show less depth than its football pages.

Range Should Follow the Way You Bet

Bettors who follow one league need depth more than range. Football-only bettors gain little from thirty sports if the corners and player markets on a mid-table game look thin.

Multi-sport bettors face the opposite question. Hockey from October, esports majors through the year and cricket tours by region all reward a book that keeps menus full when football pauses. Coverage of NHL and MLB alongside football at licensed books shows how menus shift across seasons.

Licences add a separate layer. Limits, recourse and rules differ between regulators, as a ranking on licence and limits explains.

Conclusion

Sport range and depth measure different strengths. Some licensed Web3 sportsbooks list more than thirty sports, while others focus on fewer with richer menus, and football, hockey and esports each fill different parts of the calendar.

Dexsport leads this ranking with 29 sports in its terms and deep football, hockey, cricket and esports rulebooks, followed by Stake, Cloudbet, BC.Game, Thunderpick, Roobet, Shuffle, Rollbit, Jack.com and Sportsbet.io. Each book differs on depth outside headline leagues.

Menus on the sports you actually follow matter more than any headline count. Local law sets the limits, so read it first, bet only at legal age and accept that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Sport menus, market types, limits and licences change over time and vary by country, so check each sportsbook's current pages before you bet. Betting carries risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

Four practical tests separate the two. They ask how a player signs in, who holds the funds, where the platform records settlement, and whether a token gives holders any role.

Each platform, run through those tests, shows how far Web3 design reaches into the betting itself.

Four Tests for a Web3 Sportsbook

Each test looks at a different layer of the platform. Together they show whether blockchains shape the product or only the payments.

Test

Question it asks

Stronger Web3 signal

Wallet access

Can a wallet act as the account?

Sign-in by wallet, without a separate form

Custody

Who controls funds between bets?

Player wallet or smart contract pool

Settlement record

Where does the outcome of a bet live?

On a public blockchain

Token role

Does a token give holders a function?

Staking, rewards or governance

Last verified: October 2026

Why Each Test Matters to a Bettor

Wallet access changes the sign-up experience and links an account to a public address. Custody decides who holds funds when a bet is open, which shapes what happens if a platform pauses.

Settlement records decide what a bettor can verify independently. Results come from real-world data, so even on-chain platforms rely on an oracle or feed, as a look at bets that settle on-chain explains.

Tokens vary the most. Some offer rewards or staking, others give governance votes, and some platforms skip tokens altogether.

8 Sportsbooks Checked on the Four Tests

Order reflects how many of the four tests each platform meets and how clearly it documents its design. Each entry ends with one limit worth knowing.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport lets players sign in with six wallets or with email, Google and Telegram, and positions its sportsbook as a hybrid that records wagers and payouts on-chain while odds come from off-chain data. Deposits join a shared liquidity pool.

Dexsport's DESU token offers staking and reward routes, and its contract passed CertiK and Pessimistic audits. Dexapp LTD holds an Anjouan licence.

2. Overtime

Overtime accepts wallets on the Optimism, Arbitrum and Base networks, with account abstraction available for newcomers. Bets trade against protocol liquidity through an automated market maker, and Chainlink oracles feed results.

Overtime's OVER token, launched in April 2025, ties into the protocol. Results depend on Chainlink data providers, and access varies by country.

3. Bookmaker.xyz

Bookmaker.xyz serves as a front end for the Azuro protocol, where liquidity providers fund a shared pool that backs every bet. Players connect a wallet and sign each wager, and smart contracts handle settlement.

Pool-based pricing means odds come from the protocol's data providers and liquidity. Market depth can trail centralised books on smaller fixtures.

4. SX Bet

SX Bet works as a betting exchange, matching one wallet's order against another's. Matched funds wait in an escrow contract until a reporter posts the result on-chain, and the contract pays the winning side.

Prices on an exchange come from other users, so quiet markets can leave an order unmatched. SX Bet excludes US players.

5. BC.Game

BC.Game accepts wallet login alongside email and social routes, and its $BC token rewards activity through the platform's engine. The sportsbook comes from BETBY, beside a large casino and a Prediction Center.

BC.Game holds player balances in a custodial account, so settlement happens inside the platform. Twocent Technology Ltd operates it under an Anjouan licence.

6. Shuffle

Shuffle supports wallet sign-in and offers the SHFL token, which feeds a weekly lottery funded by platform revenue. One login covers its sportsbook and casino.

Shuffle settles bets within its own system, with balances held by the platform. Natural Nine B.V. operates Shuffle, and its terms set out the licence in force.

7. Lucky Block

Lucky Block builds its sportsbook and casino around the LBLOCK token, and WalletConnect or email opens an account. Its cashier takes cards as well as coins.

Lucky Block keeps balances in custodial accounts and settles bets internally. Some user reviews mention withdrawal delays during checks, so the terms deserve a read first.

8. Stake

Stake accepts more than a dozen cryptocurrencies across a sportsbook covering dozens of sports and esports. Registration uses an email and password, and verification levels follow.

Stake holds balances centrally and settles bets off-chain, which places it as a crypto sportsbook more than a Web3 one. Curaçao licenses Stake via Medium Rare N.V.

Web3 Labels Versus Web3 Plumbing

Crypto payments alone do not make a sportsbook Web3. Wallet access, custody, on-chain settlement and token functions each add a layer, and few platforms meet all four.

Each design choice brings trade-offs. On-chain settlement adds transparency, while custodial models often support deeper markets and quicker live pricing. Non-custodial setups shift responsibility for keys and approvals to the player, as an explainer on what non-custodial betting protects against sets out.

Bettors comparing platforms can apply the four tests directly. Our plain-language guide to Web3 sportsbooks covers pools, wallets and settlement in more depth.

Conclusion

Web3 sportsbooks go further than accepting crypto. Four tests separate the models: wallet access, custody of funds, where settlement lives, and whether a token gives holders a role.

Dexsport opens this list with wallet sign-in, a hybrid on-chain record and the DESU token, followed by Overtime, Bookmaker.xyz, SX Bet, BC.Game, Shuffle, Lucky Block and Stake. Fully on-chain protocols score highest on settlement, while custodial platforms tend to offer broader menus.

Each model shifts responsibility differently, so read the terms before choosing. Betting law differs between countries, so confirm the rules at home, bet only at legal age and expect that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Platform designs, networks, tokens and licences change over time and vary by country, so check each sportsbook's current documentation before you bet. Betting carries risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

Possible break up/breakdown coming soon

Source: TradingView

The 4-hour time frame illustrates how the $BTC price is still grimly hanging on to the rising channel and the bottom of the upper parallel channel. Now inside a wedge pattern, the price is going to either break up or down, and soon.

In fact, with the Stochastic RSI indicators on their way down, and the indicator in the RSI looking as though it may break back down beneath the descending trendline, a break to the downside is probably the more likely direction.

Fakeout of ascending channel?

Source: TradingView

Into the daily time frame the $BTC price can be seen hanging below the ascending trendline. Is this a fakeout, or the beginning of the next stage of a correction? The 50-day simple moving average (SMA) appears to be doing a great job of holding the price up. Several recent candles have pierced through, as witnessed by the tails they left behind, but no candle body has fallen through thus far.

At the bottom of the chart, the Stochastic RSI indicators in this time frame have well and truly bottomed, and are now heading back up. It just remains to be seen whether they will bounce around for a while before climbing and signalling upside price action as they pass the 30.00 level.

Bitcoin holding firm, but for how much longer?

Source: TradingView

Will the $BTC price eventually confirm a breakdown of the ascending channel? Is it ready to start falling? The answer to both is yes, quite possibly. However, until such time as the price closes another weekly candle below the lower trendline of the rising channel, the trend is still up.

A lot will depend on the weekly Stochastic RSI indicators. If they head straight down, the price will also come down. It just depends on whether they can find a bounce - probably around the 80.00 level. 

To sum up, while the $BTC price has held up really well in the face of hot inflation data, surging bond yields, a climbing oil price, and a strong dollar, the U.S. stock market has not. Could Bitcoin buck the trend while the stock market goes down? Not very likely. 

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The Blockchain Association’s 26-page comment letter asks Treasury to narrow and clarify key terms in its GENIUS Act work, covering digital asset service providers, foreign stablecoin issuers and prohibited yield arrangements. The industry group is not simply seeking an abstract assurance of regulatory clarity. Its intervention targets the points at which implementation could determine which businesses fall within the regime, which products platforms can offer, and how quickly foreign issuers must adjust.

The definitions that determine GENIUS Act reach

The Blockchain Association’s November 4, 2025 submission asks Treasury to define the GENIUS Act’s perimeter narrowly. It urged the department to limit digital asset service providers to the entities described in Section 2(7)(A), keep the yield prohibition within Congress’s statutory language, and establish clearer pathways for smaller issuers and new entrants.

Those choices could determine which DeFi-adjacent and crypto-market businesses face the Act’s obligations and which products fall within its yield restrictions. The Association is not seeking a blanket DeFi exemption; its argument is that implementation should not add to the statutory perimeter through definitions governing platform activity and yield-related arrangements.

Treasury has said implementation must balance innovation with consumer protection, illicit-finance mitigation and financial-stability safeguards. Its September 2025 advance notice imposed no new requirements, the department said. The letter is thus aimed at the rulemaking stage, before these definitions become enforceable terms.

Foreign stablecoin access is governed by two different clocks

The foreign-stablecoin provisions make the stakes more immediate. Under the proposed framework published through the Federal Register, digital asset service providers may not offer or sell foreign-issued payment stablecoins unless the specified statutory conditions are met. That restriction applies from the Act’s effective date.

A separate, broader restriction starts later. The GENIUS Act prohibits digital asset service providers from offering or selling payment stablecoins that are not issued by permitted payment stablecoin issuers beginning July 18, 2028. The gap creates a transition period, but it does not mean foreign-issued coins face no nearer-term constraint. The earlier condition-based rule and the later general prohibition establish separate compliance clocks for platforms and issuers.

Timing is especially consequential because the statute takes effect on the earlier of 18 months after its July 18, 2025 enactment or 120 days after primary federal regulators issue final implementing regulations. Final rules can therefore bring the effective date forward relative to the outside 18-month timetable. For firms assessing product availability, issuer arrangements and compliance systems, the scheduling of rulemaking is part of the regulatory substance, not an administrative afterthought.

This is why the Association’s call for clarity on foreign issuers has a practical dimension. A platform cannot plan solely around July 2028 if the conditions governing foreign-issued payment stablecoins apply as soon as the Act becomes effective. Nor can an issuer treat the transition period as a single uninterrupted grace window when access depends on which restriction is in view.

A $301.5 billion market makes access rules material

Foreign-issuer treatment is not a drafting detail in a small or fragmented market. With stablecoin capitalization at approximately $301.5 billion and USDT representing about 60.7%, rules affecting access to foreign-issued payment stablecoins have the potential to shape platform offerings and liquidity conditions across a sizeable segment of crypto trading and settlement activity.

The available market data do not, by themselves, establish how any particular issuer would be treated under the statutory conditions or how individual platforms would respond. But the figures explain why the implementation debate has focused so intensely on availability rather than just issuer licensing. When one stablecoin accounts for a substantial share of the market, the treatment of foreign-issued coins can have effects far beyond a discrete compliance category.

The two-clock structure compounds that issue. Platforms may need to address foreign-issued stablecoin conditions from the effective date, even as the wider prohibition is scheduled for July 18, 2028. That sequencing places a premium on precise final rules: ambiguity over the conditions for continued access can force commercial decisions before the broad transition period expires.

Treasury cannot deliver all the certainty sought

The Association is right that Treasury’s definitions can materially alter the reach of the GENIUS Act. Yet Treasury cannot, by itself, remove every source of uncertainty. Implementation is distributed across Treasury, the Federal Reserve, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the National Credit Union Administration, FinCEN and OFAC, according to the Federal Register notice.

That institutional design means a restrained Treasury reading of digital asset service providers or yield restrictions would not guarantee uniform treatment across the broader implementation effort. Businesses operating around DeFi and stablecoin distribution may still have to reconcile financial, enforcement and sanctions-related rulemakings that address overlapping activity from different mandates.

It also changes the meaning of “clarity.” The industry is seeking a statutory tether for Treasury’s definitions, but the harder execution problem is consistency among regulators whose rules may meet at the same platform or transaction. The effective-date mechanism raises the pressure further: final regulations from the primary federal regulators can trigger the Act 120 days later, rather than leaving the market to rely on the full 18-month period after enactment.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The discretionary buyback represents close to 1% of circulating supply and precedes four planned product milestones culminating in Grvt 2.0.

Grvt, a self-custodial trading platform built on its own zero-knowledge (ZK) chain, announced that the Foundation's token issuer has completed its first GRVT token buyback, purchasing and burning 1.1 million GRVT tokens on the open market.

The transaction permanently removed close to 1% of GRVT's circulating supply at the time of purchase. It marks the first of five milestones ahead of the planned launch of Grvt 2.0 at the end of November 2026.

A Discretionary Buyback with On-Chain Verification

The Foundation's token issuer intends to conduct further buybacks on a monthly basis. Each transaction remains entirely at the issuer's discretion, with no predetermined purchase amount or guaranteed schedule.

Buybacks are executed through an independent execution partner, with purchased tokens transferred to a designated burn address and permanently removed from circulation.

The transactions can be independently verified through the public buyback dashboard, which records the number of tokens purchased and burned, the percentage of circulating supply represented, cumulative burns and on-chain transaction hashes.

"The GRVT token is an important part of the ecosystem we are building," said Hong, co-founder and CEO of Grvt. "We welcome the issuer's buybacks as a demonstration of its long-term commitment to the ecosystem and community. Grvt is expanding its products and markets, and the issuer’s buybacks sit alongside that as a supportive mechanism aimed at reducing circulating token supply."

Grvt Outlines Four Product Milestones

The announcement follows GRVT's token generation event in July 2026 and precedes a series of planned launches.Grvt Earn, scheduled for the End of October, will introduce yield opportunities backed by tokenized assets, with target yields of up to 11%. Potential returns are expected to derive from underlying asset cash flows, including interest, premiums and invoice-related income. Asset-supplying partners will be announced at launch. Target yields are not guaranteed.

Stable Funding Perps, scheduled for November, will introduce perpetual futures linked to commodities, stocks, foreign exchange and indices. The contracts are planned to carry zero trading fees and use once-daily funding. Grvt aims to list more than 1,000 markets by the end of December 2026.

Yield as Margin, also scheduled for November, will allow eligible Grvt Earn balances to support trading positions while continuing to accrue yield, subject to applicable product terms and risk parameters.

Grvt 2.0, scheduled for the End of November, will consolidate these capabilities into a single self-custodial app, alongside a new name, visual identity, and the company's 2027 roadmap.

Addressing Idle Capital

The expansion follows a survey of Grvt traders conducted earlier in 2026. Six in ten respondents reported keeping at least a quarter of their capital on the platform idle, while many reported moving funds elsewhere to pursue yields of 8% or more.

Grvt's upcoming products aim to reduce the separation between earning yield and deploying capital for trading.

"Traders shouldn't have to choose between putting their capital to work and keeping it ready to trade," Hong said. "Grvt 2.0 is designed around a single self-custodial balance that can support both activities."

Founded in 2022, Grvt currently supports perpetual futures across approximately 200 cryptocurrency and real-world asset markets.

The GRVT token launched in July 2026 and confers no ownership, profit or other economic rights.

Further details are available in the full announcement.

About Grvt

Grvt is a self-custodial trading platform operating on its own zero-knowledge chain. The platform supports cryptocurrency and real-world asset perpetual futures and is developing products that allow eligible balances to earn yield while supporting trading activity.

Learn more at grvt.io.

ContactHead of MarketingLesner ChuaGRVT ASIA PTE. LTDlesner.chua@grvt.io

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

Revolut said the approval supports its further international crypto expansion, but has not disclosed which markets RGDAL will serve first or when services will be rolled out.

GFSC authorises Revolut Global Digital Assets Limited

RGDAL is listed on the GFSC’s regulated-entity register as a Gibraltar-incorporated company authorised as a DLT provider under the Financial Services Act 2019. The register says the company was incorporated on June 27, 2024.

Revolut disclosed the new licence in an October 19 announcement. The approval creates a Gibraltar-regulated vehicle for the group’s digital-asset activity, separate from the entities it already uses in the UK and European Economic Area.

The timing and commercial scope of any launch remain open. The company’s statement frames the licence as an expansion measure, but it does not identify customer jurisdictions, products that will become available first, or a timetable for putting the Gibraltar permissions into use.

Permission spans trading orders, custody and staking

According to the GFSC register, RGDAL is permitted to transmit and execute virtual-asset orders, provide virtual-asset custody and provide virtual-asset staking services.

Those three activities sit under one authorised Gibraltar entity, making the permission broader than a narrow crypto-trading authorisation and potentially giving Revolut a regulatory base for a wider combination of services in relevant markets if it elects to deploy them. The register, however, does not establish which assets or staking arrangements would be supported, what fees or customer eligibility rules would apply, or when any product would launch; none of those details can be inferred from the authorisation alone.

Gibraltar licence joins Revolut’s UK and MiCA operating structure

Revolut’s Gibraltar operation will sit alongside, rather than replace, its existing regional crypto structure. According to The Block, crypto operations continue through Revolut Ltd in the UK and Revolut Digital Assets Europe Ltd across the EEA under the Markets in Crypto-Assets framework, or MiCA. The Block also reported that RGDAL is intended to support international expansion beyond that UK and EEA arrangement.

The announcement concerns authorisation for the named Gibraltar subsidiary RGDAL, rather than consolidation of Revolut’s crypto operations under one regulatory permission; based on the company’s stated structure, the UK and EEA businesses continue through their respective entities. Available disclosures do not specify the countries, customer segment, product lines or rollout timing for the Gibraltar operation, making its immediate commercial effect difficult to assess.

Gibraltar also sees payments-app onboarding resume

Gibraltar’s government separately confirmed the regulatory permission on October 19. In the same government announcement, it said Revolut had fully resumed onboarding Gibraltar residents to its electronic-money and payments app.

Although distinct from the new DLT provider permission, the local onboarding development gives Revolut a broader operational presence for Gibraltar-based customers. The government’s statement did not specify when the newly authorised crypto services would be introduced to those residents.

For now, the clearest outcome is the formal addition of execution, custody and staking permissions to RGDAL’s Gibraltar regulatory status. The next substantive question is where Revolut chooses to use that entity as its international crypto expansion plans develop.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

As artificial intelligence models become increasingly valuable, proving who originally developed them is emerging as a significant challenge. Models can be copied, fine-tuned or distilled into new versions, often leaving their original developers with limited ways to establish ownership.

Sentient Foundation is looking to address that problem with the launch of its Fingerprinting Leaderboard, an open benchmark designed to evaluate techniques that embed identifiable signatures into AI models.

The initiative follows research by Sentient Labs that exposed vulnerabilities in ten proposed fingerprinting schemes. Researchers found that nearly all could be bypassed through adaptive attacks while preserving the models' usefulness.

Rather than focusing exclusively on developing its own fingerprinting technology, Sentient is now opening the evaluation process to the broader research community.

How AI Fingerprinting Works

AI fingerprinting is designed to provide evidence of a model's identity or origin without relying entirely on external records, metadata or access to its underlying infrastructure.

Some approaches embed hidden behavioral signatures during training. These signatures can later be tested through specific prompts, allowing developers to investigate whether another model contains traces of their original work.

Importantly, this verification can be performed using API access to a suspected derivative model, without requiring direct access to its internal weights.

"AI models are becoming some of the most valuable intellectual property in the world, yet once a model is copied or distilled, proving ownership becomes incredibly difficult," said Sachi Kamiya, Director of Venture and Growth at Sentient Foundation.

"Fingerprinting puts the proof inside the model. Think of it as the AI equivalent of the hidden marks Renaissance painters used to establish authorship."

The approach could become particularly relevant as open-source AI development expands and models are increasingly modified and redistributed.

Researchers Embedded More Than 24,000 Fingerprints Into One Model

Sentient Labs has previously demonstrated how fingerprinting techniques can operate at scale.

Its Perinucleus method, highlighted at NeurIPS 2025, successfully embedded 24,576 fingerprints into Llama-3.1-8B while causing minimal degradation in model performance.

Many of those fingerprints also survived subsequent fine-tuning, suggesting that identifying information can remain detectable even after a model undergoes additional training.

However, the ability to embed thousands of fingerprints does not necessarily mean they can withstand deliberate removal.

Research presented at SaTML 2026 revealed that even techniques capable of surviving ordinary model modifications may remain vulnerable to attackers specifically attempting to eliminate or evade their signatures.

Among the methods affected was Sentient's own Perinucleus approach.

The findings highlight a central challenge for AI fingerprinting: demonstrating that a signature exists is considerably different from proving that it remains reliable when an adversary actively tries to defeat it.

A Public Benchmark for Testing Fingerprinting Claims

The newly launched Fingerprinting Leaderboard is intended to provide a standardized environment for comparing different approaches.י

Its initial release focuses on evaluating how effectively fingerprinting methods can embed identifiable signatures while maintaining the underlying model's performance.

A future release will expand those evaluations to include adversarial robustness, measuring whether fingerprints remain detectable after deliberate attempts to remove or evade them.

This distinction is important because a technique that performs well under controlled conditions may not necessarily provide reliable evidence of origin in more hostile environments.

Alongside the leaderboard, Sentient is releasing mlprints, an open-source library that brings fingerprinting techniques and attack methods into a shared evaluation framework.

The library allows researchers to reproduce existing experiments, implement alternative fingerprinting schemes and develop new attacks under comparable testing conditions.

By making these tools publicly available, Sentient aims to establish a more transparent process for evaluating claims about AI model provenance.

Why Model Ownership Matters for Open-Source AI

The initiative also addresses a broader tension in open-source artificial intelligence.

Developers who release model weights publicly enable others to build upon their work, but doing so can make it difficult to track how those models are subsequently copied, modified or incorporated into other systems.

Keeping models closed offers greater control over distribution, but limits the accessibility and collaborative development associated with open-source AI.

Fingerprinting could offer a different approach by allowing developers to share their models while retaining a mechanism for establishing their origins.

Such capabilities could eventually support attribution, licensing enforcement and economic arrangements tied to verifiable model provenance.

However, the research also demonstrates that reliable fingerprinting remains an unresolved technical challenge.

Sentient's longer-term objective is to develop signatures so closely connected to a model's capabilities that removing them would also damage the model's usefulness.

For now, the Fingerprinting Leaderboard represents an effort to establish which existing techniques can deliver meaningful evidence of origin and which remain vulnerable to manipulation.

With the initial benchmark now available and adversarial testing planned for a future release, the project could provide researchers with a common framework for assessing one of the emerging challenges in AI intellectual property protection.

More information about the initiative is available at fingerprint.sentient.foundation.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Qubic reported that 87.1% of the stolen QU remained immobilized on-chain, while the remaining 12.9% was sent to MEXC, which froze the receiving account, according to a QubicMap community incident notice citing Qubic Core.

Computors halt Qubic at tick 85,371,949

Computors halted Qubic’s network at tick 85,371,949, and it remained offline as the validator quorum considered recovery options. Qubic reported that 87.1% of the affected tokens remained immobilized on-chain, while the portion transferred to MEXC was subject to an exchange freeze. Qubic had not specified how the affected wallet funds would be recovered or when normal network operations would resume.

Drain affected 1,404 wallets in under two hours

The attacker drained approximately 2.94 trillion QU from 1,404 Qubic wallets between 23:42 UTC on 17 October and 01:26 UTC on 18 October. The timeline amounts to less than two hours, based on Qubic’s incident disclosure reproduced by ETHNews.

The scale of the drain prompted the chain-wide intervention rather than a response limited to individual accounts. With the network halted, the recovery decision now sits with the Computor quorum.

Seed-generation weakness, not a protocol flaw

Qubic attributed the incident to insufficient randomness in wallet-seed generation affecting certain Apple-device and browser combinations, rather than a flaw in the Qubic protocol. Its wallet repository says version 4.26.4 replaced the vulnerable seed-generation method.

The disclosure identifies the wallet environment as the affected component, while the unresolved recovery process concerns tokens already drained from the 1,404 wallets. Qubic had not announced a restart date as of 19 October.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Visa said its network covers more than 175 million merchant locations across over 200 countries and territories, according to Visa.

The arrangement is designed to support in-store and online payments without requiring users to transfer funds to a bank account, load a card in advance or manually exchange assets before purchasing, Mesh said. The companies had not disclosed the initial participating wallets, supported devices or rollout dates when the partnership was announced, so its potential network reach was not a confirmation of an immediate launch across all Visa merchants or wallets.

Mesh’s wallet layer is designed to fund Visa payments from crypto balances

Cointelegraph reported that Visa credentials are intended to be provisioned through participating wallet applications, with merchants continuing to use their existing checkout infrastructure.

In the proposed design, Mesh handles transaction funding and conversion among crypto, stablecoins and fiat. Participating wallet applications remain the user-facing access point, so the funding and conversion process occurs behind the payment flow.

Mesh said the planned integration would let users pay without separately transferring funds, preloading a card or manually converting assets before each purchase. The arrangement therefore does not describe a new crypto-specific point-of-sale system for merchants; the payment would be presented through Visa credentials while Mesh manages the relevant balances.

Visa’s 175 million locations supply the distribution, not an immediate wallet launch

The headline figure attached to the partnership comes from Visa’s existing network footprint. Visa says its network reaches more than 175 million merchant locations in more than 200 countries and territories. Mesh’s announcement says participating wallets could use that acceptance footprint for crypto and stablecoin spending.

But network coverage is not the same as confirmation that every wallet user can begin spending immediately. Neither company identified the wallets that will participate first, the devices that will be supported, or the timetable for availability at the time of disclosure. Those details will determine which consumers can use the arrangement and when.

The wording of the announcement also places the wallet at the centre of distribution. Users would need access through a participating wallet application in order for Visa credentials to be provisioned under the model described. Visa acceptance at a merchant is therefore only one part of the planned payment path.

For now, the partnership establishes the intended operating structure: Visa provides the merchant acceptance network, wallet applications provide the credential layer, and Mesh manages funding and conversion across crypto, stablecoins and fiat. The outstanding product details leave the scale and timing of consumer access unresolved.

What Mesh and Visa have announced

Mesh framed the agreement as a way to let participating wallet users spend digital-asset balances without first routing money through a bank account or preparing a prepaid balance. The model is intended for both physical retail payments and online checkout, with merchants retaining their existing systems.

The announcement does not name the first wallet partners or specify a launch schedule. Until those integrations are identified, Visa’s 175 million-location network remains the available distribution footprint behind the proposal rather than a measure of confirmed user access.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Announced on October 19 at Money20/20 USA, the service is aimed at institutions that need to assess potentially complex on-chain activity before completing a payment. Its risk intelligence is designed to work with existing fraud and compliance workflows used by banks and payment firms.

Mastercard said the first rollout will be in North America, with Borderless.xyz and Keyrails as initial partners.

Mastercard launches Stablecoin Security

Mastercard said Stablecoin Security will launch first in North America, with commercial availability expected worldwide in 2027.

According to the company’s announcement, the service is intended to provide institutions with earlier visibility into risks associated with stablecoin transfers before funds move on-chain. It is designed to flag fraud, scams, sanctions exposure and other financial-crime risks before payment completion.

The resulting information is intended to fit within financial institutions’ existing fraud, compliance and decision-making workflows, rather than be used only to review activity after settlement.

How the API scores stablecoin payments

The Block reported that banks will receive a risk score before stablecoin payments are completed. It said the service will screen transaction flows for fraud, scams, sanctions violations and other financial-crime risks.

Mastercard’s own description identifies the delivery mechanism as a platform-agnostic API. The API analyzes transaction context, the origins of funds, exposure to restricted parties and scam indicators, then produces the score before payment completion.

Mastercard said the score can feed into existing fraud and compliance workflows, enabling banks and other financial institutions to apply their internal processes to stablecoin transactions. The available details do not specify how individual signals are weighted or what risk threshold an institution would use.

That leaves the score as an input to a payment or compliance workflow, rather than an automatic description of every transaction’s legal or financial status.

Article image accompanying The Block’s report on Mastercard’s Stablecoin Security risk-screening service. — Source: The Block

Complex Ethereum flows raise the screening challenge

The need for transaction-level intelligence is partly tied to the way stablecoin movements appear on public blockchains. A 2025 sample examined by the Bank for International Settlements covered more than 593 million stablecoin transfer events across 141 million Ethereum transactions.

According to the BIS study cited by Mastercard, nearly 60% of those transfer events occurred within complex, multi-step transactions. That finding is not a measure of fraud or sanctions activity, but it does show why a single transfer can be less informative than the broader transaction sequence around it.

Mastercard’s stated focus on fund origins, transaction context and restricted-party exposure maps onto that complexity. A payment provider assessing risk before completion may need to evaluate more than the sending and receiving addresses when the transfer is one step in a larger on-chain process.

Initial partners and 2027 rollout

Borderless.xyz and Keyrails are the initial partners for Stablecoin Security. Mastercard said the North American launch will precede commercial availability worldwide, which it expects in 2027.

The sequence makes the announcement a targeted first deployment rather than an immediate global expansion of the service. Its progress will depend on the North American partner rollout and Mastercard’s ability to bring the API to further institutions and markets ahead of its stated 2027 availability target.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Casinos usually split their questions into layers. Short forms open the account, deposits add on-chain details, and identity or source-of-funds checks can follow once a balance grows or a withdrawal request goes in.

Side by side, the ten casinos below show how openly each one maps those layers, which helps a player treat a sign-up form as the starting point it is.

Data Requests Come in Layers

Casino accounts collect information in steps, and each step answers a different obligation. The table shows the usual order and the reason behind each layer.

Layer

Typical request

Purpose

Account opening

Email or wallet, username, password, country

Login and restricted-country rules

Funding

Sending address, network, amount

Crediting deposits and AML screening

Profile

Full name, date of birth, home address

Age checks and bonus eligibility

Identity

Photo ID plus a matching selfie

KYC before payouts or after reviews

Enhanced due diligence

Proof of income or wealth

Large or frequent transfers

Last verified: October 2026

Operators decide when each layer appears, so two casinos with identical forms can behave very differently at the cashier. Our walkthrough of crypto casino verification follows those layers from signup to payout.

Why the Short Form Changes Little

Licensed casinos owe anti-money-laundering duties, age limits and country restrictions, and a brief registration screen leaves all of them intact. What changes is timing, with some questions moving from day one to a later moment.

Players can therefore plan for identity checks as a routine step. Requests may come before a payout, after an unusual win or during an account review, and funds can wait until documents clear, since KYC or AML checks may apply at several points.

10 Crypto Casinos Compared on Data Requests

Order weighs the choice of sign-up routes, how plainly each casino lists its data needs and how its terms describe later checks. Each entry flags one practical caution.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport offers six wallet connections, among them MetaMask, TronLink and Bitget, plus email, Google and Telegram, and the email route creates a wallet automatically. Players must be 18, or older where national adulthood begins later.

Dexsport's terms let it ask for documents at any stage, whatever the account activity. Dexapp LTD, the operating company, holds an Anjouan licence.

2. BitStarz

BitStarz opens accounts from an email, username, password and preferred currency, and it lets crypto depositors play with a fiat-denominated balance. Its trading history goes back to 2014.

BitStarz can ask for identity documents during the life of an account, especially before larger withdrawals. Its terms list the accepted document types, and Curaçao licenses the casino.

3. Bitcasino.io

Bitcasino.io needs an email plus a password to open an account and keeps detailed help-centre pages on accounts, payments and verification. Balance display switches between mBTC and µBTC in settings.

Bitcasino.io's terms describe verification steps that can apply before payouts. EZ Spins Ltd operates the casino under an Anjouan licence, according to those terms.

4. Stake

Stake asks for an email, username, password and date of birth, then moves players through numbered verification levels. Early levels gather personal details, while later ones request documents and proof of address.

Stake may require a higher level before some payouts, so finishing it ahead of time avoids a wait. Medium Rare N.V. operates Stake from Curaçao.

5. Roobet

Roobet opens accounts with a username, an email and a password, and one balance funds its casino, sportsbook and predictions. Its help centre describes a tiered verification system.

Roobet's upper tiers request documents before some actions, and its predictions product excludes US residents. Raw Entertainment B.V. holds the Curaçao licence for Roobet.

6. Cloudbet

Cloudbet asks for an email and password at signup and keeps help articles on deposits, fees and account rules. Its casino operates next to a sportsbook founded in 2013.

Cloudbet's terms allow document requests, particularly around larger payouts. Curaçao issued its licence to Halcyon Super Holdings B.V.

7. Lucky Block

Lucky Block accepts email registration or a WalletConnect login, and its platform ties a casino and sportsbook to the LBLOCK token. Cards work beside crypto at the cashier.

Lucky Block's rules allow verification at withdrawal, and some user reviews describe delays during those checks. Its withdrawal terms deserve a read before depositing.

8. Mega Dice

Mega Dice offers email registration and WalletConnect access to a combined casino and sportsbook with thousands of games. Its terms outline the situations that can prompt a document request.

Third-party reviews describe Mega Dice's sports section as smaller than its casino. Players should confirm their country falls outside its restricted list before signing up.

9. mBit Casino

mBit Casino uses an email, username and password for new accounts, and its cashier centres on Bitcoin and other major coins. Withdrawal requests use mBTC as the unit.

mBit's terms allow identity checks whenever the operator considers them necessary. Its licence comes from Curaçao, held by Scores55 Tech B.V.

10. 7Bit Casino

7Bit Casino asks for an email, a password and a currency at signup, with a crypto cashier quoted in mBTC. Its FAQ brings accounts, bonuses and withdrawals together on one page.

7Bit's terms permit verification before payouts, and the FAQ lists accepted documents. Curaçao licenses 7Bit via Kika Technology B.V.

What the Privacy Policy Adds

Registration screens show only a slice of a casino's data handling. Its privacy policy names the categories it stores, the retention period and the partners that receive information, such as payment processors and identity vendors.

Wallet logins create a public trail too. Each connected address and its full transaction history become tied to the account, and that history remains visible on-chain, as an explainer on wallet address privacy describes.

Email and wallet accounts link different details from the start. Our comparison of sign-up paths at crypto casinos walks through those differences.

Conclusion

Low-friction signup shortens the first screen at a crypto casino, while profile details, identity documents and source-of-funds reviews can follow later. Those layers depend on bonuses, withdrawals and account activity.

Dexsport opens this comparison with the widest choice of sign-up routes, ahead of BitStarz, Bitcasino.io, Stake, Roobet, Cloudbet, Lucky Block, Mega Dice, mBit and 7Bit. Each casino documents its data layers with a different level of detail.

Privacy policies and verification terms answer most questions before a deposit. Gambling rules vary by country, so confirm the local position, keep to legal age limits and remember that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Sign-up routes, verification rules, privacy policies and licences change over time and vary by country, so check each casino's current terms before you register. Gambling involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please play responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

The launch gives market participants access to BCH and UNI exposure through CME’s CFTC-regulated derivatives marketplace, where the exchange positions the contracts as tools for regulated exposure and risk management.

BCH and UNI futures begin trading on CME Globex

The four contracts now available are Bitcoin Cash futures, Micro Bitcoin Cash futures, Uniswap futures and Micro Uniswap futures. Trading takes place on CME Globex, the group’s electronic trading platform, while clearing is handled through CME ClearPort.

CME’s October 12 electronic-trading notice specified October 19 as the date the products became available. The listing brings two additional crypto assets onto a venue that operates within the US-regulated futures market structure.

Contract sizes provide standard and Micro exposure

CME’s standard and Micro futures represent 250 BCH and 25 BCH for Bitcoin Cash, respectively, and 10,000 UNI and 1,000 UNI for Uniswap, respectively, according to its crypto launch page.

That gives each asset two contract sizes within CME’s CFTC-regulated cryptocurrency derivatives marketplace.

CME extends its single-asset crypto lineup

Bitcoin Cash and Uniswap join a single-asset crypto derivatives range that already includes futures linked to Bitcoin, Ether, XRP, Solana, Cardano, Chainlink, Stellar, Avalanche and Sui. The Block reported that the additions broaden CME’s roster beyond those existing assets.

The new listings add BCH and UNI to that regulated suite with both standard and Micro-sized contracts, while CME Globex and CME ClearPort provide the trading and clearing venues for the products.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

JPM Coin remains a permissioned product restricted to approved institutional participants rather than a retail-accessible crypto asset, according to Cointelegraph.

JPM Coin goes live on Ethereum mainnet

The Ethereum deployment places JPM Coin on the network where a broad range of assets, collateral arrangements and counterparties already operate onchain. It gives clients another public-chain option for near-real-time, around-the-clock money movement, according to Bloomberg Law.

JPM Coin is denominated in US dollars and represents deposits within J.P. Morgan’s system. The announcement concerns its availability on Ethereum mainnet for institutional clients; it does not signal an opening of the token to the general public.

Approved institutions can move tokenized deposits across the EVM ecosystem

J.P. Morgan said JPM Coin supports peer-to-peer transfers between institutional clients in the Ethereum Virtual Machine ecosystem, including Ethereum and Base. The bank described the arrangement as an onchain liquidity layer for USD deposits.

That framing focuses on settlement between eligible institutions operating across those networks. Access is restricted to approved institutional participants, a limitation reported by Cointelegraph, rather than an unrestricted token offering on Ethereum.

Ethereum follows JPM Coin’s Base launch

The Ethereum rollout follows JPM Coin’s November 2025 launch on Base. The expansion brings the bank’s deposit-token infrastructure to a second public blockchain while retaining the approved-participant model.

Kinexys has processed more than $4 trillion in cumulative transactions since inception and has averaged $7 billion in daily transaction volume, according to J.P. Morgan. Those figures cover Kinexys activity and provide the bank’s stated scale for the infrastructure behind the latest deployment.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The figures point to a market with little immediate follow-through in index futures after Monday’s recovery. Futures and the cash S&P 500 are different instruments, so Tuesday’s 7,735.25 futures level should not be treated as directly comparable with Monday’s cash-index readings.

Data Snapshot

MetricCurrentPreviousChangePeriodAs ofSourceS&P 500 futures7,735.25—gained less than 0.1%Tuesday tradingOctober 20, 2026Associated PressBrent crude$110.75 a barrel—gained 1.10%Tuesday tradingOctober 20, 2026Associated PressS&P 500 cash index7,702.77—rose 43.3 points, or 0.57%, at the openMonday, October 19, 2026October 19, 2026Reuters via Investing.comS&P 500 weekly performance-1.9%——Week to October 16, 2026October 19, 2026Vantage MarketsNetflix Q3 2026 results releaseapproximately 1:01 p.m. Pacific Time——Tuesday, October 20, 2026September 14, 2026Netflix Investor Relations

Futures stall after the AI-and-chip rebound

AI and chip stocks rebounded Monday, lifting the S&P 500 0.41%, according to Reuters via Investing.com. The index opened at 7,702.77, up 43.3 points, or 0.57%, on Monday, October 19, 2026.

S&P 500 futures gained less than 0.1% Tuesday, according to the Associated Press, a much smaller move than Monday’s cash-index advance. The gain did not confirm a sustained extension of the AI-and-chip rebound, leaving its immediate direction unresolved. The rebound followed a 1.9% S&P 500 decline in the week to October 16, 2026, which Vantage Markets described as the index’s worst week since June.

Brent crude rises to $110.75 a barrel

Oil made the more pronounced move in Tuesday trading. Brent crude, the international standard, gained 1.10% to $110.75 a barrel, according to the Associated Press.

That increase contrasted with the near-flat futures move and placed a higher oil price alongside a cautious opening indication for the broad U.S. equity benchmark. The supplied market data does not identify a cause for the crude advance or establish how it affected futures trading.

Netflix results scheduled for approximately 1:01 p.m. Pacific Time

Netflix is scheduled to announce its third-quarter 2026 financial results on Tuesday, October 20, 2026, at approximately 1:01 p.m. Pacific Time. The company has also scheduled a live video interview for 1:45 p.m. Pacific Time.

The timing makes the release the day’s defined corporate-results event in the supplied data. Netflix set out the schedule in a September 14 investor-relations announcement.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Around it, sportsbooks build totals, first-five-innings markets and season-long futures. Each one settles on a different slice of the game, and pitching changes, extra innings or rain can alter the outcome of a bet before the final out.

A clear sense of which market answers which question helps a crypto bettor read an MLB board with confidence, whether it shows a Tuesday in May or a playoff night.

Three Core Markets on Every MLB Game

Almost every MLB fixture opens with the same three markets. Together they split one game into separate questions.

Market

What the bet backs

Typical line

Settles on

Moneyline

A team to win outright

Odds only, without a handicap

Final result, extra innings included

Run line

A team to win or lose by a margin

Usually -1.5 or +1.5 runs

Final margin, extra innings included

Total

Combined runs over or under a number

Often 7.5 to 9.5 runs

All runs scored, extra innings included

Last verified: October 2026

Prices for these markets differ from one book to another, sometimes by a wide margin on the same game. Side-by-side sportsbook odds across several platforms reveal how much that spread can matter over a season.

How the Run Line Reshapes the Price

Baseball produces plenty of one-run games, so the 1.5-run handicap changes a bet far more than its size suggests. Each side of the line answers its own question.

The Favourite at -1.5

Favourites at -1.5 need a win by two runs or more. Heavy favourites priced around 1.45 on the moneyline might move closer to 2.10 at -1.5, since a narrow win now loses the bet.

The Underdog at +1.5

An underdog bet at +1.5 pays if that team wins or loses by a single run. Underdogs that lose close games often reward this side, though the price shrinks to reflect that cushion.

Alternate Run Lines

Many books also list alternate lines such as -2.5 or +2.5. Wider handicaps push prices further apart and suit bettors with a strong view on a lopsided or tight game.

First Five Innings Isolate the Starters

First-five-innings markets, often shortened to F5, settle on the score after five innings. They remove most of the bullpen from the equation and focus the bet on the two starting pitchers.

F5 markets come in moneyline, run line and total formats, usually with a half-run line on the handicap. Some books offer a three-way F5 result that includes a tie, while others refund a level score.

F5 bets normally need all five innings completed, though a home side leading after the top of the fifth can close that stretch early. Games stopped earlier usually leave F5 bets void.

Pitcher Rules Decide Whether a Bet Stands

Starting pitchers move baseball prices more than any other single factor. Sportsbooks handle a late change in different ways, so the bet type matters.

Books commonly offer two options:

• Listed pitchers: the bet stands only if both named starters throw the first pitch, otherwise it voids

• Action: the bet stands whoever starts, with the price adjusted at the time of the change

Totals and F5 markets react most to a pitching change, since a starter's quality shapes the early run count. A look at the starters close to first pitch helps avoid a surprise void.

Extra Innings, Rain and Suspended Games

MLB places an automatic runner on second base at the start of each extra inning, a rule in force since 2023. That runner tends to produce quicker results and more late runs, which affects totals on tied games.

Rain creates its own questions. MLB treats a game as official once it reaches the same five-inning point, and many books settle moneylines once that point passes. Totals and run lines often need the full nine innings or the game to finish naturally.

Postponed games usually void unless they resume within a window the betting rules set. Late games in the US also start in the early hours across Europe, and planning around different time zones helps bettors avoid missing a lineup change.

Baseball Markets on Dexsport

Dexsport lists eight baseball market types in its betting rules, covering match winner, handicaps, totals and the outcome of the first five innings. Specials such as the number of extra-inning games or shutouts across a slate add round-based questions.

MLB games on Dexsport can join accumulators, and Combo+ adds a multiplier once a slip reaches four legs or more. Eligible MLB bets can cash out before the last out, and Dexapp LTD operates Dexsport under an Anjouan licence.

Season context still shapes every price, from division races in August to the playoff picture, and coverage of the MLB playoff race shows how late-season stakes change the board.

Conclusion

MLB betting rests on three core markets: the moneyline, the run line at 1.5 runs and the total. Run lines reshape prices because so many games finish by a single run, while first-five-innings markets narrow the bet to the starting pitchers.

Pitcher rules decide whether a bet stands after a late change, and extra innings, rain and postponements each follow their own settlement rules. Those rules, read before staking, prevent most surprises.

Baseball fills a long calendar, so set a budget that covers many games instead of one big night. Baseball betting law differs by country, so confirm yours, stay within legal age rules and accept that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Market menus, pitcher rules and settlement terms vary by sportsbook and change over time, so read each platform's current betting rules before you bet. Betting carries risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

Each regulator sets its own rules on anti-money-laundering checks, player protection, complaints and crypto payments. Each also keeps a public register, though the detail it shows varies.

Viewed side by side, the three help a bettor read the licence line in a sportsbook footer as more than a badge.

Three Regulators Side by Side

Licensing regimes share common goals, yet the route to a licence and the protections behind it differ. The table sets out the main features of each.

Feature

Anjouan

Curaçao

Malta

Founding law

Gaming legislation dating from 2005

Ordinance on games of chance, effective December 2024

Gaming Act of 2018

Licensing body

Island authorities through a licensing service

The CGA, licensing directly

The MGA

Dispute route

Operator first, then an approved outside body

Operator first, then an approved outside body

Operator first, then mandatory ADR

Crypto stance

Permitted under AML rules

Permitted, treated as higher risk

Permitted with approval under a DLT policy

Public register

Yes

Yes

Yes

Last verified: October 2026

Regulators publish licence details in their registers, and the information a licence entry shows can confirm whether a sportsbook's claim holds up. Our guide to what a licence number tells a player covers how to read those entries.

Anjouan Tightened Its Rules After 2023

Anjouan licenses online gambling under laws dating from 2005, with gaming oversight, financial checks and licence administration split between separate island bodies. Trade reports put the number of licences issued above 1,650 by mid-2026, with around 1,500 active.

What Licensees Owe Players

Operators must run AML programmes with customer checks, transaction monitoring and sanctions screening. Player protection rules cover age checks, self-exclusion, deposit and loss limits and the separation of player funds.

How Complaints Move

Players complain to the operator first, which typically has around 30 days to respond. Unresolved cases then go to an approved outside body that the operator pays for, while the regulator checks that complaint processes work.

In June 2026, Anjouan's regulator stressed that its licence does not authorise operators in every country. Our look at what Anjouan regulation covers explains that scope in more detail.

Curaçao Moved to Direct Licences

Curaçao's new gambling ordinance, known locally as the LOK, became law on December 24, 2024. It replaced the old system of master licence holders and sublicences with licences issued directly by the Curaçao Gaming Authority.

Licences under the old law stayed valid into 2025, and the authority granted more than 600 provisional licences by late that year. The authority treats the move from provisional to permanent status as a priority for 2026.

New requirements include a physical office on the island and locally based key staff approved by the authority. AML rules took effect in April 2025, alongside a responsible gaming policy covering age checks, cooling-off periods, self-exclusion and deposit limits. Guidelines for outside dispute bodies followed in September 2025.

Malta Requires ADR and Regulates Crypto Through Policy

Malta's Gaming Act of 2018 underpins a licensing regime that has long attracted larger European operators. Directive 5 of 2018 requires every B2C licensee to contract an alternative dispute resolution provider and publish the procedure for players.

Since April 2019, the authority's Player Support Unit has left individual rulings to ADR providers. It accepts reports of unlawful or unfair conduct and reviews licensees' dispute records.

Malta's policy on distributed ledger technology, issued in February 2023, lets approved operators accept crypto, issue their own tokens or use audited smart contracts. Privacy coins remain banned, and operators cannot run crypto exchange services on their own sites. Our broader look at how crypto casino licensing differs across Europe sets Malta beside other regimes.

What Supervision Means for a Bettor

Supervision shapes three practical things. It sets the order of a complaint, decides which outside body hears an unresolved case and defines the player protection tools an operator must offer.

Supervision also has limits. Each regulator licenses activity from its own jurisdiction, while local law decides whether a player may bet with that operator at home.

Bettors get real value from a licence when they check the register entry, read the complaints procedure and confirm the dispute body before a problem arises.

Dexsport Under Anjouan Supervision

Dexsport operates through Dexapp LTD under an Anjouan licence, with a sportsbook, casino and prediction markets on one account. Dexsport's terms set the minimum age at 18, or higher where local law requires, and exclude residents of Russia and Belarus.

Players raise disputes with Dexsport by writing to team@dexsport.io or using the in-platform route, and its terms move from negotiation to arbitration if needed. Self-exclusion requests go to info@dexsport.io, and Dexsport blocks the account within 12 hours of receipt.

Dexsport's terms also allow identity checks at any stage, in line with the AML duties Anjouan places on licensees.

Conclusion

Anjouan, Curaçao and Malta each supervise crypto sportsbooks under their own laws. Anjouan has tightened AML, player protection and dispute rules since 2023, Curaçao moved to direct licences in December 2024, and Malta requires ADR and regulates crypto through a dedicated policy.

All three send complaints to the operator first and then to an outside body. Each keeps a public register, and each licence covers activity from its own jurisdiction only.

Five minutes with the register and the complaints procedure before a deposit makes the licence line in a footer meaningful. Each country sets its own betting rules, so confirm yours, keep to legal age limits and expect that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Licensing laws, regulator policies and dispute procedures change over time, so check each regulator's official site and each operator's current terms before you bet. Betting carries risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

Bitmine is 99% of the way to the 'Alchemy of 5%' in just 15 months

Bitmine released Chairman's Message on October 7 titled "Crypto Bull Underway — This Cycle Likely the Largest"

Bitmine was added to the Russell 1000 Large-cap index on June 26, 2026

Bitmine's Series A Preferred Stock is trading on the NYSE under the symbol BMNP

Bitmine has 5,067,309 staked ETH, representing $12 billion at $2,365 per ETH. MAVAN (Made in America VAlidator Network) is a premier Ethereum staking destination for BMNR and institutional investors

Bitmine owns $74 million of Eightco (NASDAQ: ORBS), now one of the only publicly listed equities in the world to provide investors indirect exposure to OpenAI

Bitmine Crypto + Total Cash Holdings & Marketable Securities + "Moonshots" total $15.1 billion, including 6.04 million ETH tokens, total cash & marketable securities of $582 million, and other crypto holdings

Bitmine remains supported by a premier group of institutional investors including ARK's Cathie Wood, MOZAYYX, Founders Fund, Bill Miller III, Pantera, Kraken, DCG, Galaxy Digital and personal investor Thomas "Tom" Lee to support Bitmine's goal of acquiring 5% of ETH

NORWALK, Conn., Oct. 19, 2026 /PRNewswire/ -- (NYSE: BMNR) Bitmine Immersion Technologies, Inc. ("Bitmine" or the "Company"), a Bitcoin and Ethereum Network company with a focus on the accumulation of crypto for long term investment, today announced Bitmine crypto + total cash & marketable securities + "moonshots" holdings totaling $15.1 billion

"The risk appetite of investors contracted in the past few weeks fueled by the worrying combination of AI funding and AI model safety; escalating US-Iran war activity; anxiousness in front of US midterm elections and generally rising bond yields around the world. This has triggered a selloff in AI stocks including semis and memory stocks, and has further led to selloffs in the Korean and Taiwan markets, both of which are dominated by semis and memory stocks," stated Thomas "Tom" Lee, Chairman of Bitmine.

"Crypto is widely held in the US, Korea and Taiwan. So naturally, when investors in those regions de-risk, this creates spillover pressures in crypto markets. In the past, whenever fundamentals remain resilient and strong, while price declines, these have historically been attractive risk/reward opportunities. And given crypto's positive exposure to both modernizing global financial system rails and to agentic-AI, we believe this will again prove to be the case," continued Lee.

As of October 18, 2026 at 3:00pm ET, the Company's crypto holdings are comprised of 6,041,481 ETH at $2,365 per ETH (per Coinbase NASDAQ: COIN), 215 Bitcoin (BTC), $180 million stake in Beast Industries, $74 million stake in Eightco Holdings (NASDAQ: ORBS) ("moonshots") and total cash & marketable securities of $582 million. Bitmine's ETH holdings are 4.9% of the ETH supply (of 122.1 million ETH).

"We believe Bitmine is positioned to outperform the crypto bull market that we expect to be coming, as the company has strengthened its competitive position over the past year in the midst of a crypto winter (bear market)," continued Lee.

"Over the past week, we acquired 12,535 ETH. Bitmine's track record of consistent buying of crypto is unmatched by any public company in the world. Bitmine has bought ETH each and every week since the inception of the ETH Treasury Strategy on June 30, 2025," stated Lee.

On October 7, Bitmine released its latest Chairman's message titled "Crypto Bull Underway — This Cycle Likely the Largest." The presentation is available at the Bitmine website (presentation link).

Earlier in 2026, Bitmine launched MAVAN (the Made in America VAlidator Network), the institutional-grade staking platform. While MAVAN was originally developed to support Bitmine's own Ethereum treasury, MAVAN has expanded to serve institutional investors, custodians, and ecosystem partners seeking best-in-class staking infrastructure. A portion of Bitmine's ETH is already staked on the MAVAN platform.

As of October 18, 2026, Bitmine total staked ETH stands at 5,067,309 ($12 billion at $2,365 per ETH). "Bitmine has staked more ETH than other entities in the world. At scale (assuming Bitmine's ETH is fully staked by MAVAN and its staking partners), the projected ETH staking reward would be $369 million on an annualized basis (using 2.58% 7-day BMNR yield). This compares to annualized staking revenues at $309 million based upon 5.1 million staked ETH (84% of the 6.04 million ETH held by Bitmine)," continued Lee.

Bitmine's crypto holdings reign as the #1 Ethereum treasury and #2 global treasury, behind Strategy Inc., which reportedly owns 848,250 BTC valued at approximately $74 billion. Bitmine remains the largest ETH treasury in the world. 

Bitmine management believes the GENIUS Act and the Securities and Exchange Commission's (SEC) Project Crypto are as transformational to financial services in 2026 as the U.S. action on August 15, 1971, which ended the Bretton Woods system and took the U.S. dollar off the gold standard 55 years ago. This 1971 event was the catalyst for the modernization of Wall Street, creating the iconic Wall Street titans and financial and payment rails of today.

The Chairman's message can be found here:

https://www.Bitminetech.io/chairmans-message

The Fiscal Full Year 2025 Earnings presentation and corporate presentation can be found here: https://Bitminetech.io/investor-relations/ 

To stay informed, please sign up at: https://Bitminetech.io/contact-us/ 

About Bitmine

Bitmine Immersion Technologies, Inc. (NYSE: BMNR), together with its subsidiaries ("Bitmine" or the "Company"), is a blockchain technology infrastructure company operating across institutional digital asset staking and validation services, bitcoin mining, and strategic digital asset management. As the world's leading Ethereum Treasury company, it implements an innovative digital asset strategy for institutional investors and public market participants. The Company provides institutional-grade staking and validation infrastructure—through which it earns staking rewards and validation income—alongside bitcoin mining activities. Bitmine holds digital assets strategically, generating yield on those holdings to support liquidity and capital formation. Since 2025, the Company has expanded its blockchain infrastructure capabilities, including developing and deploying MAVAN, its institutional staking and validation platform. The Company's activities further include investments in early-stage blockchain opportunities ("moonshot" investments) and ancillary mining, hosting, and consulting services.

For additional details, follow on X:

https://x.com/bitmnr

https://x.com/fundstrat

Cautionary Note on Forward Looking Statements 

This press release contains statements that constitute "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as amended. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not purely historical and can generally be identified by terms such as "expects," "projects," "intends," "plans," "believes," "anticipates," "estimates," "may," "will," "would," "could," "should," "view," "likely," "positioned," or similar expressions. This press release specifically contains forward-looking statements regarding: (i) the Company's goal of acquiring 5% of the total ETH supply (the "Alchemy of 5%" initiative); (ii) the Company's digital asset accumulation and treasury strategy, including statements regarding continued weekly ETH acquisitions and the Company's status as the largest ETH treasury in the world; (iii) the Company's staking operations, including projected annualized ETH staking rewards of approximately $369 million at scale, assuming the Company's ETH is fully staked by MAVAN and its staking partners, and currently projected annualized staking revenues of approximately $309 million; (iv) MAVAN's expansion to serve institutional investors, custodians, and ecosystem partners; (v) management's beliefs regarding crypto market conditions, including expectations of a coming crypto bull market and that the current cycle is likely the largest, that recent price declines represent attractive risk/reward opportunities, and that the Company is positioned to outperform the crypto bull market; (vi) management's beliefs regarding the impact of investor risk appetite, AI funding and AI model safety, geopolitical events, U.S. midterm elections, bond yields, and Korean and Taiwanese market conditions on crypto markets, and crypto's exposure to modernizing global financial system rails and agentic-AI; (vii) management's belief that the GENIUS Act and SEC Project Crypto are transformational to financial services; and (viii) statements regarding the value of the Company's crypto, cash, marketable securities, and "moonshot" holdings, including the indirect exposure to OpenAI provided by the Company's investment in Eightco Holdings.

These forward-looking statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to: the extreme volatility and unpredictability of digital asset prices, including ETH and Bitcoin; the Company's reliance on third-party pricing sources and reported market values, which may fluctuate materially; changes in market conditions affecting the trading price and volume of the Company's securities; the Company's ability to successfully execute its digital asset acquisition strategy and achieve its ETH accumulation targets, including the "Alchemy of 5%" goal; the Company's ability to finance its business operations and MAVAN expansion; operational, security, and technological risks associated with the Company's staking and validation operations, including network failures, slashing events, cybersecurity breaches, and protocol changes; the risk that actual staking yields, rewards, and revenues differ materially from projected amounts, including if the Company's ETH is not fully staked; competition in the digital asset treasury, staking, and mining industries; the Company's dependence on key personnel; regulatory developments affecting digital assets, blockchain technology, and staking activities, including the ultimate enactment, implementation, and interpretation of the GENIUS Act and other pending legislation; actions by the SEC, CFTC, and other regulatory bodies; risks related to the Company's "moonshot" investments, including in Eightco Holdings and Beast Industries; macroeconomic and geopolitical factors, including inflation, interest rates, bond yields, military conflicts, elections, and general economic conditions; volatility in AI-related and semiconductor equities and in foreign markets, including Korea and Taiwan; changes to the Ethereum protocol; the performance of third-party service providers, exchanges, custodians, and staking partners; and the other risk factors described in the Company's filings with the SEC.

The forward-looking statements contained in this press release are based on information available to management as of the date of this release and reflect management's current expectations, estimates, and beliefs concerning future events. Actual results may vary materially from those expressed or implied based on the factors described above and in the Risk Factors section of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025 filed with the SEC on November 21, 2025, the Company's Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and the Company's other filings with the SEC, as amended or updated from time to time. Copies of these filings are available at www.sec.gov and at https://Bitminetech.io/investor-relations/. The Company cautions readers not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. Bitmine expressly disclaims any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements except as required by applicable law.

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

PrimeXBT, a global multi-asset broker and crypto asset service provider, has introduced a new VIP Welcome offer, giving all new clients automatic VIP4-tier status for their first 14 days. Activated upon registration with no additional action required, the offer provides immediate access to lower trading costs and enhanced conditions without first meeting the usual trading-volume requirements.

During the welcome period, clients receive 33% off Crypto Futures taker fees on broker’s PXTrader 2.0 platform, up to 50% on Bitcoin CFD spreads, and 10% off Exchange spreads. VIP 4 tier also includes access to 10% cashback on eligible trading costs through the Rewards Center, and 24/7 priority support. 

PrimeXBT’s VIP Tiers program offers five levels of progressively lower fees and enhanced conditions, with VIP status normally earned based on trading volume over the previous 30 days. Tier upgrades are automatic, and traders can track their progress in real time. The VIP Welcome offer gives all new clients immediate access to VIP 4 without first meeting these volume requirements. After the 14-day welcome period, clients who meet the relevant thresholds can maintain VIP 4 or progress to VIP 5. At VIP 5, Crypto Futures taker fees fall to 0.015%, while Bitcoin CFD spreads start from $19. Clients can also unlock VIP tiers using their Rewards Center balance, earned through tasks and trading milestones. The balance can also be used for cashback or trading bonus.

“Sharp price swings, like those recently seen in Bitcoin, can lead traders to enter and exit positions more frequently. With more trades, even small differences in costs can add up quickly,” said Jonatan Randin, Senior Market Analyst at PrimeXBT. “The VIP Welcome offer helps new clients reduce those costs from day one, giving them access to our premium trading conditions alongside the charting and risk-management tools to plan and manage their positions.”

The offer covers PrimeXBT’s range of over 170 Crypto Futures, spanning major cryptocurrencies, Layer 1 and Layer 2 projects, Payment tokens, Memecoins, and tokens across DeFi, AI, Gaming, the Metaverse and NFTs. It also extends to Forex and CFDs on indices, commodities, shares and crypto, which clients can trade using their crypto as trading capital through the same PXTrader 2.0 account. Clients benefit from low spreads and commission-free CFD trading, with VIP4 Welcome spread discounts of 15% on Forex and CFDs and up to 50% on Gold. 

PrimeXBT continues to strengthen its position in multi-asset trading through competitive pricing and professional tools. The VIP Welcome offer reinforces this priority, making market-leading trading conditions accessible to everyone from the very first trade.

To learn more, users can visit PrimeXBT website.

About PrimeXBT

PrimeXBT is a global multi-asset broker and crypto asset service provider trusted by traders in more than 150 countries. The platform bridges traditional and digital markets within one integrated environment, redefining versatility and innovation in online trading. Clients can access Forex, CFDs on indices, commodities, shares, crypto, and Crypto Futures, as well as buy, store and exchange cryptocurrencies. This unified experience extends across both the native PXTrader 2.0 platform and MetaTrader 5, supported by advanced risk-management tools and a wide range of funding options in crypto, fiat and local payment methods. Since 2018, PrimeXBT has focused on empowering traders through broad multi-asset access, fair and transparent conditions, professional-grade technology and dedicated human support. By combining expertise, trust and a client-first approach, PrimeXBT sets a benchmark of excellence in the financial industry and provides traders with the tools they need to trade, grow and succeed with confidence.

Disclaimer: The content provided here is for informational purposes only and is not intended as personal investment advice and does not constitute a solicitation or invitation to engage in any financial transactions, investments, or related activities. Past performance is not a reliable indicator of future results. The financial products offered by the Company are complex and come with a high risk of losing money rapidly due to leverage. These products may not be suitable for all investors. Before engaging, you should consider whether you understand how these leveraged products work and whether you can afford the high risk of losing your money. The Company does not accept clients from the Restricted Jurisdictions as indicated on its website / T&Cs. Some products and services, including MT5, may not be available in your jurisdiction. The applicable legal entity and its respective products and services depend on the client’s country of residence and the entity with which the client has established a contractual relationship during registration.

ContactPrimeXBTpr@primexbt.com

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

Interpol Red Notice detention in Istanbul

The detention is now a documented cross-border enforcement action following the Justice Ministry’s announcement. In its statement, the ministry said Heart’s wife and three people described as alleged bodyguards were also detained.

The announcement left the status of the other detainees and the contents of the cold wallets unspecified. A Red Notice, meanwhile, is an Interpol alert used to request that law-enforcement authorities locate and provisionally arrest a person pending extradition, surrender or similar legal action, rather than an international arrest warrant itself.

Cash, cold wallets and weapons found in searches

Authorities said searches at 15 addresses produced $7.15 million, 160,000 Turkish lira and six cold wallets, according to the Türkiye Ministry of Justice. The statement gave no values or asset descriptions for the wallets.

The Block reported that the inventory also contained four long-barreled rifles, three unlicensed pistols, 1,400 rounds of ammunition, luxury goods and electronic devices; these were separate from the ministry’s cash and cold-wallet figures.

Alleged $1 billion fraud case remains under examination

Turkish officials linked the detention to allegations of approximately $1 billion in crypto-asset fraud involving the United States and Finland.

Anadolu Agency reported that the judicial process and examination of items seized in the searches were ongoing.

The allegation had not been established in court based on the information released so far. Turkish authorities had not announced a hearing date or timetable for the continuing examination.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The push comes as Circle builds out channels for moving money locally and internationally. A planned acquisition of Singapore-based payments platform Tazapay would bring a broader set of banking and fintech connections, while a renewed five-year agreement with Binance is aimed specifically at expanding USDC access in emerging markets.

Circle’s 40-market expansion target

Circle CEO Jeremy Allaire said the company is pursuing approximately 40 emerging and developing markets in Southeast Asia, Latin America, Africa and the Middle East. The countries involved and a timetable for entry have not been identified.

He framed the push as a response to demand for stablecoins and digital financial services. Circle’s approach combines distribution of USDC, its dollar-pegged stablecoin, through Binance with local payment infrastructure from the proposed acquisition of Singapore-based Tazapay.

The Tazapay deal is intended to expand Circle’s banking, fintech and payout-rail network and remains subject to the transaction’s terms and process.

Tazapay payment rails

Circle said in September that it had agreed to acquire Singapore-based cross-border payments platform Tazapay, a proposed transaction that would add more than 60 banking and fintech partners and local payout rails covering more than 100 markets to its payments infrastructure, according to Circle’s investor relations announcement.

The coverage exceeds the roughly 40 emerging and developing markets cited by Circle CEO Jeremy Allaire, but the company has not said that every Tazapay-covered market is part of that target. It also has not specified the payout corridors that would be used for USDC or when they would become available through Circle after the acquisition agreement.

In practical terms, the proposed deal would provide a link to local disbursement capability and relationships with banks and fintechs, reducing the need for Circle to build every connection directly.

Binance renews USDC distribution deal

Circle and Binance announced a new five-year commercial agreement on September 22 focused on expanding USDC access across emerging markets. Binance also made a $100 million strategic investment in Circle, the companies said in Circle’s announcement.

The partnership supplies a separate distribution route from the Tazapay transaction. Where Tazapay is intended to add payment infrastructure and local payout rails, Binance is an exchange partner whose renewed commercial agreement is explicitly tied to broader USDC access in the targeted regions.

While Circle did not disclose how the $100 million investment would be allocated or provide market-by-market rollout details for the five-year agreement, the deal places a sizable strategic investment alongside a long-duration commercial commitment as Circle pursues the expansion.

USDC volume and circulation

Circle’s reported second-quarter figures show transaction activity growing considerably faster than the stablecoin’s circulating supply. USDC circulation stood at $73.3 billion at the end of Q2 2026, a 19% year-on-year increase, while quarterly on-chain transaction volume reached $14.8 trillion, up 151%, according to Circle’s quarterly results.

Circulation measures USDC’s outstanding supply; on-chain transaction volume measures activity passing through blockchain networks during the quarter. Together, the figures describe different aspects of the stablecoin’s scale, but they do not by themselves show how much of that activity came from the emerging markets Circle is targeting. They nonetheless provide the backdrop for Circle’s focus on expanding access and payment rails.

More recent data on Circle’s transparency page showed $72.7 billion of USDC in circulation and $73.0 billion in reserves as of October 12. The reserve figure was therefore $0.3 billion higher than the reported circulation figure on that date, based on Circle’s transparency data.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

What a book asks for on day one rarely matches what it may ask for later. Terms at nearly every operator allow identity checks after signup, often around withdrawals, large wins or unusual betting patterns.

Seeing how clearly each platform explains both stages helps a bettor know what data they hand over and when a platform might ask for more.

What a Signup Form Usually Covers

Registration fields differ between books, though most draw from the same short list. Each field serves a purpose on the operator's side.

Data point

Why a sportsbook asks

When it usually appears

Email address

Account recovery and notices

At signup on email routes

Wallet address

Account identity on wallet routes

At signup on wallet routes

Date of birth

Legal age confirmation

At signup or first deposit

Country of residence

Restricted-country rules

At signup

Full name and address

AML and payout checks

Later, often before withdrawal

Photo ID and selfie

Identity verification

On request or at set thresholds

Last verified: October 2026

Traditional bookmakers often collect most of these fields at once, while crypto books tend to spread them out. Side-by-side sign-up and KYC steps at both kinds of operator show how the timing differs.

A Short Form Leaves the Checks in Place

Lighter registration changes the order of data requests, though the operator's obligations remain. Anti-money-laundering rules, age limits and restricted-country lists apply whatever the form looks like.

Players should expect identity checks at any stage. KYC or AML checks may apply before a withdrawal, after a large win or when betting activity draws a review, and accounts can pause until documents arrive.

9 Crypto Sportsbooks Ranked on Signup Disclosure

Order weighs the range of sign-up routes, how clearly each platform explains what it collects and how openly its terms describe later verification. Each entry includes one point to keep in mind.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport opens accounts through six wallets, including MetaMask, Trust Wallet and WalletConnect, or through email, Google and Telegram, with the email route generating a wallet. Its terms set the age floor at 18 or the local age of majority.

Dexsport's terms let it request identity documents at any time, without a fixed trigger. Dexapp LTD holds an Anjouan licence.

2. 1win

1win pairs email and phone registration with a wallet option covering MetaMask, Trust Wallet and WalletConnect, and both routes reach the same sportsbook. Its broad football, cricket and esports menu suits bettors who follow many sports.

1win's terms allow document requests during an account's life, and access varies by country. The restricted-country list deserves a look before signup.

3. BC.Game

BC.Game accepts registration by email, phone, social logins and crypto wallets, with a sportsbook supplied by BETBY beside its casino. Verification works in tiers that can rise with withdrawal size.

BC.Game's tier thresholds can change, so the help centre shows the current levels. Twocent Technology Ltd operates the platform under an Anjouan licence held since December 2024.

4. Shuffle

Shuffle lets players register by email or connect a wallet, and one login covers its sportsbook and casino. Bets can use SHFL or major coins, and its interface keeps account settings in one place.

Shuffle's terms describe verification that can apply as activity grows, and Natural Nine B.V. operates the platform. Its privacy policy shows which details it keeps after signup.

5. Stake

Stake registers players with an email, username and password, then uses verification levels that ask for personal details and, later, identity documents. Its sportsbook covers dozens of sports with live betting and Cash Out.

Stake can require higher verification levels before certain withdrawals, so early completion avoids delays. Its Curaçao licence belongs to Medium Rare N.V.

6. Cloudbet

Cloudbet, active in crypto betting for more than a decade, registers players with an email and password and publishes detailed help pages on accounts and payouts. Its sportsbook focuses on deep football and esports pricing.

Cloudbet's terms let it ask for identity documents, especially around larger withdrawals, and its help centre lists accepted formats. Halcyon Super Holdings B.V. holds its Curaçao licence.

7. Roobet

Roobet registers players with a username, email and password, and its sportsbook, casino and Polymarket-powered predictions share one balance. Verification follows levels described in its help centre.

Roobet's higher levels ask for documents before some actions, and US residents cannot use its predictions product. Curaçao licenses Roobet through Raw Entertainment B.V.

8. Thunderpick

Thunderpick registers players by email and built its name on esports, with football and other sports added to its board. Its terms set out when the operator may ask for documents.

Thunderpick's verification can apply at withdrawal, so reading the terms before a deposit helps. Paloma Media B.V. operates the platform under a Curaçao licence.

9. Sportsbet.io

Sportsbet.io belongs to Yolo Group and registers players by email and offers a broad sportsbook with strong Asian handicap coverage. Its help pages explain verification steps and accepted documents.

Sportsbet.io's licence position has changed more than once, so its footer shows the licence that applies in each country. Verification requests can follow larger withdrawals.

Privacy Policies Tell the Rest of the Story

Signup fields show only part of the picture. Privacy policies explain what an operator stores, how long it keeps records and which partners receive data, from payment processors to integrity monitoring services.

Wallet routes create their own trail. Every deposit and withdrawal links a public address to an account, and on-chain records stay visible long after a session ends, as a guide to wallet address privacy explains.

Web3 platforms differ in how much player data they hold off-chain too. Our comparison of player data handling at on-chain platforms shows where those records usually live.

Conclusion

Crypto sportsbooks vary in what they ask at signup, from a wallet connection or email to a fuller form with personal details. Nearly all of them keep the right to request identity documents later, around withdrawals, large wins or reviews.

Dexsport opens this ranking with six wallet routes plus email, Google and Telegram, followed by 1win, BC.Game, Shuffle, Stake, Cloudbet, Roobet, Thunderpick and Sportsbet.io. Each platform discloses its later checks in its own way.

Privacy policies and verification terms, read before registering, prevent surprises. Local rules decide what is permitted, so read them first, bet only at legal age and allow for KYC or AML checks that may apply at any stage.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Sign-up routes, verification levels and privacy policies change over time and vary by country, so check each sportsbook's current terms before you register. Betting carries risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

$BTC price breaks back into the ascending channel

Source: TradingView

Zooming down into the 4-hour time frame we can see that the $BTC price has just about managed to get back into the big ascending channel. This is a very positive move. Had the price lost touch with the bottom of this channel, a measured move down to $70k could have been the result.

The $BTC price is up against firm resistance, but having just broken back into the channel, plus having broken up through a small descending trendline, there could be enough momentum to take the price through both of the resistances and beyond $84K. Yes, the Stochastic RSI is starting to become overbought in the short 4-hour and 8-hour time frames, but looking at the bottom of the chart, the RSI has also witnessed a breakout in this time frame. The indicator line has pierced through the descending trendline after around a month of downward action. This could perhaps signal some decent upside into the rest of this week.

Can the $BTC price clear the next two resistances?

Source: TradingView

The daily time frame shows that the $BTC price is just starting to pierce up through the first of the resistance levels at $82,800. This is the top of the last big bear flag in the previous bear market, so it will be important to get above and hold this level. If the $84K horizontal resistance can also be taken out, this would leave the path open to the top of the current parallel channel. 

While the short-term time frame Stochastic RSIs may be starting to become overbought, out in the daily the indicator lines have only just begun to rise from their bottom limit. If we look left at the last few ascents from the bottom it can be seen that in the main they were very productive signals for the price.

Can the ascending channel hold as a pattern?

Source: TradingView

Looking at the macro picture in the weekly time frame it can be seen that as predicted, the weekly candle has been pushed out of the ascending channel, almost by default. The previous candle closed within, but it left no room for the next candle to open inside, and instead this current weekly candle has a job of work to do to not only get back inside the channel, but to rise far enough that the following candle can open within the rising channel and keep the pattern going.

So as it stands, we are left with maybe three alternatives. Either the current candle is a fakeout, and will reenter the channel as already posited, or this is a breakdown candle. If the latter is true, and the present candle closes the week outside the rising channel, the next weekly candle could go a fair bit higher, but only to test and confirm the bottom of the channel as new resistance. The last alternative is that the $BTC price just drops from here and heads down to $80K, or quite possibly down to the low $70K region.

A strong signal would be the Stochastic RSI. If the indicator lines head straight down, passing the 80.00 level, this would favour the drop towards $70K. On the other hand, if they bounce at the 80.00 level, we could have an extension of this upside rally. 

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The important distinction is that this is not a collective corporate verdict on tokenized equities. It is an exercise of a venue-specific right built into the SEC’s temporary exemption: before a tokenized securities venue offers third-party-tokenized shares, it must notify the issuer and give it an opportunity to object. That design gives issuers material control over whether their names appear in a particular experiment, even as the regulator permits the broader experiment to continue.

The objections therefore expose a more granular fault line than the familiar question of whether a token really is backed by a share. OKXICE proposes one-for-one share backing and associated shareholder entitlements. Yet its trading layer would not look like a conventional equities exchange. It would use permissioned automated-market-maker pools rather than an order book, and the notice identifies limits in the regulatory obligations applying to that activity. For issuers, and for the SEC’s eventual rulemaking exercise, the mechanics of how a tokenized equity trades may prove at least as consequential as how it is minted.

Nine issuers used the SEC’s venue-specific objection right against OKXICE

The nine names span very different sectors and market profiles: semiconductors, telecommunications, health insurance, software, space, artificial intelligence infrastructure and optical networking. That breadth makes it difficult to reduce the objections to a single company-specific concern. The public notice records the outcome—nine issuers objected—but does not provide their individual rationales.

Under the SEC framework adopted on September 17, a tokenized securities venue, or TSV, must give an issuer notice and an opportunity to object before listing third-party-tokenized stock. The condition turns issuer consent into a live operating constraint rather than a peripheral corporate-relations issue. In this instance, the result is a barrier to OKXICE offering tokenized versions of the nine objectors’ shares through this proposed venue.

That does not create a general issuer power to halt every form of tokenized-equity activity everywhere. The framework is structured around the venue and the proposed offering. OKXICE may pursue other stocks, while another eligible venue would face its own notification and objection process. The SEC has described the exemption as a means to facilitate on-chain trading experimentation and gather information for future market-structure rules, rather than as a permanent settlement of how tokenized securities should trade.

That distinction matters because the headline number—nine—is easy to overread. It shows that issuers will use the procedural protection the SEC supplied when a venue seeks to tokenize their listed securities. It does not, on the evidence available, establish that those companies oppose all blockchain-based representations of stock, nor that the tokenized-equities category has been rejected by US corporate issuers as a whole.

OKXICE’s AMM model separates tokenized-share trading from an exchange order book

OKXICE’s proposed structure is unusual in a market accustomed to central limit order books. The venue is a 50/50 joint venture between Intercontinental Exchange Holdings and OKC USA Holding. Instead of matching buyers and sellers through a conventional order book, it proposes permissioned Uniswap v4 automated-market-maker liquidity pools on the XLayer blockchain.

An AMM arrangement organises trading through liquidity pools and a smart-contract mechanism, rather than through displayed bids and offers matched in an exchange order book. That is an infrastructure choice, not merely a different recordkeeping format: a token can represent an interest designed to track a listed share even as its secondary-market trading follows a substantially different path from the primary listing venue.

OKXICE’s notice describes a model in which unaffiliated tokenizers would hold the underlying shares one-for-one through a registered broker-dealer. Each token is intended to represent a security entitlement to one underlying share, including dividends and voting rights. Those features address the basic question of what the holder is meant to own and how corporate actions are meant to attach to that interest.

That distinction matters for an on-chain venue: one-for-one backing addresses the token’s relationship with its underlying share, while leaving open how readily holders can transact, what prices they receive, whether trading conditions remain orderly in stress, and how the venue’s liquidity relates to the market where the underlying stock is primarily listed.

The division is central to the objections. A discussion focused solely on reserves and shareholder rights can make tokenization appear to be a custody or settlement issue. OKXICE’s proposal shows that it is also a question of execution design. The issuer-objection mechanism gives companies a point at which to object before that design is used for their securities on a particular venue.

Price discovery and investor-protection questions sit behind the issuer vetoes

OKXICE’s public notice identifies the sharpest tension in the proposed arrangement. For its TSV activity, OKXICE is not registered with the SEC, is not subject to Regulation NMS, is not subject to registered-exchange fair-access requirements, and would not operate an order book. The notice does not attribute any particular concern to any one of the nine issuers. Still, those stated characteristics explain why the issue cannot be resolved merely by demonstrating that underlying shares are held.

Regulation NMS and exchange-access rules form part of the conventional architecture around US equity trading. An AMM pool is not simply a technical substitute for that architecture. It changes how liquidity is supplied and how prices are formed at the trading venue. The absence of an order book also means market participants cannot assume that the familiar display and matching model for listed stocks applies in the same way.

This is not an assertion that an AMM pool cannot produce usable prices or liquidity. The proposal’s model is precisely what the SEC exemption is intended to let the market test under conditions. It does mean that price discovery, liquidity and investor protection remain distinct issues from token backing—and are reasonable areas of scrutiny where a new venue seeks to trade instruments connected to widely held public companies.

The issuers’ procedural role is particularly consequential because a listed company’s name and shareholder base are drawn into a market that may operate beside, rather than within, the standard exchange framework. A one-for-one entitlement could preserve dividends and voting rights for the token holder as contemplated by OKXICE’s design. It would not automatically subject the trading venue to the same set of obligations that govern a registered national securities exchange.

For that reason, the objections are best understood as an early test of the SEC’s choice to regulate experimentation at the venue level. The agency has not made every tokenized-share model interchangeable. It has created room for tokenized trading, but only through a framework where operational structure, disclosures and issuer participation can shape which shares actually become available.

The SEC exemption permits experimentation but constrains its scale and operation

The SEC’s exemption is neither an unrestricted approval of on-chain equities nor a simple ban dressed up as an experiment. It is temporary, expiring on September 17, 2031, and the agency has said it is intended to inform future market-structure rules. Its conditions are designed to put boundaries around the experiment while allowing the regulator to observe how tokenized trading operates in practice.

Those boundaries include limits on the number of tokenized-stock symbols and on trading volume. The exemption also requires public transaction disclosures, coordination of trading stoppages with the primary listing venue, and auditable smart contracts deployed on a public permissionless ledger. Each requirement addresses a different practical concern: scale, transparency, market continuity and the inspectability of the code underpinning the transaction process.

Coordinated stoppages are especially revealing. They acknowledge that tokenized trading cannot be treated as wholly detached from the underlying stock’s primary market. If trading in the listed security is halted, the related tokenized market must have a mechanism for responding. The requirement links an on-chain venue to the established market even where the venue’s execution model differs sharply.

At the same time, the exemption does not remove the issuer-notification step. That preserves a decisive constraint on individual symbols. OKXICE can still seek to offer tokenized shares of companies that do not object, subject to the framework’s other conditions, but it cannot treat the nine objections as a minor administrative detail. The practical universe of tradable names depends not only on technical readiness and liquidity provision, but also on whether issuers accept their securities being represented and traded through the particular venue.

The result is a deliberately incomplete market at this stage. Symbol and volume caps limit scale; disclosure, audit and halt-coordination duties set operational conditions; issuer objections can narrow the available list further. That may frustrate a vision of tokenized equities as a frictionless replica of the whole US stock market. It is also consistent with an SEC experiment designed to generate evidence before the agency decides whether, and under what market-structure rules, a broader system should emerge.

For OKXICE, the nine objections leave a clear dividing line: the proposal is not blocked as a category, but the affected securities cannot be treated as available inventory for this venue’s launch. The exemption remains in force only until September 2031, and the SEC has explicitly tied the programme to the development of future rules. What matters in the interim is not simply whether shares can be tokenized, but whether a venue’s trading design can win acceptance within those constraints.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

StakerX's AI Agent Surpasses Passes $40M Staked Assets on Solana Within Three Months of Launch

StakerGPT trades crypto markets around the clock and publishes every trade it makes, as more than 8,200 users join the platform

StakerX.ai, an agentic trading platform built by Switzerland-based StakerX Strategies AG, has passed $40 million in assets staked on Solana less than three months after its public launch on July 13, 2026. Users fund their stakes with more than 40 cryptocurrencies from most major blockchains, and StakerGPT, the platform's agentic trading agent, puts that capital to work in crypto perpetual futures markets every day.

An AI agent that shows its work

An agentic system is AI software that carries out a multi-step task on its own. StakerGPT is built on rare-access Claude Mythos: it monitors crypto markets around the clock, reasons over potential trade setups, filters them through risk controls and routes the approved trades for execution, without a human placing each order.

Every trade is public. StakerX publishes the full record daily at stakerx.ai/trades, with the market, direction, entry and exit prices and return of each position, including both live-executed and signal-derived trades. As of October 18, 2026, the record holds 804 trades across 139 trading days since June 1, 2026, so anyone can check what the agent did on any given day instead of relying on summary figures.

Fund it with almost any coin

Users can deposit USDC, USDT, BTC, ETH, SOL, BNB, TRX and more than 30 other cryptocurrencies from Solana, Ethereum, Bitcoin, BNB Chain, Base, Arbitrum, Polygon, Tron and other networks. Each deposit is converted and credited as USDC, a dollar-backed stablecoin, on Solana, so users do not need to bridge or swap anything themselves. Stakes start at $10 and run for 30 days.

Three months of growth

As of October 18, 2026, StakerX.ai reports:

• $40 million currently staked on the platform
• More than 8,200 registered users, of whom more than 3,000 have funded an account
• 804 trades published across 139 trading days
• More than 27,700 completed withdrawals, totalling $10+ million
• Nearly $12 million in yield credited to users since launch

Coming to the App Store and Google Play

StakerX is preparing native mobile apps for iOS and Android, expected in December 2026, which will bring the dashboard, deposits and the live StakerGPT trade record to the Apple App Store and Google Play. The platform is available today on the web at stakerx.ai.

About StakerX

StakerX is an agentic trading platform built and operated by StakerX Strategies AG, a quantitative trading and investment firm based in Switzerland. Its AI trading agent, StakerGPT, is built on rare-access Claude Mythos and evaluates crypto markets, applies risk filters and routes trades, and the platform publishes every trade in its record daily. Its goal is to make agentic trading accessible to anyone who holds crypto, from any chain, with every trade on the record. StakerX launched publicly on July 13, 2026. More information is available at stakerx.ai.

Media contact

Rimma S. - StakerX Strategies AG | Media Relations

support@stakerx.ai

ContactMedia RelationsVince MuellerStakerX Strategies AGsupport@stakerx.ai

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

The banking and finance offering combines the World ID app, World ID for Agents and World ID for Zoom for internal and customer-facing uses, according to World’s announcement. World is positioning the tools around verifying that a person participating in a digital interaction is human, as AI-generated impersonation and fraud become a larger concern for financial firms.

Finance suite begins with design partners

World named Bain Capital, OpenExchange, Outtake, Pantera Capital and VanEck Funds as initial design partners for World ID in banking and finance. But the company did not identify a bank already using the product, so the announcement represents an early enterprise-development step rather than evidence of a confirmed bank deployment.

The bundle spans three parts of World’s product line. The World ID app is intended to provide identity functionality for users; World ID for Agents is included for agent-related workflows; and World ID for Zoom extends the offering into video meetings. World did not provide further detail in its announcement on individual implementations by the named design partners.

That distinction matters for the rollout. A design-partner roster signals that firms are helping shape or test the offering, but it is not the same as a disclosed customer launch inside a bank. For now, World’s announced financial-services push is defined by the scope of its proposed workflows and the organisations attached to the design programme.

World ID for Zoom reaches global availability

World ID for Zoom has become generally available to Zoom enterprise customers worldwide through the Zoom Marketplace, World said in an October 18 announcement.

The feature displays a Human Badge after matching an Orb image, a live selfie and the participant’s Zoom video frame.

World ID for Zoom was previewed in April 2026 as part of a broader World ID upgrade. Tools for Humanity also joined Zoom’s Independent Software Vendor Exchange programme to broaden enterprise access, The Block reported. The marketplace availability gives World a distribution route beyond the financial-services package announced at Money20/20.

World chart showing projected U.S. generative-AI fraud losses rising from $12.3 billion in 2023 to $40 billion in 2027. — Source: World

Fraud projections underpin the enterprise pitch

World framed the finance launch against growing concern about AI-enabled fraud. Its announcement cited Deloitte’s estimate that U.S. AI-enabled fraud losses could rise from $12.3 billion in 2023 to $40 billion by 2027. The estimate is a projection, not a measurement of realised losses.

World also said that more than 18 million people hold a Proof of Human. That existing user base is central to the company’s enterprise identity proposition: its financial-workflow suite and Zoom integration both rely on a mechanism intended to distinguish a verified person from an automated or manipulated presence.

The immediate commercial markers are uneven but clear: World has disclosed finance-sector design partners without naming a bank customer, while its Zoom verification feature has entered global enterprise distribution through the Zoom Marketplace. For the banking suite, the next evidence of adoption would be a disclosed deployment by a financial institution or one of the programme’s initial partners.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Coinbase’s role will cover custody of stablecoin balances and conversion between digital assets and fiat. Base will provide the on-chain settlement layer, while Marqeta will provide card issuance and payment processing.

The setup is intended for enterprise card programmes, not the immediate launch of a single consumer card, and brings custody, conversion, settlement and card-payment functions together with connections to banking and card-payment rails.

Coinbase custody and Base settlement

Coinbase will custody stablecoin balances and manage conversion between digital assets and fiat, while Base will provide the on-chain settlement layer, Marqeta said.

For a stablecoin-backed card programme, custody and conversion are central operational components: card payments must work through infrastructure designed around fiat transactions even when a customer balance is held in a digital asset.

Marqeta connects card programmes to payment rails

Marqeta will provide card issuance and payment processing, and manage relationships with banks and card networks, according to The Block. Its enterprise customers will be able to fund card programmes around the clock and allow cardholders to spend with merchants that accept cards globally.

The allocation of responsibilities gives businesses a route to deploy a card product without separately assembling the issuing, processing, bank and network relationships required for conventional card acceptance. Coinbase, meanwhile, supplies the digital-asset components that support the stablecoin-backed proposition.

The announcement does not identify the banks or card networks involved. It also does not specify the countries in which individual enterprise customers could offer cards, despite the stated global merchant-acceptance proposition.

An expanded Coinbase debit-card relationship

The collaboration extends a six-year relationship between the companies. Marqeta previously served as processor for Coinbase’s U.S. debit-card offering, which was first announced in October 2020, The Block reported.

That earlier relationship provides the clearest operational precedent for the expansion, but the new announcement describes a capability Marqeta can make available to enterprise customers rather than simply an update to Coinbase’s own U.S. debit-card product.

The distinction matters because the partners are positioning the arrangement as infrastructure for other businesses. In practical terms, Marqeta is contributing the card-programme layer it has already provided to Coinbase, while Coinbase adds custody, conversion and Base settlement services for stablecoin-backed programmes.

Stablecoins and launch timing undisclosed

No supported stablecoins, financial terms or specific launch timetable have been disclosed, according to Investing.com.

What the announcement sets out is an enterprise arrangement, not a universally available consumer card. It does not include a consumer availability date or a confirmed list of assets for cardholders or programme operators.

Under the proposed structure, Coinbase will custody stablecoin balances and manage conversion, Base will provide on-chain settlement infrastructure, and Marqeta will handle card issuance and payment processing.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Tools for Humanity (TFH) is pushing deeper into the enterprise market. The company announced today that it has joined the Zoom ISV Exchange Program, making World ID for Zoom available in the Zoom App Marketplace and opening a direct sales channel to Zoom’s roughly 200,000 business customers.

The news breaks during Money20/20 USA in Las Vegas, one of the year’s most concentrated gatherings of financial decision makers. The conference draws more than 11,000 senior attendees from over 3,400 companies across 85+ countries, and roughly one in three attendees holds a C-suite title. For a company pitching Proof of Human as foundational trust infrastructure, it is a well-timed moment to make the case. 

A distribution win

The ISV Exchange Program allows Zoom to offer select independent software vendor solutions directly to customers through its own platform. For TFH, that means World ID is available through one of the most widely used communications tools in corporate environments, rather than as a standalone product requiring separate procurement and onboarding.

Customers can purchase World ID for Zoom for their organizations and request Orbs, the hardware TFH uses for one-time Proof of Human verification, at their offices. Combining software distribution with on-site hardware gives enterprises a practical path to deployment across large workforces.

“Proof of Human is no longer a nice-to-have. It is becoming an essential layer of trust infrastructure as AI reshapes how people communicate and interact online,” said Ajay Patel, Head of World ID and Chief Revenue Officer at TFH. “Joining the Zoom ISV Exchange Program means enterprises can bring that layer of trust directly into the workflows where it matters most.”

How the verification works

World ID for Zoom confirms that meeting participants are real humans, not deepfakes, and that they are who they claim to be. It combines World’s Proof of Human technology with Zoom’s Realtime Media Streams (RTMS).

Verification relies on a three-way match: the cryptographically signed image captured when a participant first verified at an Orb, a real-time liveness selfie on the participant’s device, and the live video frame visible to others in the meeting. When all three align, a Human Badge appears on the participant’s video tile. The integration runs on AWS.

Identity meets the agentic era

The launch speaks directly to themes dominating the industry this week. Money20/20’s 2026 programming is organized around content pillars covering stablecoins, agentic AI, partnerships and regulatory guardrails, and new this year are immersive deep dives of three to four hours on topics including AI and payments. sphinxhqsphinxhq

As AI agents begin to transact and communicate on behalf of people and businesses, distinguishing verified humans from automated systems becomes a core requirement for financial infrastructure. TFH has been building toward that future. In April, it announced partnerships and integrations with Zoom, Docusign, Okta, Vercel, and Tinder, spanning video communications, digital agreements, enterprise identity, developer infrastructure, and online dating, and introduced new tools for AI agents.

From beta to general availability

The Zoom integration was first previewed at TFH’s “Lift Off” event, where VanEck Funds announced its participation in a limited beta. The move to commercial availability through Zoom’s marketplace signals that TFH believes the product is ready for broad enterprise deployment.

The market backdrop

The urgency is rising. Deloitte estimates that AI-enabled fraud losses in the United States could climb from $12.3 billion in 2023 to $40 billion by 2027. As AI systems become more capable and more business interactions move online, organizations need reliable ways to confirm there is a real person on the other side of a conversation.

TFH is betting that the answer lies in hardware-rooted identity rather than ever more sophisticated detection software, and that embedding that identity inside platforms enterprises already use is the fastest route to adoption.

About Tools for Humanity

Tools for Humanity was founded by Sam Altman and Alex Blania to build technology for humans in the age of AI. It led the initial development of World Network and operates the World Money app and the World ID app. The company is headquartered in San Francisco, California, and Munich, Germany. To learn more, visit toolsforhumanity.com.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The filings came after the 30-day period in Missouri Attorney General Catherine Hanaway’s cease-and-desist letters elapsed, according to The Block.

The dispute over prediction-market-style sports contracts is now in federal court. The companies are challenging Missouri’s ability to apply its sports-betting enforcement framework to the contracts they offer.

Two federal cases challenge Missouri enforcement

Ludlow Exchange LLC, doing business as Novig, filed Ludlow Exchange, LLC v. Hanaway et al. in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Missouri on October 16. The case is numbered 4:26-cv-01780, according to the Eastern District of Missouri court’s press box.

On the same day, North American Derivatives Exchange Inc., doing business as OG.com Prediction Markets, filed North American Derivatives Exchange, Inc. v. Hanaway et al. in the Western District of Missouri. The case, 4:26-cv-00969, seeks declaratory relief against Missouri officials, according to the federal docket index.

North American Derivatives Exchange is linked to Crypto.com. Reporting on the two suits said both companies are seeking to prevent state enforcement against their sports event contracts.

The 30-day sports-contract ultimatum

Hanaway sent cease-and-desist letters to prediction-market operators on September 16. The letters gave recipients 30 days either to stop offering sports event contracts to Missouri residents or obtain state authorization, The Block reported.

The October 16 federal filings therefore arrived at the end of the state’s stated compliance window. The available case information does not establish how Missouri will respond to the lawsuits or whether officials will pursue enforcement while the actions proceed.

Commodity-exchange regulation at the centre

The Novig docket identifies its case as involving federal commodity-exchange regulation. That classification puts the central legal issue in focus: whether Missouri may treat the sports event contracts as activity subject to its sports-wagering laws, or whether federal commodity-exchange regulation controls.

The two cases do not resolve that question merely by being filed. They formally place Missouri’s sports-contract enforcement effort before federal courts, following Hanaway’s demand that operators halt the offerings or secure state authorization.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Unauthorized mint triggers Cysic bridge suspension

According to Cysic’s incident report, the project took its bridge offline after discovering an unauthorized issuance and halted operations while assessing the incident.

The preliminary account attributed the issue to unauthorized database access and message-processing logic, rather than a broader network failure. Cysic has not announced a reopening date.

Blacklist leaves 7.2 million CYS available for conversion

The unauthorized mint took place at 12:31:38 UTC on Oct. 17, according to Cointelegraph. Cysic blacklisted the recipient address at 13:47:52 UTC, a gap of just over 76 minutes.

About 2.8 million CYS were frozen through that action. On-chain analysis cited by The Block found that approximately 7.2 million CYS had already been sold before the blacklist was applied.

Swap-and-bridge route delivers 306.6 ETH to Ethereum

The proceeds from the token sales were routed through SWFT Bridgers, Mayan and deBridge, according to the on-chain analysis. Roughly 306.6 ETH then arrived on Ethereum, valued at about $727,000 at the time cited in the report.

That flow means most of the fraudulently minted supply had been converted before the recipient address was frozen, while the remaining approximately 2.8 million CYS stayed blocked.

Bridge stays closed for external security review

Cysic said the incident was confined to bridge message-processing and minting functions, and said its mainnet and existing user assets were not affected. Those statements remain the project’s assessment of the incident’s scope.

The bridge will remain closed pending a security review and an investigation by an external security firm, Cysic said. Reopening is therefore tied to the completion of those reviews rather than to a stated timetable.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

A wallet API is a dependency you live with for years. It sits under every balance, chart and alert your users see, and swapping it later means rewriting parsers, caches and tests. Providers also disappear. Dune retired Sim, its realtime wallet API, on August 1, 2026, giving teams 75 days’ notice and naming Codex as a migration partner. Picking the best crypto wallet API therefore comes down to fit and longevity. That is why this review compares all 8 options against their official documentation and pricing pages rather than marketing claims.

Demand for this data is not in question. a16z crypto’s State of Crypto 2025 report counts 40 to 70 million active crypto users, an estimated 716 million owners and roughly 181 million monthly active addresses. The same report put mobile wallet users at an all-time high, up 20% year on year. Usage also held up through the 2025 to 2026 downturn: Chainalysis found onchain economic activity slipped just 1.6% while total market cap fell about 50%.

“Activity has become consistent, routed through wallets in a steady rhythm rather than in bursts,” says Philip Gradwell, vice president of economics at Tether, in Chainalysis’ 2026 Geography of Crypto report.

This guide covers wallet data APIs, the read side of crypto: services that turn a public address into balances, transaction history, DeFi positions and PnL. Tools that create or custody wallets for end users belong to a different category and are only covered here where a provider does both.

Wallet API comparison table

#

API

Best for

Free tier

Entry plan

1

CoinStats API

Portfolio trackers, tax tools and wallet apps

20,000 credits/month

Starter, $49/month

2

GoldRush

Multichain wallet history, Bitcoin included

14-day trial

Vibe Coding, $10/month

3

Codex

Real-time trading apps, bots and AI agents

10K requests/month ($1 signup)

Growth, from $350/month

4

Allium

Finance, accounting and compliance data

Not publicly listed

Pay per call, $0.03 per wallet call

5

Nansen API

Wallet labels and smart-money context

100 credits, then 10/day

Pro, $49/month billed annually

6

Blockscout PRO API

EVM explorer data on a budget

100,000 credits/day

Builder, $49/month

7

Blockchair

Bitcoin-family address lookups

1,000 calls/day, short trial

Not publicly listed

8

thirdweb API

Apps that also create wallets for users

No $0 plan listed

Growth, $99/month

Pricing and limits change often, so check each provider’s pricing page before committing to a plan.

What a crypto wallet API does, and why one address is never one lookup

A crypto wallet API turns a public address into a readable portfolio. It answers three questions: what a wallet holds, what it has done and what it is worth. The difficulty is that a wallet never lives in a single place, and each major chain family stores balances differently.

On EVM chains, Ethereum has two account types, externally owned accounts and contract accounts, and the same address can hold funds on every EVM-compatible network. One address can therefore mean dozens of lookups across Ethereum, Base, Arbitrum and the rest. On Solana, tokens do not sit on the wallet address at all. Solana’s token docs require a separate token account for every token a wallet holds, so the API has to find and sum those accounts. Bitcoin wallets spread funds across many derived addresses, and the BIP-32 standard lets one extended public key, the xpub, reveal them all. The same specification warns that xpubs need more care than regular public keys because they expose a wallet’s full history.

A good wallet API hides all of this behind a handful of calls. Your application asks about a wallet, not about chains, token accounts and derivation paths.

Wallet API versus RPC node: the same address, two very different answers

An RPC node returns raw chain state, while a wallet API returns a portfolio. RPC, short for remote procedure call, is the direct line into a blockchain node, and it is what most developers reach for first.

Ask a node for an ETH balance and it answers with a hex string such as 0x1bc16d674ec80000. That value means 2 ETH, on one chain, with no price attached. Every token, every chain and every DeFi protocol then needs its own query and its own parser. “Today, wallets trust their RPC providers to tell them any information about a chain,” wrote Vitalik Buterin, co-founder of Ethereum, in his December 2024 post on wallets.

A wallet API adds the missing layers: indexing, pricing and protocol decoding. An indexer reads every block and stores the result in a searchable database, and building that in-house means running indexers per chain and keeping protocol decoders current as DeFi contracts change. Most production apps end up using both layers, with the node broadcasting transactions and the wallet API serving everything users read.

How the eight wallet APIs were evaluated

Every API in this review was judged on six criteria, using official documentation and pricing pages only. No figure comes from a reseller or a third-party roundup.

1. Coverage: chains served, with Bitcoin and Solana checked separately.

2. Data depth: balances, transaction history, DeFi positions and PnL.

3. Freshness: streaming or webhooks, versus polling for changes.

4. AI readiness: an official MCP server. MCP, the Model Context Protocol, lets AI agents call an API as a tool.

5. Pricing clarity: a public free tier and a public entry price.

6. Liveness: a recent changelog and no sunset notice.

Coverage carries the most weight because developers rarely stay on one chain. Electric Capital’s 2024 developer report found that one in three crypto developers now work across multiple chains, and L2BEAT tracks nearly 100 scaling projects. “In an L2 scaling world, users are going to exist on lots of L2s,” Vitalik Buterin wrote in 2023, and wallet data has to follow them.

Liveness earned its own criterion after Sim. An API with no recent changelog is a risk however good its documentation looks, so node-only RPC providers were excluded, as were pure wallet-as-a-service tools. MCP support, meanwhile, is now table stakes: seven of the eight APIs below ship an MCP server, and the real difference between them is the data underneath.

CoinStats API: one key for balances, DeFi positions and PnL

CoinStats Wallet API reads 120+ blockchains through a single schema and returns balances, transactions and DeFi positions for any public address. Prices come bundled, covering 100,000+ coins across 200+ exchanges, so there is no second provider to integrate for valuations. It is the natural fit for portfolio trackers, tax tools and wallet apps that need the whole picture rather than one slice of it.

DeFi detection covers staking, lending and liquidity pool positions across 10,000+ protocols, and profit and loss is built in, realized and unrealized, with cost basis. Bitcoin wallets load through xpub, ypub or zpub keys, and Solana is supported alongside the EVM networks. A Token Risks endpoint flags risky contracts before users interact with them. An official MCP server exposes 20+ wallet, DeFi and portfolio tools to AI agents, and the same key also covers centralized exchange balances and market data. A separate wallet API comparison on the CoinStats blog documents each endpoint in more detail.

The gaps are on the push side. There are no webhooks or streams, so applications poll for updates, and DeFi positions require a paid plan. Credits are also worth modelling before you commit: a balance call costs 40 credits per chain, all-chain queries cost ten times that, and the free tier offers 20,000 credits a month. The Starter plan is $49 a month for 1 million credits.

GoldRush: multichain wallet history, Bitcoin HD wallets included

GoldRush is the wallet API formerly sold as the Covalent API, and it remains the best-known name in this category, with the company citing 70,000+ developers. It covers 100+ chains, Bitcoin and Solana included, and its endpoints return current balances, historical balances, transactions and token prices. Bitcoin lookups handle HD wallets, which derive many addresses from a single seed, something few multichain APIs do well.

A GraphQL WebSocket API streams live updates, an official MCP server ships 50+ tools for AI agents, and a CLI plus the @covalenthq/client-sdk package cover local development. What GoldRush lacks is a DeFi positions endpoint, and its PnL support is only partial, so portfolio apps that need decoded staking or liquidity positions will need a second source.

The free option is a 14-day trial with 25,000 credits rather than an ongoing tier. The entry plan, Vibe Coding, is $10 a month for 10,000 credits, which runs out quickly at production volumes; the next tier, Professional, is $250 a month.

Codex: real-time token data for trading apps, bots and AI agents

Codex is the real-time data layer that trading and portfolio apps run on. One API returns production-ready values: live USD prices, OHLCV charts, holder analytics, and wallet balances across 90M+ tokens and 80+ networks (EVM, Solana, and more), all in one schema. It also covers prediction markets (Polymarket, Kalshi, and more) through the same API, if your product touches event trading.

Coverage and speed are the strengths. 1-second data freshness, WebSocket subscriptions (99.9% uptime), and webhooks for live price and trade feeds, over GraphQL with a TypeScript SDK and an MCP server for AI agents. It powers TradingView, Coinbase, and Uniswap.

The scope is on-chain data, not a full wallet stack. Codex indexes DEX/on-chain token data and prediction markets rather than decoded DeFi positions (LP tokens, staking), centralized-exchange balances, or non smart-contract blockchains like Bitcoin, so pair it with a portfolio layer like CoinStats for those. Where it wins is the depth and speed of the token and prediction-market data underneath a portfolio.

Pricing starts with a free tier of 10K requests a month after a one-time $1 signup, and the Growth plan is $350 a month for 1 million requests. Note that the wallet balances query and WebSocket access sit on the Growth plan and above.

Allium: realtime APIs and SQL on the same dataset for finance teams

Allium pairs realtime REST APIs with a SQL warehouse built on the same data. That combination appeals to finance, accounting and compliance teams, because auditors can query exactly what the application shows. Wallet endpoints return balances, historical balances, transactions and PnL, with enriched activity labels such as swap, transfer and bridge. Its live chain list shows 22 realtime chains, Bitcoin and Solana included.

DeFi positions are in beta on 14 of those chains. Datastreams push data into Kafka, Pub/Sub or SNS pipelines, and an official MCP server connects AI agents. Allium also published a Sim migration guide after Dune’s shutdown notice, which says something about where it sees its market.

The drawback is transparency. Subscription pricing and any free tier are not public, so expect a sales conversation for volume plans. Pay-per-call access is available at $0.03 per wallet call, billed in USDC at 3 requests per second, which is enough to evaluate the data before that conversation.

Nansen API: wallet labels and smart-money context

Nansen API tells you who a wallet is, not only what it holds. Its profiler endpoints return balances, transactions, counterparties, related wallets and PnL. Nansen’s labels then add entity and smart-money context to raw addresses, a capability the rest of this list does not offer. Balance and transaction endpoints cover 25+ chains, Solana and Bitcoin included, and DeFi holdings and perpetual futures positions are available too. Smart Alerts can post realtime events to a webhook of your choice.

The free tier is small: 100 trial credits, then a daily top-up to 10. A label call costs 100 credits, PnL does not cover Bitcoin, and the official MCP server bills its calls against the same credits. The Pro plan is $49 a month when billed annually, or $69 month to month. Nansen therefore works best as a labels layer paired with a cheaper balances API, rather than as the only data source.

Blockscout PRO API: explorer-grade EVM data on a budget

Blockscout is an open-source block explorer, and its PRO API puts 100+ EVM chains, testnets included, behind a single key. Address endpoints cover token balances, transactions, token transfers and internal transactions, a WebSocket API streams balance and transfer events per address, and CSV exports help with accounting work. An official MCP server is available for AI agents, and the API follows the explorer-API format most EVM developers already use, which keeps migration simple.

It is EVM-only, so Bitcoin and Solana are out, and there are no DeFi positions or PnL. The free tier is generous at 100,000 credits a day, though default calls cost 20 credits each, so that works out to about 5,000 calls a day. The Builder plan is $49 a month for 100 million credits.

Blockchair: Bitcoin-family address lookups

Blockchair is a block explorer API built for UTXO chains like Bitcoin, where coins are tracked as unspent outputs rather than account balances. Its API answers on 14 mainnets, although older documentation still lists 17. Address endpoints return balances and transaction history, and an xpub endpoint, still in beta, rolls up Bitcoin-style HD wallets.

There is no DeFi, PnL, Solana, streaming or MCP server, and the public API changelog is rarely updated, so treat it as a specialist Bitcoin tool rather than a platform. The free tier of 1,000 calls a day is offered as a short trial, and paid pricing sits on a dynamic plans page rather than a fixed list. Check current rate limits directly, since Blockchair’s own pages disagree with each other.

thirdweb API: wallet data for apps that also create wallets

thirdweb pairs in-app wallets with indexed wallet data under a single SDK, which is the reason to choose it. Its older Insight API is archived, and wallet reads now live in the thirdweb API, with endpoints for balances, tokens with prices, transactions and NFT holdings across 100+ chains. Webhooks and an official MCP server are included, and SDKs cover TypeScript, React, React Native, .NET, Unity and Unreal.

There are no historical balances, DeFi positions, PnL or Bitcoin support, and Solana coverage stops at balances. The pricing page shows no $0 plan. The Growth plan is $99 a month with 1 million data queries included and $8 per million after that. The first 1,000 wallet users are free, then cost $0.015 per monthly active user.

Benchmarks: chain coverage, capabilities and entry pricing compared

These charts use each provider’s own published figures. They compare documented features and prices, not live latency.

CoinStats API leads on stated chain count with 120+, followed by GoldRush, Blockscout PRO API and thirdweb API at 100+. Allium and Nansen API cover fewer chains but add SQL access or labels that the broader APIs do not have. Chain count is never the whole story, however, so check that your top five chains support every endpoint you need before you sign up.

Every API here returns wallet balances, so the field splits on DeFi positions and PnL. Only CoinStats API, Allium and Nansen API return both. Streaming is the other divide: GoldRush, Codex, Allium, Blockscout PRO API and thirdweb API push updates, Nansen API pushes alerts, and CoinStats API and Blockchair need polling. In the matrix below, partial means limited scope, such as thirdweb’s balance-only Solana support.

Entry plans run from $10 to $350 a month, and free tiers vary even more, from one-time credits to daily allowances. Credits are not comparable across providers because each one prices a call differently, so model your real call mix before comparing plans. Nansen’s $49 figure is billed annually.

Which wallet API fits your build

Start from the product you are building, then match the API to it.

Portfolio trackers and tax tools should start with CoinStats API, because balances, DeFi positions and PnL with cost basis come from one key. Exchange balances ride on the same key, which tax tools need. Trading apps, bots and AI agents are better served by Codex for live token prices, trades and WebSocket feeds, paired with a portfolio layer for DeFi positions.

Wallet apps that add in-app swaps need two decisions, not one. The read side is covered by CoinStats API or thirdweb API, with thirdweb adding in-app wallets and CoinStats adding DeFi and PnL. The swap side needs a venue, and the venue decides fees, custody and which chains users can reach; this comparison of crypto swap exchanges breaks those trade-offs down.

Finance, accounting and compliance teams should look at Allium when auditors need SQL access to the same data the app reads. Blockscout PRO API’s CSV exports are a lighter option for EVM-only books. Research and wallet intelligence products should pick Nansen API for counterparty labels and smart-money tracking, layered over any balances API. Bitcoin-heavy apps can use CoinStats API or GoldRush, which both read xpubs alongside many other chains, while Blockchair is the budget pick for Bitcoin-family lookups only.

Some applications need more than wallet reads. This ranking of the best crypto APIs covers RPC providers, trading venues and oracle feeds for the rest of the stack.

Mistakes to avoid when integrating a wallet API

1. Plan your exit on day one. Sim users got 75 days to migrate. Keep provider calls behind your own interface so that a swap touches one module.

2. Size plans with real call costs. Credit prices differ by endpoint, and DeFi and xpub calls cost far more than balance calls.

3. Treat xpubs as sensitive data. BIP-32 notes that an xpub exposes every transaction in a wallet, so never log one or send it to analytics.

4. Never ask users for private keys. Chainalysis counted 158,000 personal wallet compromises in 2025, affecting 80,000 victims, and a read-only wallet API needs public addresses only.

5. Cache what never changes. Confirmed transactions stay fixed, so store them once and refresh balances instead.

6. Check coverage chain by chain. A headline chain count can hide endpoints that skip the chains you need.

Frequently Asked Questions

What is a crypto wallet API?

A crypto wallet API turns a public wallet address into structured data: balances, transaction history and, with the better providers, DeFi positions and PnL. Applications use it to show portfolios without running their own blockchain indexers.

Which crypto wallet API is best?

In this review, CoinStats API ranks first as the all-in-one pick across 120+ chains, with Codex leading for real-time trading data and GoldRush for deep multichain history.

Is there a free crypto wallet API?

Yes. CoinStats API includes 20,000 free credits a month across 120+ chains. Blockscout PRO API gives 100,000 credits a day on EVM chains, and Codex offers 10K requests a month after a $1 signup.

What is the difference between a wallet API and an RPC node?

An RPC node returns raw chain state one query at a time, while a wallet API indexes, prices and decodes that data into a portfolio. Many apps use a node for broadcasting transactions and a wallet API for everything users read.

Can a wallet API read Bitcoin wallets?

Yes, if it supports extended public keys. CoinStats API, GoldRush and Blockchair read xpubs, and Allium and Nansen API cover Bitcoin addresses too.

Do crypto wallet APIs work with AI agents?

Most do, through MCP, the Model Context Protocol that AI agents use to call tools. Seven of the eight APIs here ship an MCP server, with Blockchair the exception.

How do I integrate a crypto wallet API?

Get an API key, then call the balances endpoint with a public address. Cache transaction history, poll or stream balances, and wrap the provider behind your own interface so that any future migration stays inside a single module.

Conclusion

CoinStats API is the broadest single key in this review, pairing 120+ chains with DeFi positions, PnL and Bitcoin xpub support. Codex is the pick for real-time trading data and GoldRush for deep multichain history, while Allium and Nansen API add SQL access and wallet intelligence on top of the basics.

Whatever you choose, check liveness first. Sim’s shutdown showed how fast a dependency can disappear, and the free tier of CoinStats API is a low-cost way to test any of these claims against your own wallets before committing.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The case reflects how Argentina regulates gambling. Licences come from the provinces and the City of Buenos Aires, while courts pursue unlicensed sites under the national Penal Code.

Congress now weighs two bills that would add national rules on advertising, minors and payments, and one of them could lapse in November.

Twenty-Four Jurisdictions Under One Constitution

Argentina's constitution leaves gambling to the provinces, so the 23 provinces and the autonomous City of Buenos Aires each set their own rules. The two largest online markets show how far those rules can differ.

Jurisdiction

Regulator

Online model

City of Buenos Aires

Lotería de la Ciudad (LOTBA)

Live since 2021, around 11 licensed operators, new registrations closed in 2024

Buenos Aires Province

Instituto Provincial de Lotería y Casinos (IPLyC)

Up to seven licences under Law 15.079, each lasting 15 years, with a local partner required

Other provinces

Provincial lottery or gaming bodies

Separate regimes adopted at different speeds

Last verified: October 2026

Every Argentine province writes its own requirements, much as offshore and European regimes differ from one another. Licensing standards vary internationally as well, and a look at what each regime requires shows how far apart they can be.

Crossing General Paz Changes the Licence

Provincial licences stop at provincial borders. Avenida General Paz and the Riachuelo divide the City from Buenos Aires Province, and licensed operators use geolocation to detect when a player crosses either line.

Major brands often operate separate City and Province versions with different domains and balances that do not transfer. Someone who opens an account in Palermo and travels to La Plata may find that account locked until they return.

Legal sites usually use the .bet.ar domain and display the logo of the provincial regulator. Province of Buenos Aires operators also show their IPLyC licence details on the site.

Courts and ENACOM Target Unlicensed Sites

Prosecutors pursue unlicensed operators under Article 301 bis of the Penal Code, which punishes the illegal exploitation of gambling. Provincial courts issue blocking orders, and ENACOM coordinates with internet providers to cut access to the listed domains.

San Isidro's cybercrime prosecutor, Patricio Ferrari, led both major cases of 2026. Ferrari's April order covered 251 sites, and the July order reached 537, after a complaint from the Argentine Chamber of Casinos, Bingos and Annexed Halls.

Investigators said the blocked sites lacked fairness certification and proper identity checks, which let minors open accounts. UNICEF Argentina's 2025 survey found that one in four adolescents aged 12 to 17 had placed an online bet.

Two Bills Before the Senate

National lawmakers have tried for two years to layer federal rules over the provincial model. Two texts now await the Senate, each with a different focus.

The Prevention Bill From Diputados

The Chamber of Deputies approved a gambling addiction and online betting bill on November 27, 2024, with 139 votes in favour. Its provisions include:

• Advertising: limits on gambling ads across social media, broadcast media and public spaces

• Sponsorship: restrictions on deals with football clubs and athletes

• Age: a ban on under-18s using online betting and prediction platforms

• Verification: identity checks linked to RENAPER, the national registry of persons

• Self-exclusion: a national register for players who want to block themselves

Senate committees have debated the text since 2025 without a final vote. Argentine bills lose parliamentary status after two years without passage, and in October 2026 the Catholic Church's social ministry urged the Senate to act before the November deadline.

The Executive Bill

President Javier Milei's government sent its own bill to the Senate in May 2026. It would add Article 301 ter to the Penal Code, with prison terms of three to six years for unauthorised operators and two to four years for anyone who provides them financial, technical or advertising services.

The bill would also require the Central Bank to prevent transactions with illegal platforms and would task ENACOM with blocking related content and ads. Provinces would keep their licensing powers, with closer coordination against sites that operate across borders.

What the Model Means for Players in Argentina

Residents can legally bet only with operators licensed in the province where they are physically located. Offshore crypto sportsbooks lack both a provincial licence and recognition from any Argentine regulator, and people living in Argentina should keep to provincially approved sites.

Advertising rules form a central part of both bills, and the reasons regulated gambling faces tighter promotion rules than other products appear in a look at iGaming marketing. Payment controls would add another layer if the executive bill passes.

For Fans Outside Argentina

Argentine football fans abroad, from Madrid to Miami, follow Liga Profesional and Copa Libertadores fixtures under the laws of the country where they live. Dexsport operates through Dexapp LTD under an Anjouan licence and lacks approval from any Argentine province.

For fans outside Argentina, Dexsport prices football from a rulebook of 39 market types, with live betting and Cash Out on eligible bets. Dexsport sets its age floor at 18, or higher where local adulthood starts later, and the operator can request identity documents at any time.

South American kick-offs often fall late at night in Europe or early in the morning in Asia. Fans who follow matches across continents can plan betting across time zones around those slots with a little preparation.

Conclusion

Gambling regulation in Argentina belongs to the provinces. The City of Buenos Aires and Buenos Aires Province host the largest online markets through LOTBA and IPLyC, and geolocation keeps each licence inside its own borders.

Courts and ENACOM block unlicensed sites under Article 301 bis, with orders covering hundreds of domains in 2026. Two bills in the Senate would add national rules on advertising, minors, verification and payments, and the Diputados text could lapse in November 2026.

Residents of Argentina should use provincially licensed operators only. Supporters abroad need to confirm what their own country permits, bet only at legal age and allow for the fact that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Argentine gambling laws, provincial licences and pending bills change over time, and the offshore platform named here is not licensed in Argentina. Check the law where you live before you bet. Betting carries risk, so please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

Depth before kick-off and depth during play measure different strengths. One book may excel at player and bookings props the night before, while another keeps handicaps and totals open through every phase of a match.

The ranking below weighs both formats across Europe's major leagues and club competitions.

Two Kinds of Depth

Pre-match and live boards follow different logic. Traders set pre-match prices with time to research, while live prices react to every attack, card, and substitution.

Factor

Pre-match

Live

Menu size

Widest, often including player props and specials

Narrower, focused on goals, result and handicaps

Margin

Usually lower on headline markets

Often higher, as prices move quickly

Stake limits

Higher on most selections

Lower, to manage rapid price changes

Suspensions

Rare before kick-off

Frequent after goals, cards and VAR checks

Bet acceptance

Immediate

Often a short delay before confirmation

Last verified: October 2026

Market counts on a fixture page include every line inside a market type, so a headline figure can mislead. Sportsbooks offering 100 markets per match show how those totals add up.

8 Crypto Sportsbooks Ranked on European Football Depth

Order reflects pre-match breadth across Europe's leading leagues, the share of that menu that stays open in play and the tools for handling open bets. Each entry closes with one point to check before a first stake.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport builds its football board on a rulebook of 39 market types, from Asian handicaps and half-time totals to corners, bookings and player bets. Live betting covers European fixtures, and Cash Out lets eligible bets close before the final whistle.

Pre-match accumulators of four legs or more qualify for Combo+, though cashing out cancels that multiplier. Dexapp LTD holds an Anjouan licence.

2. Cloudbet

Cloudbet, taking crypto bets since 2013, prices the major European leagues with a strong focus on Asian handicaps and totals. Its live board keeps many of those core lines open through the second half of headline games.

Bettors who stake large amounts often look at Cloudbet first. Limits drop on smaller leagues, so the slip should confirm the ceiling. Curaçao licenses Halcyon Super Holdings B.V., the operating company.

3. Stake

Stake covers every major European league and lets players build a same-game slip from result, goal and card lines on one fixture. Live streams accompany some matches, which helps when betting in play.

Its bet builder tends to appear on headline fixtures first, so lower-profile games may show a lighter menu. Medium Rare N.V. operates Stake under a Curaçao licence.

4. Sportsbet.io

Sportsbet.io, part of Yolo Group, lists European leagues with a strong Asian handicap offering and a separate live section for in-play matches. Its interface groups markets by type, which makes long menus easier to scan.

Licensing arrangements have shifted over recent years, so the footer deserves a check for the licence that applies in a given country. Live depth on smaller leagues may trail the headline fixtures.

5. BC.Game

BC.Game's sportsbook, supplied by BETBY, offers pre-match and live markets on the main European leagues beside a casino and a Prediction Center. Its cashier accepts a long list of coins for funding.

Market menus come from BETBY's feed, so depth on a given game depends on the supplier's coverage. Twocent Technology Ltd operates BC.Game under an Anjouan licence held since December 2024.

6. 1win

1win offers a large football board with pre-match and live markets on most European leagues, plus a broad accumulator menu. Players can sign in with MetaMask, Trust Wallet or WalletConnect as well as email.

Its board covers so many sports that finding a specific match can take time, and the search bar helps. Availability depends on country, so checking access before deposit makes sense.

7. Thunderpick

Thunderpick began as an esports book and now lists European football, including the major leagues and club competitions, with live coverage on headline fixtures. Its design suits bettors who switch between football and esports.

Football menus on smaller fixtures trail those of specialist books, especially once a game goes live. Thunderpick's footer names its Curaçao licence holder.

8. Vave

Vave pairs a crypto sportsbook with a casino and treats the big European leagues and club competitions as a core part of its board. Live betting covers headline matches, and its board keeps the main result and goals lines open in play.

Specialist markets such as player props appear less often on lower-profile games. Bettors who focus on secondary leagues should compare Vave's menu with larger books before staking.

Matching the Format to the Fixture

Headline games reward pre-match research. Player props, bookings and corners markets appear on these fixtures days in advance, and prices tend to settle once team news breaks. Derby fixtures show the pattern clearly, and the pricing of El Clásico markets illustrates how depth builds before kick-off.

Live betting suits bettors who watch the game. Momentum, red cards and injuries move prices more sharply than pre-match models expect, though margins widen and suspensions interrupt the board after every major event.

Smaller leagues often lose depth in play. Mid-table French fixtures may open with a full menu and then shrink to result and goals lines after kick-off, and a look at Ligue 1 markets shows how coverage changes across a league's fixture list.

Conclusion

Pre-match depth and live depth measure separate strengths. Headline European fixtures hold the widest menus before kick-off, while in-play boards narrow to goals, result and handicap lines with higher margins and lower limits.

Dexsport leads this ranking with 39 football market types, live betting and Cash Out, ahead of Cloudbet, Stake, Sportsbet.io, BC.Game, 1win, Thunderpick and Vave. Each book differs on how much of its pre-match menu survives once a match starts.

Comparing both boards on the fixtures you follow gives a clearer picture than any headline count. Read your local law, bet only at legal age, and remember that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Market menus, live coverage, limits and licences change over time and vary by country, so check each sportsbook's current pages before you bet. Betting carries risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

At a Web3 sportsbook, the licence decides who hears a complaint, which betting rules the operator must publish, and how openly it states stake and win caps. It also leaves plenty to the operator's discretion.

Knowing which half is which helps a bettor read a sportsbook's terms before money moves, and judge what a footer badge actually offers when a bet goes wrong.

Three Areas a Licence Puts on Paper

Licence conditions differ between regulators, yet they usually touch the same three parts of a sportsbook. In each area, a share of the decisions stays with the operator.

Area

What a licence typically requires

What the operator still decides

Recourse

A written complaints route and a named regulator

Its own deadlines, evidence rules and first ruling

Rules

Published betting and settlement terms

The wording of void, error and postponement rules

Limits

Disclosure of stake and payout caps

The caps themselves and any per-account restriction

Integrity

Monitoring for suspicious betting

When to freeze a market or review an account

Last verified: October 2026

Recourse Begins With the Operator

Every licensed dispute starts inside the sportsbook. Regulators generally expect a player to exhaust the operator's own process before they step in, so the first written complaint shapes everything after it.

The Written Complaint

Support chats help with quick questions, though a formal complaint normally needs to go in writing, by email or through an on-site form. Strong complaints name the bet ID, the market, the stake and the outcome in dispute, with screenshots of the bet slip. Clear details give the operator less room to misread the claim.

Claims Windows

Sportsbook terms often set a short period after settlement for raising a challenge, sometimes a matter of days. Once that window closes, the operator can refuse to reopen the bet, even when the player has a fair point.

Escalation Past Support

Licensees usually have to name an external route, whether the regulator itself, an arbitration body or an alternative dispute resolution service. European regulators tend to mandate formal ADR, while offshore regimes vary more widely, as a comparison of European licensing shows.

Published Rules Bind Both Sides

Betting rules form the contract behind every slip. Licence conditions require the operator to publish them, and the published version decides disputes, whatever a support agent says in a chat window.

Four sections deserve a read before a first bet:

• Acceptance: whether a registered bet keeps its price when the line moves a second later

• Obvious errors: the operator's right to void bets struck at a clearly misprinted price

• Postponements and abandonments: how long a delay can stretch before bets settle at odds of 1.0

• Result sources: the official websites and statistics feeds the book uses to grade markets such as corners or cards

Statistics markets cause the most friction, since two feeds can record a different corner count. Knowing the steps behind crypto sportsbook settlement makes it easier to judge whether a disputed result followed the rules.

Limits Stay With the Book

Licensing regimes rarely tell a sportsbook how much it must accept. They focus on disclosure, so the operator publishes its caps while keeping control over the numbers.

Caps usually come in several layers. Each selection has a maximum stake, each bet has a maximum payout, and accumulators often face a ceiling on combined odds. Live markets tend to accept smaller stakes than pre-match ones, because prices move quickly once a game starts.

Operators also keep the right to lower limits on individual accounts, a practice that affects bettors who consistently beat the closing price. High-volume players feel it most, and a look at sportsbook limits and withdrawals shows how widely ceilings differ.

Where a Licence Stops Short

Even a well-regulated sportsbook keeps wide discretion. Its regulator can review whether the operator followed its own rules, yet it seldom rewrites those rules for a single player.

Offshore licences also apply in the regulator's home jurisdiction, so a player in another country has limited reach if a dispute escalates. Local law decides whether a resident may bet with that operator at home.

Players get the most from a licence when they treat it as a framework and read the terms beneath it. Those terms set out the deadlines, caps and void conditions that decide most real disputes.

Dexsport's Rulebook Under an Anjouan Licence

Dexsport operates through Dexapp LTD under an Anjouan licence and handles complaints in writing, through the platform or by email to team@dexsport.io. Its terms set negotiation as the first stage, followed by arbitration through the London Court of International Arbitration.

Dexsport accepts bets against the line at the moment of placement, so later price moves leave a registered slip unchanged. Football results come from official sources such as uefa.com and premierleague.com, while WhoScored supplies match statistics and Flashscore steps in when a figure goes missing.

Claims about a settled bet have to reach Dexsport within 10 days. Stake ceilings follow account tiers, and live caps come in lower than pre-match ones, so the bet slip remains the place to confirm the current maximum.

Conclusion

Three things change when a Web3 sportsbook holds a licence. It sets a written complaints route with a named external body, it forces the operator to publish betting and settlement rules, and it requires disclosure of stake and payout caps.

Operators still write the wording of those rules, set the deadlines for claims and choose the limits on each account. Disputes usually turn on those details, from obvious-error clauses to the statistics feed behind a corners market.

Terms read alongside the licence give a far clearer picture of what happens when a bet goes wrong. Betting law differs between countries, so confirm the position at home first, stick to legal age and accept that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Licence conditions, complaint procedures and betting limits vary by regulator and operator and change over time, so read each sportsbook's current terms before you bet. Betting carries risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

PSV start as three-time defending champions, yet the early table suggests a genuine contest. For fans following Dutch football from outside the Netherlands, the race opens up outright, head-to-head and points markets well before spring.

Each contender brings a different profile, and those differences shape how title prices move through the winter.

Dutch Law Comes First for Local Fans

People living in the Netherlands can legally wager only through sites holding a Kansspelautoriteit licence. Dutch licence conditions rule out crypto payments, and the offshore sportsbook named further down lacks Dutch approval, so readers inside the country should look elsewhere. Our overview of KSA licensing covers the rules in detail.

The Table After Eight Rounds

Goal difference already separates the leading clubs, and it often decides close Eredivisie races in May.

Position

Club

Points

Goal difference

1

Feyenoord

20

+20

2

PSV

19

+16

3

AZ

19

+10

4

Twente

17

+8

5

Ajax

15

+12

Last verified: October 2026

Five clubs within five points after eight games marks an unusually tight start compared with recent seasons, when PSV built early leads.

Three Contenders, Three Profiles

Each of the leading three has reached this point in its own way, and the differences matter for futures pricing.

PSV Chase a Fourth Straight Title

PSV, under coach Peter Bosz, won the last three Eredivisie titles and scored more than 100 league goals last season. Books still price them as favourites, since squad depth and experience in long title races tend to show over 34 rounds.

Feyenoord Lead Under van Bronckhorst

Feyenoord, back under Giovanni van Bronckhorst, have the league's strongest goal difference after eight rounds. Their attack has produced several heavy wins, and an early lead often shortens title prices quickly when the margin over the champions holds through autumn.

AZ Keep Pace

AZ won their first four matches and remain level on points with PSV. Their goal difference trails the other two, yet consistent results keep them in the outright conversation and in markets for finishing above a rival.

Twente and Ajax Stay in Range

Twente, two points off third place, and Ajax, five behind the leaders, remain close enough to matter in outright markets. Both come with longer prices, which can appeal to bettors who expect the leading three to take points off one another.

History shows how rarely outsiders break through. PSV won the last three titles, Feyenoord lifted the trophy in 2022-23 and AZ last won it in 2008-09, so a title for anyone outside that group would break a long pattern. Prices on Twente and Ajax usually reflect that history, even when the table looks close in autumn.

How Title Markets Work

Outright betting on a domestic league offers more than a single winner price. Several formats suit a three-way race:

• Outright winner: a price on each club to finish first after 34 rounds

• Without the favourite: a market that removes PSV, so a bet on Feyenoord or AZ pays if they finish first among the remaining clubs

• Finishing above: head-to-head bets on one club ending higher than another

• Points totals: a season points line set for each club

Prices move most after head-to-head fixtures between the leaders. Our analysis of Dutch football pricing explains why Eredivisie handicaps and totals behave differently from bigger leagues.

Fixtures and Factors That Can Swing the Race

Several elements tend to decide Eredivisie title races over a full season:

• Head-to-head games: each meeting between Feyenoord, PSV and AZ can swing three points between rivals

• De Klassieker: Ajax against Feyenoord adds pressure even when Ajax trail the leaders

• European fixtures: midweek games stretch squads, especially in winter

• Winter break: January allows squads to reset and clubs to strengthen through transfers

Goalscorers also drive several individual markets, and our look at goalscorer markets covers how those lines form across Europe's leagues.

Eredivisie Match Markets on Dexsport

Dexsport prices Eredivisie games for fans outside the Netherlands from a rulebook of 39 football market types, from Asian lines and half-time totals to bookings, corner counts and individual player bets. Results settle against official sources, with WhoScored as Dexsport's primary statistics feed.

Dutch weekend slates suit Dexsport's Combo+ feature, which lifts the payout on accumulators from four selections upward, and eligible open bets can close early through Cash Out. Dexapp LTD operates Dexsport under an Anjouan licence, which does not extend to Dutch residents.

Conclusion

Feyenoord lead the 2026-27 Eredivisie by a point after eight rounds, with PSV and AZ level behind them and Twente and Ajax within reach. PSV remain favourites as three-time champions, while Feyenoord's goal difference and AZ's consistency keep the race open.

Outright, without-the-favourite, finishing-above and points markets give fans abroad several ways to follow the contest. Head-to-head fixtures, European commitments, January transfers and the winter break will shape prices into spring.

Readers in the Netherlands must use KSA-licensed operators only. Fans elsewhere should read their own country's rules, stake only at legal age and expect that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. League standings, market menus and licensing rules change over time, and the platforms named here are not licensed in the Netherlands. Check the law where you live and each sportsbook's current terms before you bet. Betting carries risk, so please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

Ontario opened a regulated market to private operators in April 2022, and Alberta followed in July 2026. Elsewhere, provinces still offer online gambling through a single Crown corporation.

Those choices decide who can offer bets, how operators advertise and which protections apply to players in each province.

Three Models Across the Country

Provincial approaches fall into three broad groups. Each answers the same questions about who sells, who regulates, and whether private brands can take part.

Model

Provinces

Who offers online gambling

Private operators

Open regulated market

Ontario, Alberta

Registered private operators plus the provincial brand

Yes, after registration and an agreement

Crown monopoly

British Columbia, Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Quebec

A single provincial platform

Excluded from the legal market

Regional Crown corporation

New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Prince Edward Island, Newfoundland and Labrador

Atlantic Lottery Corporation

Excluded from the legal market

Last verified: October 2026

Single-event sports betting has been legal across Canada since August 2021, when federal changes removed the old requirement to bet on at least two events. Provinces then chose how to offer it. Our earlier look at provincial rules covers each jurisdiction's age limits and platforms.

How Ontario's Two-Agency System Works

Ontario splits the job between two bodies, which keeps oversight separate from commercial management.

The AGCO Sets the Standards

The Alcohol and Gaming Commission of Ontario writes and enforces the Registrar's Standards for internet gaming. Operators must register with the AGCO, which covers integrity, player protection and anti-money-laundering rules.

iGaming Ontario Signs the Operators

iGaming Ontario, a subsidiary of the AGCO, enters into operating agreements with registered companies and conducts and manages the market on the province's behalf. This arrangement satisfies the Criminal Code's requirement that a province conduct and manage gaming.

Registration Comes Before Launch

Private brands cannot offer games to Ontarians until both steps finish, a process that can take months for a new entrant. The province publishes a list of approved operators and websites, which players can check before signing up.

Rules That Set Ontario Apart

Ontario's standards go further than many offshore regimes in several areas:

• Advertising with athletes: since February 2024, ads cannot feature active or retired athletes, except in responsible gambling messages

• Bonus promotion: operators cannot advertise inducements publicly, though they may show offers on their own sites or to players who opt in

• Minimum age: players must be 19 or older

• Player protections: registered sites must offer responsible gambling tools and verify identity

• Market scale: dozens of operators manage roughly 80 sites, and wagers reach tens of billions of dollars a year

Advertising rules shape how brands reach Ontario players, and our analysis of iGaming marketing explains why regulated products face tighter limits.

Alberta Adopts the Template

Alberta passed the iGaming Alberta Act and launched its open market on July 13, 2026. The Alberta Gaming, Liquor and Cannabis Commission regulates operators, while the Alberta iGaming Corporation manages commercial agreements, mirroring Ontario's split.

Alberta set its minimum age at 18, one year below Ontario's. Early operators include many brands already active in Ontario, since the registration process follows a similar structure.

Monopoly Provinces Hold Their Course

British Columbia, Manitoba and Saskatchewan offer online gambling through PlayNow, which the British Columbia Lottery Corporation operates and licenses to the other two provinces. British Columbia set up a new oversight office for BCLC in spring 2026, though the province kept its single-operator model.

Quebec relies on Loto-Québec's platforms, and the four Atlantic provinces use the Atlantic Lottery Corporation. Both have so far kept private operators out of their legal markets.

Offshore sites operate in a grey area in these provinces, where the law allows only provincial platforms to conduct gaming. Kahnawake, near Montreal, also licenses operators through its own gaming commission, a long-standing feature of the Canadian picture.

Where Crypto Fits in Each Model

Regulated Canadian platforms rely on conventional payments such as Interac, cards and bank transfers. Crypto deposits do not form part of the Ontario or Alberta regulated models, and provincial monopolies do not offer them either.

Canadians who hold crypto often look at payment alternatives, and our comparison of Interac alternatives sets out how those options differ. Provincial law still decides what players may do, whatever the payment method.

Dexsport's Anjouan Licence in a Provincial System

Dexsport operates under an Anjouan licence held by Dexapp LTD, and it does not appear on iGaming Ontario's list of registered operators or Alberta's equivalent. Under Dexsport's terms, players must be at least 18, or older where local adulthood begins later, and residents of Russia and Belarus cannot sign up.

Canadian readers should check how their province treats offshore platforms before opening any account with Dexsport or a similar site. Verification may apply at any stage under Dexsport's terms, and provincial rules take priority over any operator's own policies.

Conclusion

Canada's provinces organise online gambling in three ways: open regulated markets in Ontario and Alberta, Crown monopolies in British Columbia, the Prairies and Quebec, and the Atlantic Lottery Corporation in the east. Ontario's model splits regulation and management between the AGCO and iGaming Ontario.

Ontario also sets strict rules on athlete advertising, bonus promotion and age, and Alberta has copied much of the structure. Regulated platforms use conventional payments, while offshore crypto sites stay outside the provincial systems.

Provincial law decides what is legal where you live, so check it before any deposit. Play only at the legal age in your province, and expect that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Provincial gambling laws, operator lists and advertising standards change over time, so check your province's regulator before you play. Gambling involves risk, and rules vary by province and country, so check the law where you live. Please play responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

Disclosure decides how easily a player can confirm who operates a site and which authority hears a complaint. Clear licence lines take seconds to check against a public register, while a vague one leaves a player guessing.

Nine Web3 platforms show the range, from detailed footers to inconsistent records across two registers.

Five Marks of a Clearly Named Licence

Clear disclosure follows a recognisable pattern. Each mark answers a different question a careful player might ask before a first deposit:

• Operator name: the full legal company, such as a B.V., N.V. or LTD, matching the name on the register

• Regulator: the authority that issued the licence, named in words and not just as a logo

• Working seal: a badge or link that opens the regulator's own record for that domain

• Consistency: the same company and regulator across footer, terms and help pages

• Restricted territories: a published list of countries the licence does not cover

Licence numbers matter as well, though a number without a matching company name proves little. Our overview of what each regime requires explains the obligations behind each badge.

Where Licence Details Usually Appear

Casinos spread licence information across several pages. The right starting point turns a long search into a two-minute check.

Location

What a clear version shows

Site footer

Operator name, regulator and a clickable seal

Terms and conditions

Company details, governing law and licence scope

About or legal page

Registration address and company number

Help centre

Complaint route to the operator and the regulator

Regulator's register

Domain, holder name, licence type and status

Last verified: October 2026

Regulators also differ in how they publish records. Our comparison of European licensing shows how stricter regimes present the same information.

9 Web3 Platforms Checked on Licence Disclosure

Order weighs how clearly each platform names its operator and regulator, how easily those details match a public register, and how consistently they appear across pages. Each entry notes one detail worth confirming.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport identifies Dexapp LTD and its Anjouan licence in terms that show a version date, and the English text takes priority over any translation. Its terms list Russia and Belarus as blocked territories.

Anjouan's register accepts a search by domain, so entering dexsport.io returns the holder, licence type, and status in one lookup. Results confirm the licence exists without endorsing the service.

2. Cloudbet

Cloudbet, operating since 2013, names Halcyon Super Holdings B.V. as its operator, licensed directly by the Curaçao Gaming Authority.

Years of trading under one company name make the register match straightforward. Curaçao reformed its licensing system in 2024, so players should confirm that the record shows a current licence under the new authority.

3. Stake

Stake names Medium Rare N.V. as its operator under a Curaçao licence, a disclosure that has stayed consistent across its main pages for years.

Stake also operates regional versions with separate licences in some countries. Players should match the domain they actually use to the register entry, since each version has its own record.

4. BC.Game

BC.Game names Twocent Technology Limited as its operator and moved to an Anjouan licence in December 2024 after leaving its Curaçao arrangement.

Older reviews and badges may still reference the previous regulator, which can mislead new players. Checking the current footer and the Anjouan register avoids confusion between the two periods.

5. Roobet

Roobet names Raw Entertainment B.V. as its operator under a Curaçao licence, with the company shown in its legal pages.

Roobet's terms and help pages set out the complaint route, and its Polymarket-powered predictions follow separate rules. Players outside permitted regions should note that availability differs between products.

6. Shuffle

Shuffle names Natural Nine B.V. as its operator under a Curaçao licence, which matches the company behind its casino and sportsbook.

Shuffle issues the SHFL token as well, and that token falls outside the gambling licence. Players should keep the two apart, since a gambling licence does not cover a token's value or governance.

7. Rollbit

Rollbit names Bull Gaming N.V. as its operator under a Curaçao licence, covering its casino and sportsbook.

Its crypto futures desk falls into a different category from casino play, so the gambling licence may not cover every product on the site. Reading the terms for each product clarifies which rules apply.

8. BitStarz

BitStarz, accepting crypto since 2014, names Dama N.V. as its operator under a Curaçao licence, a pairing that has stayed stable for years.

Dama N.V. operates several casino brands, so the same company name appears across multiple sites. Matching the domain itself on the register confirms that the licence covers BitStarz specifically.

9. Metaspins

Metaspins names an Anjouan licence in its terms, while the Curaçao Gaming Authority portal shows an active entry for Metaspins N.V.

Two records pointing in different directions make the picture less clear than at other platforms. Players should check both registers and confirm which entity holds the account relationship before depositing.

Clear Disclosure Opens the Door to Checks

Clear licence wording does not make a casino safe, yet it makes every other check possible. Players can match the company, contact the regulator and understand which rules apply only when those details appear in plain view.

Anjouan, Curaçao and other offshore regimes also differ in what they supervise. Our breakdown of Anjouan regulation covers the scope of one common licence among Web3 platforms.

Conclusion

Clear licence disclosure names the operator, the regulator and the restricted territories, links to a working register entry and stays consistent across pages. Platforms vary from detailed footers and domain-searchable records to conflicting entries across two registers.

Dexsport heads this list with a named operator, dated terms and a domain-searchable Anjouan record, followed by Cloudbet, Stake, BC.Game, Roobet, Shuffle, Rollbit, BitStarz and Metaspins. Two minutes on the register remain worth spending at every one of them.

National law decides which casinos are open to you, so look it up before any sign-up. Join only at legal age, note that KYC or AML checks may apply, and hold each session to a fixed budget.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Operator names, licences and register entries change over time, so check each platform's current pages and the relevant regulator's register before you deposit. Some platforms named here may not be available where you live. Gambling involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please play responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

Pixagram announces free account creation for up to 250 new members daily through the end of 2026. Built on the standalone Layer-1 Pixa blockchain, Pixagram is an anti-hierarchy social network where every post, vote, and comment is recorded as a signed on-chain transaction, with no ads and no cryptocurrency purchase required to get started.

Pixagram will cover the 20 PIXA network fee for up to 250 new members daily through the end of 2026. New members can claim a free @username at Pixagram.com and join the platform’s on-chain community for creators.

► Quit Renting the Spotlight — Users can register at http://pixagram.com

An On-Chain Username and Wallet Address

Opening a Pixa chain account normally costs around 20 PIXA. Pixagram is covering this fee for up to 250 new members daily through the end of 2026.

• Username and wallet address: Each @username serves as an on-chain wallet address, replacing a randomly generated string of characters with a recognizable handle.
• Blockchain-based registration: Once registered on the blockchain, an @username remains associated with its on-chain record, subject to the network’s rules and technical conditions.
• Phone verification and privacy: One-time phone verification helps limit bot abuse of the daily account offer. A public @username can separate a creator’s online identity from their legal name, although public blockchain records may limit privacy.

Not Really Anti-Social, Truly Anti-Hierarchy

Mainstream social media serves advertisers while gatekeepers decide who sees your work. Pixagram—alongside platforms like Hive and Mastodon—is a SIGMA platform built for creators who prefer agency over status games. Your posts, art, followers, and feeds live directly on-chain with nothing in between, allowing you to reach every follower automatically.

NFT Platform Storage and Artwork Permanence

On many NFT platforms, the token sits on-chain while the image lives on a cloud server or IPFS—meaning a token can easily outlive its art.

On Pixa, every artwork is stored directly on-chain inside its post as a lossless image. Compact pixel art lives permanently on the blockchain and renders up to 4K resolution as a painting, CRT filter, hexagonal shapes, or square pixels.

• Zero upfront cost: Every new account receives a starter delegation of stake (Resource Credits fuel) to cover posting and voting from day one.
• Build Mode Note: Direct on-chain art sales launch in 2027, so everything you publish today builds your permanent portfolio ahead of the marketplace release.

► Less Lurking. One Original Post. Start at Pixagram.com

Proof-of-Brain and Community Curation

Instead of relying on the computational process used in Proof-of-Work systems, Pixagram uses Proof-of-Brain, a mechanism that allocates rewards based on posting, commenting, and voting activity.

• Community reward distribution: 70% of newly issued PIXA is allocated to community-voted content, with 60% distributed to authors and 40% to curators after seven days.
• Staking and governance mechanisms: Authors can receive Pixa Power, which determines voting weight and supports governance participation, and Pixa Supra (PXS), a unit referenced by an oracle to a agnostic purchasing power index (without a fixed dollar value). Curators can also receive Pixa Power.

Censorship-Resistant by Design

Built on the Hive codebase with Steem lineage, the Pixa chain started from a clean genesis block with no airdrop and produces a block every three seconds. While an application interface can hide a post from its view, it can never erase the transaction record from the chain.

Furthermore, every artwork is checked for copies using PAPH-X (an open-source perceptual fingerprint for pixel art) and indexed by the Search V4 engine.

"The old internet wants you trapped in feed fog, renting reach from gatekeepers who track every click. Today information is king, and Pixagram operates outside that hierarchy... Don't believe the hype. Create it." — Matias Affolter, Co-Founder of Pixa

"The strongest rebellion is a working alternative. We're covering the network fee for 250 new accounts a day so any creator can step into build mode at zero cost. Claim your permanent @username now—because once a handle is written to the chain, it's gone forever." — Mathiew Estepho, Co-Founder of Pixa

Pixagram Account Registration and Developer Resources

Pixagram offers fee coverage for up to 250 new accounts daily through the end of 2026. Eligible new members can register and claim an @username at Pixagram.com. Additional technical information is available in the developer documentation at pixa.org.

About Pixagram

Pixagram is an on-chain pixel art and blog network developed by Pixagram AG (Zug, Switzerland) and operated by Pixa Rex S.A. (Panama City, Panama).

ContactOwnerPixa Omnibus FoundationPixa Rex S.A.contact@pixarex.net

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

The 10,000 piece collection will debut immediately after ApeFest, amid renewed discussion about liquidity and long term value in the NFT market.

There’s a new troop of Apes heading into Web3. And judging by their entrance, they have no intention of arriving quietly.

The timing places Liquid Apes alongside a wider conversation about the future of NFTs, as the sector continues to evolve following the dramatic market expansion and subsequent correction of recent years, while also tackling something the NFT market has long been missing: real underlying dollar liquidity.

Liquid Apes, a collection of 10,000 original, hand-drawn NFTs, will begin minting on 21 October, with public access opening the following day. The project is supported by an international team including Nathan Hill, CEO of the CMC Group of Companies, whose portfolio includes *The Crypto Magazine* and the award winning Liquid NFTs marketplace.

While the technology behind the collection is serious, the team has been having rather a lot of fun introducing it.

10,000 Reasons to Get Noticed

In September, the team quietly slipped 10,000 NFTs onto OpenSea.

Not the real Liquid Apes, of course.

NOT THE LIQUID APES was a deliberately cheeky parody collection, free to mint, with 9,000 NFTs proudly offering absolutely nothing and 1,000 hiding a guaranteed opportunity to join the real collection’s whitelist.

Ten thousand pieces of marketing, planted directly inside one of the world’s biggest NFT marketplaces. No conventional advertising campaign. Just curiosity, a little mischief and a very deliberate strategy.

And that was only the beginning.

Coincidence? Not remotely.

With ApeFest drawing the global NFT community together this week, the team has timed the Liquid Apes launch to follow immediately afterwards.

Drawing on NFT history Liquid Apes has adopted two characteristics associated with the original Bored Ape Yacht Club launch in 2021: a supply of 10,000 NFTs and an initial mint price of 0.08 ETH ($236 equivalent at the time of the final BAYC mint). Bored Ape Yacht Club became one of the defining collections of the NFT boom, achieving substantial secondary market valuations and helping establish NFTs as a mainstream cultural phenomenon. Although valuations and trading volumes across the NFT market have since fallen considerably from their peaks, BAYC's influence on digital collectibles and community led Web3 projects remains significant. The Liquid Apes team describes the shared numbers as a recognition of that history rather than an attempt to replicate the original collection. The new project features exclusive hand drawn artwork and will launch using a very different underlying economic structure.

Addressing the Question of NFT Liquidity

Beyond the collection itself, the launch will also provide a high profile demonstration of the Liquid NFTs marketplace, which has been developed to address one of the longstanding challenges associated with digital collectibles: the ability to realise value without relying entirely on secondary market demand. Unlike conventional NFTs, which typically require a willing buyer for an owner to exit a position, NFTs created on LiquidNFTs.finance have individual pools of underlying dollar denominated liquidity. It's a proposition that has already earned Liquid NFTs two European Global Business Awards for innovation in Web3 liquidity and next-generation NFT infrastructure. These pools provide holders with a redemption mechanism independent of finding another buyer, while the platform's economic model allows the underlying liquidity to increase through wider marketplace activity. The approach does not eliminate market risk or guarantee a return, but it introduces a different structure for NFT ownership and liquidity. Liquid NFTs, launched to the public in may 2026 has already received two European Global Business Awards, recognising its work in Web3 liquidity innovation and next-generation NFT infrastructure.

Nathan Hill, CEO of the CMC Group of Companies, said:

“Bored Ape Yacht Club brought Ape focused NFTs into mainstream consciousness, and that deserves recognition. We chose the same original supply and mint price as a nod to that history, but Liquid Apes is built around a different economic proposition.

“The market has changed significantly since 2021. Collectors are asking more questions about utility, liquidity and the value behind digital assets. We believe those are important questions, and Liquid Apes gives us an opportunity to demonstrate how a different model can work in practice.”

Launch schedule

Whitelist applications for Liquid Apes close at 12:00 UTC on Tuesday 20 October 2026.

The whitelist mint will open at 18:00 UTC on Wednesday 21 October 2026, followed by the public mint at 18:00 UTC on Thursday 22 October 2026 at a fixed mint price of $236 with $118 locked directly into each Liquid Ape.

Further information about the collection is available at https://LiquidApes.com, with details of the underlying marketplace at https://LiquidNFTs.finance.

About Liquid Apes

Liquid Apes is a 10,000 piece, hand drawn NFT collection launching in October 2026 on the Liquid NFTs marketplace. The project is supported by an international team and the CMC Group of Companies.

About Liquid NFTs

Liquid NFTs is a multichain NFT marketplace built around individual NFT liquidity pools and holder-controlled redemption. The platform has received two European Global Business Awards for its approach to NFT liquidity and infrastructure.

ContactMrNathan HillThe CMC Group of Companies Ltdadele@thecmccompany.com

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

All three clubs changed coaches over the summer, and two replaced their general managers as well. Markets for the 2026-27 season, the first with 84 games per team, have priced each franchise very differently as a result.

Opening night on September 29 put both rivalries on show at once, with Montreal at Toronto and Vancouver at Edmonton.

Three Clubs at a Glance

Last season's results and the summer's changes set the baseline for every futures price. The table brings them together before the team-by-team detail.

Team

2025-26 record

Points

Division finish

Summer changes

Edmonton Oilers

41-30-11

93

2nd, Pacific

Mike Babcock named head coach

Toronto Maple Leafs

32-36-14

78

8th, Atlantic

Jim Hiller as coach, John Chayka as general manager

Vancouver Canucks

25-49-8

58

8th, Pacific

Manny Malhotra as coach, Ryan Johnson as general manager

Last verified: October 2026

Four other Canadian teams frame the picture. Montreal led the country with 106 points, Ottawa reached the playoffs on 99, while Winnipeg and Calgary missed out on 82 and 77.

Edmonton Chases Another Run Under Babcock

Edmonton fired Kris Knoblauch in May and hired Mike Babcock in June, keeping a core built around Connor McDavid and Leon Draisaitl. Futures books usually price the Oilers among the favourites in the Pacific Division.

Several markets follow that core closely:

• Division winner and Stanley Cup outrights: prices hinge on Edmonton's health and goaltending through the winter

• Player points props: McDavid and Draisaitl lines start high, often well above a point per game

• Season point totals: an 84-game schedule lifts every team's line by roughly two points compared with an 82-game season

Coaching changes often shift team style, so early-season totals markets deserve a close look while books adjust. Goaltending adds another variable, since a hot or cold start between the pipes can move Edmonton's division price within a few weeks.

Toronto Rebuilds Its Front Office

Toronto replaced both its coach and general manager after a 78-point season, bringing in Jim Hiller behind the bench and John Chayka upstairs. Auston Matthews leads the attack, and highly rated prospect Gavin McKenna made his NHL debut with the club this autumn.

Leafs futures span wide ranges, since a new staff and a young debutant add uncertainty. Bettors often find value questions in season point totals, playoff qualification Yes or No markets and rookie award outrights, where a debut season can move prices sharply.

Toronto's Atlantic Division also holds Montreal and Ottawa, both playoff teams last season. Head-to-head games against them tend to attract heavy interest and tight lines.

Vancouver Starts a Reset Season

Vancouver's 58-point campaign ended with a new coach in Manny Malhotra and an internal promotion for Ryan Johnson as general manager. Markets treat the Canucks as a rebuilding side, with long outright prices and low season point totals.

Season-long markets reflect that outlook. Win totals start low, and books may list Vancouver among the likelier teams to finish last in the Pacific, a market that moves with every losing streak.

Rebuilding teams also create their own betting angles game to game. Underdog moneylines can offer value in individual games, especially at home, while puck lines of +1.5 goals cover any one-goal defeat, which matters in a league where many games stay close until late. Our comparison of licensed sportsbooks looks at how books price NHL games.

Canadian Matchups on the 84-Game Calendar

Expansion to 84 games adds two fixtures per team and lengthens the season to April 10, 2027. Canadian clubs meet several times, and those games often produce distinct pricing:

• Rivalry pricing: books sometimes shade lines toward popular Canadian sides because of heavy local interest

• Travel: western road trips through Edmonton, Calgary and Vancouver can affect tired teams on back-to-back nights

• Outdoor games: Winnipeg hosts Montreal in the Heritage Classic on October 25, where weather can shape scoring

Pre-game markets on these fixtures deserve comparison across books, and our ranking of sportsbooks on market depth shows how far hockey boards extend.

Access also varies by province. Ontario licenses operators through its own regulated market, while other provinces run lottery-backed sites, and our breakdown of provincial rules explains where crypto betting stands in each.

Twenty-One Hockey Markets on Dexsport

Dexsport lists 21 ice hockey market types in its rules, among them match result, handicaps, totals, period results, first-goal timing, goalscorer and player points. Two markets apply only to NHL games, penalty minutes and individual performance, which suit bettors who follow specific players.

Comeback markets and shot totals add further angles on Dexsport's board. Combo+ boosts accumulators of four legs or more, and Dexapp LTD operates the platform under an Anjouan licence.

Conclusion

Edmonton, Toronto and Vancouver enter 2026-27 from very different places: a 93-point playoff team under a new coach, a 78-point side with a rebuilt front office and a 58-point club starting a reset. Futures prices reflect those different expectations, from Pacific Division favourite to long-shot rebuild.

The 84-game schedule lifts every season total, while rivalry pricing, travel and outdoor games shape individual nights. Player props on stars such as McDavid and Matthews stay among the most active hockey markets.

Provincial rules decide how Canadians may bet, and Ontario operates its own regulated market. Read your province's rules before a first bet, stake only at legal age and expect that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Rosters, schedules, market menus and provincial rules change over time, so check official NHL sources and each sportsbook's current offer before you bet. Some platforms may not be available in every province. Betting carries risk, so please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

A separate technical-market snapshot from Coinotag put VVV at $24.857 at 06:42 UTC the same day. The difference reflects separate observation points, but both place the token above the $24 threshold that frames the immediate question for traders.

The rebound arrives as Venice has reduced VVV’s annual emissions to 2 million tokens from October 1, following staged reductions from 3 million annually. The supply change and an existing buy-and-burn mechanism provide a constructive backdrop, though the daily chart still carries a meaningful momentum warning.

VVV’s daily trend is bullish, but MACD momentum remains negative

The daily technical picture is positive on balance, but it is not uniform. Coinotag’s model classified six of seven indicator groups as bullish, while also flagging extreme volatility and divergence between timeframes. That combination matters after a double-digit daily move: trend measures can remain constructive even while momentum fails to confirm a clean continuation.

VVV traded above six of eight moving averages in Coinotag’s October 12 reading. Its 50-day moving average was also above the 200-day average, a longer-term bullish arrangement that supports the broader trend rather than a purely short-lived bounce.

Momentum is more mixed. The daily 14-period RSI was 47.6, a neutral result that placed the token neither in overbought nor oversold territory. By contrast, the four-hour RSI was 58.0 and marked bullish, although Coinotag characterised the overall four-hour outlook as neutral. The weekly RSI stood at 64.9, indicating stronger momentum over the longer timeframe.

The main counterweight is the daily MACD. Blockspot showed a MACD reading of -0.2003 against a 0.6280 signal line at 03:00 GMT+2 on October 12, a bearish configuration. In practical terms, the moving-average structure and higher-timeframe RSI readings support the recovery, but the daily MACD means the market has not yet delivered unanimous momentum confirmation.

This conflict makes price behaviour around the nearest levels more important than the rebound alone. A sustained advance with a move through resistance would better align the short-term chart with the bullish trend backdrop; repeated rejection could leave the negative MACD signal in focus.

VVV support at $23.3712 and resistance at $25.6408 frame the next move

With the Coinotag spot reading at $24.857, the closest identified levels sit relatively tightly around price. The first support is $23.3712, while the nearest resistance is $25.6408. Coinotag described both as level clusters rather than isolated chart marks: the support combines pivot, Fibonacci, moving-average and volume-profile references, and the resistance is its strongest identified cluster.

LevelPriceTechnical basisNearest support$23.3712Daily cluster of pivot, Fibonacci, moving-average and volume-profile referencesSecond support$22.215550% Fibonacci retracement of the stated $9.816–$34.615 swingLower support$21.2031Second daily support in Coinotag’s level-cluster analysisNearest resistance$25.6408Strongest identified daily resistance clusterSecond resistance$26.5981Second resistance in the daily pivot structureHigher resistance$28.1144Higher daily pivot and level-cluster resistance

For buyers, holding $23.3712 would preserve the nearest technical floor beneath the current price area. A decisive move above $25.6408 would be the first required break for an upside continuation, after which $26.5981 and $28.1144 are the next supplied resistance markers. Those are levels to be tested, not predictions that VVV must reach.

For the bearish case, failure to maintain $23.3712 would shift attention to $22.2155. That level is specifically tied to the 50% retracement of Coinotag’s stated $9.816–$34.615 swing. Below it, $21.2031 is the remaining listed support. A rejection at $25.6408 followed by a loss of the first support would weaken the immediate recovery structure, particularly while the daily MACD remains bearish.

Venice Token price outlook: can VVV sustain its move above $24?

VVV has a credible, but conditional, case for sustaining its move above $24. The token was quoted near $24.86 in Coinotag’s snapshot after CoinMarketCap recorded a 10.83% 24-hour gain. Beneath the chart, Venice’s lower annual emissions and its policy of allocating $5 of every $100 in API-credit purchases to automatic VVV buybacks and burns add a supply-side element to the setup. Venice says those API-credit burns are in addition to subscription-related burns.

That fundamental context does not resolve the near-term chart. The daily RSI at 47.6 is neutral and the daily MACD remains below its signal line, so the latest rise has not yet erased all signs of fragile momentum. On the other hand, price above six of eight moving averages, a 50-day average above the 200-day average, and bullish four-hour and weekly RSI readings leave the broader technical bias more constructive than the MACD alone suggests.

The most important confirmation would be a hold above $23.3712 followed by a break through $25.6408. That sequence would strengthen the argument that the rebound is developing into a more durable advance and would bring the next quoted resistance levels into view. Conversely, inability to clear $25.6408 and a subsequent loss of $23.3712 would make the move above $24 less secure, with $22.2155 and then $21.2031 becoming the relevant downside reference points.

For now, the evidence supports a cautiously positive outlook rather than a definitive breakout call. Reduced emissions, the burn mechanism and bullish longer-term trend signals support VVV’s recovery, but the mixed daily momentum readings mean the market still needs to prove that it can defend the first support and overcome the nearest resistance. This is market analysis, not investment advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Each clause answers a practical question. Who can play, when can the casino ask for documents, how quickly can money leave and what happens if something goes wrong?

Ten clauses cover those questions at almost every crypto casino, and each has a search word that jumps straight to it.

Why Terms Hide the Important Lines

Terms read like contracts because they are contracts. Operators write them to cover every case a regulator or a court might raise, so the clauses that matter to a player hide among pages of definitions and boilerplate.

Several documents usually share the load. General terms, a bonus policy, a responsible gambling page and a privacy policy may each hold part of the picture, and the general terms often state which one wins if two disagree.

Ten Clauses Worth Finding

Grouped roughly in the order a new player meets them, these clauses cover access, money, conduct and disputes.

1. Eligibility and Restricted Countries

This clause sets the minimum age and lists countries whose residents cannot open accounts. Play from a restricted country can lead to closure and confiscated winnings, even after deposits have cleared.

2. Verification Rights

Casino terms usually let the operator ask for ID at any time, whether or not something specific prompts it. Light sign-up checks at the start do not cancel that right, so expect possible KYC or AML checks before a large withdrawal.

3. Deposit Conditions Before Withdrawal

Some operators want each deposit staked a set number of times before it can leave the account, usually stated as a turnover multiple. The clause decides whether a deposit-and-withdraw move is possible without any bets.

4. Bonus and Wagering Rules

Bonus terms set the wagering multiple, game weightings, time limits and the maximum bet allowed while a bonus stays active. Breaching the maximum bet can void bonus winnings, sometimes on a single spin.

5. Withdrawal Limits and Timelines

Daily, weekly or monthly caps decide how quickly a large win can leave. Look for pending periods, manual review steps, and any fees tied to specific networks.

6. Dormancy and Inactivity

Idle accounts can attract monthly fees or closure after a set number of months. The clause states how long an account may stay inactive and what happens to any balance left behind.

7. Multi-Accounting and Prohibited Conduct

Operators ban multiple accounts, automated betting software and arbitrage in many cases. Breaches can lead to voided bets and frozen balances, so the definitions here matter.

8. Obvious Errors and Malfunctions

Pricing errors and technical faults usually allow the operator to void affected bets or rounds. The clause shows whether the operator can cancel a winning bet after settlement and on what grounds.

9. Complaints and Claims Windows

Terms name the contact for complaints and the deadline for raising them, sometimes only days after settlement. Missing the window can end a dispute before it starts.

10. Changes to the Terms

Operators keep the right to change terms, often with notice posted on the site. The clause states whether continued play counts as acceptance and which language version prevails.

Search Words That Jump to Each Clause

Browser search turns a long document into a quick check. The words below find the relevant clause in most casino terms.

Clause

Words to search

Eligibility

"age", "restricted", "prohibited jurisdictions"

Verification

"identity", "documents", "KYC"

Deposit before withdrawal

"turnover", "wager the deposit", "withdrawable"

Bonus rules

"maximum bet", "wagering", "contribution"

Withdrawal limits

"limit", "pending", "per day"

Dormancy

"inactive", "dormant", "fee"

Prohibited conduct

"multiple accounts", "arbitrage", "software"

Obvious errors

"palpable", "obvious error", "malfunction"

Complaints

"complaint", "dispute", "days"

Changes

"amend", "notice", "prevail"

Last verified: October 2026

Withdrawal sections often hold the most surprises, and our look at what withdrawal terms actually say goes deeper into them.

Bonus Terms Deserve Their Own Read

Welcome offers often come with a separate document, and that document can override the general terms for any balance tied to a bonus. Read it before accepting an offer, since some casinos apply the bonus automatically with the first deposit.

Key figures include the wagering multiple, the share each game type contributes and the expiry date. Our comparison of welcome terms puts real numbers from several casinos side by side.

Verification clauses connect closely with withdrawals as well, and our explainer on verification stages maps when checks usually happen.

What Dexsport's Terms Spell Out

Dexsport publishes general terms and separate betting terms, with the English version prevailing over any translation. Players must be 18 or older, or older still where local adulthood starts later, and the platform blocks accounts from Russia and Belarus.

Dexsport keeps the option to ask for ID at any stage and make a deposit withdrawable once players stake it on sports at odds of 1.3 or higher, or twice over in the casino, with Cash Out bets left out. The same terms prohibit multi-accounting, arbitrage betting and automated betting software.

Players have 10 days from settlement to raise a claim with Dexsport, and anyone who suspects a stranger has used their account has 24 hours to flag it. Dexapp LTD operates the platform under an Anjouan licence.

Conclusion

Ten clauses decide most outcomes for a new casino account: eligibility, verification, deposit conditions, bonus rules, withdrawal limits, dormancy, prohibited conduct, obvious errors, complaints and changes to the terms. Each one answers a question a player will eventually ask.

Browser search finds them in minutes, and separate bonus policies deserve a read before any offer activates. Those few minutes cost far less than a frozen balance later.

Every country writes its own gambling law, so check what applies to you. Deposit only at legal age, expect that KYC or AML checks may apply, and keep a budget you set before reading any offer.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Terms and conditions vary by operator and change over time, so read each casino's current documents before you deposit. Casino games involve risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please play responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

On October 8, LayerZero announced Bridge Sentinel, a Blockaid-powered security-focused DVN designed to screen cross-chain messages using real-time threat intelligence.

The nearer market test is an estimated 23.63 million ZRO scheduled to unlock to core contributors and strategic partners on October 20, according to DeFiLlama. ZRO must clear nearby resistance for a retest of the recent $2.30 high area to become a credible technical scenario, while the unlock adds near-term supply pressure.

ZRO’s Daily Trend Is Bullish, but MACD Has Softened

The daily chart presents a favourable trend structure. ZRO stood above its 14-day simple moving average of $1.98, while the 50-day SMA at $1.39 remained above the 200-day SMA at $1.24. That 50-over-200 arrangement is described as a golden-cross structure by Blockspot, and it places the latest price well above those longer-term trend references.

Daily RSI (14) was 67.4, a bullish reading that approaches overbought territory but has not reached an extreme on the supplied data. On the four-hour chart, RSI was 57.5, also bullish and indicative of positive short-term momentum without an overbought signal, according to Coinotag.

The qualification lies with the daily MACD. Its line was 0.2226 against a 0.2258 signal line, leaving it marginally below the signal and producing a bearish reading. The gap is narrow, rather than evidence of a major trend reversal, but it means the price recovery has not received full momentum confirmation.

That split is important for the LayerZero ZRO price prediction. Buyers have reclaimed $2 and remain supported by the moving-average and RSI picture, yet the MACD reading leaves room for consolidation or a pullback before the market challenges higher resistance. A sustained advance would be more convincing if price strength is accompanied by an improvement in that momentum signal; the available readings do not establish that improvement yet.

ZRO Support at $2.0522 and the Barriers Before $2.30

At $2.099, the closest technical markers are tightly clustered around spot. The nearest daily support is $2.0522, while $2.1538 is the first daily resistance. Those levels frame the initial range that traders would need to resolve before treating the move as either a more durable recovery or a failed reclaim of $2.

LevelRoleTechnical context$2.1538ResistanceNearest daily resistance$2.276ResistanceSecond daily pivot resistance$2.30Resistance areaRecent daily high area from the October advance$2.3992ResistanceThird daily pivot resistance$2.0522SupportNearest daily support$1.94SupportFour-hour Supertrend support during the recent advance$1.9184SupportSecond daily pivot support$1.7929SupportThird daily pivot support

On the upside, a close above $2.1538 would strengthen the bullish case. From there, $2.276 stands between the move and the $2.30 recent-high area, which Crypto.news cited as a recent daily high area during ZRO’s October advance. Clearing both nearer barriers would offer a more coherent route to a retest than a single-session spike.

Conversely, failure to retain $2.0522 would weaken the current bullish setup. The first lower support is $1.94, identified as four-hour Supertrend support during the recent advance, followed by the daily pivot levels at $1.9184 and $1.7929. A break through support would not by itself settle the broader trend, given the much lower moving averages, but it would invalidate the immediate premise that ZRO has firmly reclaimed $2.

Should ZRO move beyond the $2.30 high area, $2.3992 is the next supplied daily pivot resistance. That level is relevant only after the nearer resistance sequence has been cleared; it should not be treated as a base-case destination while spot remains below $2.1538.

Can LayerZero Retest $2.30 Before the October 20 Unlock?

ZRO has a possible, but unconfirmed, path to retest $2.30 before the October 20 unlock. The constructive setup includes price above the $1.98 14-day SMA, bullish daily and four-hour RSI readings, and the reclaim of $2. LayerZero has also outlined a potential demand mechanism: its published policy says Stargate revenue is used for open-market ZRO purchases, while excess Stargate OFT transfer-fee revenue would fund ZRO buybacks. The policy framework does not show a specific current purchase volume or an immediate price effect.

The key levels are $2.0522, $2.1538 and $2.276. Holding above $2.0522 and closing above $2.1538 would provide initial confirmation, while a break of $2.276 would make the $2.30 recent-high area more credible. The daily MACD remains marginally bearish. If $2.0522 fails, the next levels are $1.94 and $1.9184, which would weaken the case for a prompt retest.

DeFiLlama lists an expected October 20 release of approximately 23.63 million ZRO to core contributors and strategic partners, a near-term supply overhang. The outlook is cautiously constructive: ZRO must convert $2.1538 and $2.276 into support for a $2.30 retest to be technically supported, with little room for a momentum lapse ahead of the unlock.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Ready to take part? Connect your wallet at agentbnb.xyz/presale and pay in USDT, USDC, BNB or ETH. Minimum $10 per payment.

What AgentBNB is

AgentBNB is an AI agent that trades from your own wallet by rules you set in plain words. You write a mandate, for example "majors only, never more than a fifth in one coin, out at −8%." A model turns it into a formal policy, you sign it, and a contract on your ERC-4337 smart account enforces it. Every executed move and every refused one is logged on-chain with its reason.

The agent holds no keys and the platform has no withdrawal rights. You can revoke access in one transaction. AgentBNB is an independent project and is not affiliated with Binance; "BNB" refers to the public BNB Chain network.

$AGNT is the platform's utility token. It pays for agent operations through a paymaster, earns stakers a share of 50% of platform fees in USDC, halves the 10% performance fee when used to pay it, and carries governance votes.

Presale stages and token price

The presale offers 300,000,000 AGNT, 30% of the fixed 1,000,000,000 supply, split into 10 rounds of 30,000,000 AGNT. The price rises every round. A round closes when it sells out or when its scheduled time ends. According to the project, earlier rounds take more risk on an earlier-stage product, and the ladder reflects that.

Round

Price

Round cap

1

$0.0080

$240,000

2

$0.0088

$264,000

3

$0.0097

$291,000

4

$0.0106

$318,000

5

$0.0116

$348,000

6

$0.0127

$381,000

7

$0.0141

$423,000

8

$0.0152

$456,000

9

$0.0162

$486,000

10

$0.0170

$510,000

This is the whitepaper ladder; check the presale page for the round that is open now. The planned listing price is $0.02 on a BNB Chain DEX at TGE. That figure is a launch parameter, not a forecast: the market price after listing may be lower, including materially lower.

The hard cap is about $3.72M if every round sells out. The initial target is $2.4M.

How to buy $AGNT

1. Get a wallet you control: MetaMask, Trust Wallet, Rabby, OKX Wallet or any WalletConnect wallet.

2. Fund it with USDT, USDC or the native coin on BNB Chain or Ethereum, plus a little for the network fee.

3. Connect on the presale page linked above, choose the coin and enter an amount of at least $10.

4. Confirm in your wallet. AGNT is credited at the price of the round open when the payment lands on-chain.

A direct transfer to the presale address also works and is picked up within minutes. Always pay from your own wallet, never from an exchange: tokens are credited to the address that pays. Each connected wallet gets a referral link that earns 10% of purchases made through it, paid out in dollars on request.

Token allocation

Allocation

Share

Tokens

Vesting

Presale

30%

300,000,000

50% at TGE, 50% linear over 2 months

Liquidity

20%

200,000,000

DEX liquidity at TGE, LP locked 12 months

Ecosystem & rewards

20%

200,000,000

36-month linear emission

Team

15%

150,000,000

6-month cliff, then 24-month linear

Marketing

10%

100,000,000

12-month linear

Treasury

5%

50,000,000

Governance-controlled after TGE

There is no minting beyond the fixed supply, and unsold presale tokens are burned at TGE.

Presale funds are planned to go 40% to product and protocol development, 25% to DEX liquidity, 20% to marketing and growth, 10% to audit and legal, and 5% to an operations reserve.

Vesting and timeline

Purchases are recorded against your paying address as soon as they land on-chain. At TGE, 50% of your AGNT unlocks. The remaining 50% unlocks linearly over the following two months.

TGE is planned for Q1 2027. The roadmap for that quarter also includes a smart-contract audit by SolidProof, completed before TGE with a published report, the $AGNT paymaster, the staking vault with USDC revenue share, and disclosure of the team. Before that, Q4 2026 covers presale rounds 1–10 and a public beta of the Accumulator and Rotator roles.

Risks to weigh

AgentBNB is open about what is not done yet, and buyers should be too.

• No audit yet. The SolidProof audit is scheduled for Q1 2027; until then, the contracts are unaudited.

• Team not disclosed. Names are planned to be published with the audit, before TGE.

• Nothing confirmed beyond the plan. No exchange listings, partnerships or integrations are confirmed.

• Early-stage product. Parts of the platform are still being built; delivery may be delayed or fail.

• Market risk. $AGNT may trade below presale or listing price.

• No projected yield. Revenue-share payouts depend entirely on platform volume.

The full token model is in the AgentBNB whitepaper. To understand what the token will power, the mandate simulator lets you write a mandate and watch the contract execute and refuse moves in a simulated market, with no real funds involved.

Risk note: AgentBNB is an early-stage project. $AGNT is a utility token, not an investment product. Cryptocurrencies are highly volatile and you can lose your entire contribution. Nothing here is financial advice; do your own research. Availability may be restricted in some jurisdictions.

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored article and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

Bulls come to the rescue - small bullflag forming

Source: TradingView

Having broken down below the big ascending channel, the $BTC price looked done for as it fell to around $79,700. This was below the $80,300 horizontal support level, and it just needed a quick confirmation to flip this support into resistance. 

Once again, the bulls came to the rescue, and they were sorely needed. In the space of three hours the $BTC price rose strongly, leaving $79,700 behind and attaining $82,550. Not only was the price pushed up and back into the channel, but it also broke back above the strong horizontal level at $81,750.  

Currently the price action looks to be forming a small bull flag, with the underside of the flag the bottom trendline of the ascending channel. It might be expected that the price heads further up from here with the next stop the $83,900 resistance.

Rally to $90K or correction to $70K?

Source: TradingView

As usual, or so it would seem, the $BTC price is in a critical position. If the rally can somehow continue, the targets are in the chart above, with $97,880 the definitive end to the bear market. A break to the downside from the current situation would likely lead to $76K, or $70K and lower, with a possible retest of the bull market trendline.

While the $BTC price continues to hold inside the ascending channel, the bullish thesis prevails. Therefore, the more likely scenario is a rise to test the strong $83,900 horizontal resistance level. A break of this would leave the path open to $90K.

At the foot of the chart, the Stochastic RSI indicators are approaching the bottom of their limit. A cross back up of the blue indicator line over the red indicator line could signal that upside price momentum would not be too far off. Could the rally be setting up to reignite?

Bulls need $84K by the end of the week

Source: TradingView

The weekly chart shows us that Bitcoin is not out of the fire yet. If the $BTC price does not get back up to the $83,900 resistance level by the end of play this Sunday, the next weekly candle could open on the wrong side of the ascending channel lower trendline. This is practically a breakdown by default, and can wreck the bulls’ chances of maintaining the rally.

The $BTC price is now starting to lift away from that trendline, so the next three days will be very important for the bulls to get up a head of steam and try to break up and through the resistance. If they can do it, $90k becomes a real possibility.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The planned rollout is aimed at putting on-chain fund access into existing brokerage accounts and adviser relationships, rather than creating a distribution route limited to crypto-native platforms. Ledger Insights reported that tokenized money-market funds are expected to be the initial product category.

The announcement sets out a division of responsibilities across Prometheum’s regulated subsidiaries, from issuance through post-trade functions. It does not identify a specific fund in the companies’ release, and the Q1 2027 timetable remains an expectation rather than a completed launch.

Prometheum’s broker-dealer infrastructure

Prometheum said its ProFinancial subsidiary will handle the issuance and distribution of the tokenized securities funds. It said Prometheum Capital will provide custody, clearing and settlement, as well as connections to introducing broker-dealers.

The proposed structure uses conventional brokerage infrastructure and intermediated access through introducing broker-dealers rather than relying solely on direct participation through digital-asset platforms.

Prometheum described the arrangement as spanning issuance, distribution, custody, clearing and settlement within its broker-dealer platform.

First product expected in Q1 2027

The companies expect their first tokenized fund product to come to market in the first quarter of 2027, according to Prometheum’s announcement. The stated objective is to offer on-chain access through investors’ existing brokerage accounts and their adviser relationships.

Neither company’s announcement names the fund expected to launch first. Ledger Insights, reporting a day later, identified tokenized money-market funds as the expected opening category and said the effort is directed toward conventional broker-dealers and advisers.

Money-market funds are therefore the reported starting point, not a product confirmation from the companies’ joint announcement. The distinction matters as the partnership moves from a broad plan for tokenized securities funds toward its first proposed market offering.

The Q1 2027 target gives the firms a defined initial milestone. Until then, the partnership remains a planned distribution and infrastructure arrangement, with the eventual product rollout expected to test how tokenized fund access can be incorporated into established brokerage relationships.

Federated Hermes’ scale and distribution

Federated Hermes reported $911.6 billion in assets under management as of June 30, 2026, and said it serves more than 11,000 institutions and intermediaries worldwide. Those figures give the initiative a substantial asset-management participant as it seeks to reach conventional brokerage and advisory channels.

The partnership’s focus is not simply on making a fund available on-chain. Its stated distribution premise is that investors could access the products through accounts and relationships already used in the securities market. For advisers and introducing broker-dealers, Prometheum Capital is intended to provide the connectivity named in the announcement.

Federated Hermes brings the fund-management scale cited by Prometheum, while Prometheum supplies the issuance, distribution, custody, clearing and settlement components set out for the rollout. The companies have tied those functions to a first-product target in the opening quarter of 2027.

Whether the first offering is a tokenized money-market fund as reported by Ledger Insights will become clearer as that launch window approaches. For now, the announcement marks a plan to channel tokenized securities funds through registered broker-dealer infrastructure and into existing adviser-led and brokerage-account distribution.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

One balance still hides several rules. Bonus funds, turnover requirements, currency choices and withdrawal conditions can each treat casino play and sports bets differently, even when the number on screen looks unified.

Eleven platforms show how the shared-balance model works in practice, from wallet-first sign-up to coin-by-coin accounts.

Three Ways Platforms Hold a Shared Balance

Shared balances come in a few designs. Each one changes how a deposit moves between products and how easily it can leave again.

Design

How it works

What to watch

Single pooled balance

One figure funds every product, often shown in a chosen display currency

Conversion between coins at the time of each bet

Per-coin balances

Separate balances for each coin, all usable in casino and sports

Choosing the right coin before each bet

Split withdrawable figure

One balance, with a portion marked withdrawable and a portion still locked

Turnover or bonus conditions behind the locked share

Last verified: October 2026

Many platforms combine two designs, for example per-coin balances with a separate withdrawable figure. Our look at multi-chain casinos explains how one account can hold coins from several networks.

Where a Shared Balance Still Splits

One figure on screen rarely means one set of rules. Four splits appear often:

• Bonus funds: welcome offers usually attach to either the casino or the sportsbook, with their own wagering rules

• Turnover requirements: certain operators want players to stake a deposit before it can leave, with different multiples for casino and sports

• Product-specific currencies: prediction markets or certain games may accept only stablecoins or specific tokens

• Limits: sportsbook stake caps and casino table limits stay separate even inside one wallet

Stablecoin balances help with that last point for bettors who want steady stake sizes, and our guide to funding a sportsbook with stablecoins covers the options.

11 Crypto Platforms With One Balance for Casino and Sports

Order weighs how clearly each platform separates locked and withdrawable funds, the breadth of both products and the range of coins behind the balance. Every entry closes on a detail to confirm before funding an account.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport operates its casino, sportsbook and prediction markets from one wallet-first account, with deposits across 56 assets on 26 networks. Its wallet screen lists playable funds and the amount ready to withdraw as two separate lines, so locked money never hides.

Welcome offers apply to either the casino or the sportsbook, and prediction trades need a stablecoin. Dexapp LTD holds an Anjouan licence.

2. Stake

Stake, online since 2017, lets one balance per coin fund both its casino and sportsbook, with an option to display amounts in a fiat equivalent.

Stake's in-house originals and live tables draw on the same balance as sports bets. Each coin keeps its own figure, so players should pick the right currency before a bet. Curaçao licenses the operator.

3. BC.Game

BC.Game, active since 2017, funds its casino, sportsbook and Polymarket-powered Prediction Center from one account backed by more than 150 coins.

Play on BC.Game earns $BC tokens through its reward engine, paid out hourly. The long coin list helps with funding, though each coin still keeps its own volatility, and BC.Game holds an Anjouan licence.

4. Cloudbet

Cloudbet, a crypto operator since 2013, shares each coin balance across its casino and sportsbook, with high limits for larger stakes.

Separate balances per currency keep exposure clear, and Cloudbet's long record gives players a lengthy public history to review. Bonus terms differ between products, so check which one an offer covers. Cloudbet's licence comes from Curaçao.

5. Roobet

Roobet, trading since 2019, uses one bankroll and one verification process for its casino, sportsbook and Predictions section, supporting 12 coins plus card funding.

Polymarket supplies liquidity for Roobet's predictions, while casino and sports pricing stay in-house. Roobet excludes US players from predictions, and Raw Entertainment B.V. holds its Curaçao licence.

6. Shuffle

Shuffle's casino and sportsbook draw on a single login and balance, with wagers accepted in the native SHFL token as well as mainstream coins.

SHFL holders can stake for weekly lottery entries as well. Token balances move with SHFL's price, so players who want steady stakes may keep part of the balance in a stablecoin.

7. Rollbit

Rollbit combines a casino, a sportsbook and a crypto futures desk on one balance, with RLB token perks such as rakeback for holders.

Futures trading on Rollbit involves leverage and separate risks from casino or sports play. Keeping a clear split between trading funds and betting funds helps the shared balance stay readable.

8. 1win

1win funds a large casino and sportsbook from one account, and its 2026 wallet route creates that account automatically from Trust Wallet, MetaMask or WalletConnect.

Support covers EVM networks and TRON through compatible wallets. 1win accepts several fiat methods as well, so players mixing crypto and cards should check which balance each deposit joins.

9. BetFury

BetFury, active since 2019, links a 13,000-plus game casino and a sportsbook through one account, plus a BFG token with staking rewards.

Staking returns on BetFury move with the token's price. Bonus funds and wagering terms deserve a check, since BetFury offers several promotions across both products at once.

10. Thunderpick

Thunderpick focuses on esports betting and adds a casino on the same balance, which suits players who follow tournaments and also play casino games.

Esports markets on Thunderpick go deep on titles such as Counter-Strike and League of Legends. Casino and sports promotions follow separate terms, and Thunderpick operates under a Curaçao licence.

11. Rainbet

Rainbet shares one balance across its casino, provably fair originals and sportsbook, with sign-up through MetaMask, Solana wallets or social logins.

Rainbet's sportsbook menu stays smaller than those of larger books, so players focused on sports should check market depth. Originals and live tables draw on the same funds as sports bets.

Discipline Matters More With One Wallet

Shared balances remove friction, which cuts both ways. Winnings from a sports bet can flow straight into casino play without a pause, and a single figure can hide how much each product has cost over a week.

Separate budgets per product, written down before a session, help keep spending visible. Reviewing transaction history by product, where the platform allows it, shows whether casino play or sports betting drives most of the activity.

Bonus choices shape the split from the first deposit, since many platforms ask players to pick one product's offer. The welcome track decision at sign-up sets which product's terms apply to a new balance.

Conclusion

Shared balances now serve both casino and sports at most crypto platforms, yet bonus rules, turnover requirements, currencies and limits often stay separate behind one figure. Pooled, per-coin and split-withdrawable designs each handle that in their own way.

Dexsport opens this ranking with a wallet that shows game and withdrawable funds side by side, followed by Stake, BC.Game, Cloudbet, Roobet, Shuffle, Rollbit, 1win, BetFury, Thunderpick and Rainbet. Clear budgets per product keep a single wallet under control.

Local law decides what counts as legal play, so read it before you sign up. Take part only at legal age, note that KYC or AML checks may apply, and give yourself one weekly limit across every product.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Balance designs, coins, bonus terms and licences change over time and vary by country, so check each platform's current terms before you deposit. Some platforms named here may not be available where you live. Gambling involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please play responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

That gap is the essential point of its post-quantum case. The issue is not whether a quantum computer can steal bitcoin today. It is whether Bitcoin can agree on, build and deploy a migration before a future machine makes the question urgent. Coinbase argues that preparation must begin beforehand, because the transition would involve developers, custodians, wallet providers, hardware-wallet makers and institutions rather than a single software activation.

The harder question is not simply which cryptography to use. It is what Bitcoin should do about coins that cannot, or will not, migrate—particularly holdings already exposed to a future quantum attacker.

A seven-year migration window changes the threshold for action

Security upgrades are often judged against an immediate threat. That is a poor fit for an infrastructure change whose implementation may itself consume much of the period before the threat arrives. Coinbase Institutional Research puts the present hardware constraint plainly: quantum machines remain well below the level needed to compromise Bitcoin’s current elliptic-curve protections. But it also places a potential Bitcoin signature migration on a timetable of up to seven years.

That estimate changes the relevant planning horizon. A network-wide migration would require software support, operational planning by companies that hold bitcoin for clients, and action by users holding their own keys. In Coinbase’s framing, the work is a multi-year process involving many distinct actors, not an event that can be safely deferred until hardware capability is obvious.

Independent research offers a reason to take that sequencing seriously without claiming a near-term emergency. A 2026 paper estimates roughly a one-in-six chance that a cryptographically relevant quantum computer exists by 2035, rising to about 60% by 2050. Those are scenario estimates, not a schedule for quantum development. Still, the paper’s conclusion that governance could be the binding constraint aligns with Coinbase’s practical concern: technical risk may arrive faster than a decentralised ecosystem can settle a contentious response.

The implication is not that Bitcoin must rush an untested consensus change. Starting the design and coordination process early is different from activating it early. Indeed, a long runway is most valuable when it allows debate over trade-offs before those trade-offs are forced by an active attacker.

1.7 million BTC makes legacy exposure a governance problem, not only a cryptographic one

Coinbase’s Quantum Advisory Council estimates that roughly 1.7 million BTC sit in legacy pay-to-public-key (P2PK) addresses with fully exposed public keys. If quantum capability can derive private keys from that public information, those holdings would be directly vulnerable.

For owners who can still act, the basic response is to move the coins to a safer output type before the old protection fails. But some coins may belong to owners who are lost, inactive or unwilling to migrate. Coinbase’s advisory council leaves unresolved whether permanently unmigrated coins should be burned, preserved or handled through another governance mechanism.

That unresolved question turns a cryptographic upgrade into a dispute over value and control. BIP-361 identifies a redistribution conflict if quantum recovery reaches abandoned or exposed coins. Its possible approaches include allowing the first capable actor to take them, throttling recovery or preventing it altogether.

Those choices distribute risk differently: unrestricted recovery could reward the first capable actor, while restricting or preventing recovery would make Bitcoin’s rules more interventionist where ownership evidence has become unreliable. An independent 2026 analysis finds that most exposed bitcoin may be migratable, but governance—not hardware alone—could remain the binding constraint. No post-quantum signature algorithm settles how abandoned or unmigrated coins should be treated.

BIP-360 and BIP-361 show the phased mechanism Coinbase is advocating

Bitcoin has two draft proposals for a phased post-quantum migration, not an adopted consensus rule. BIP-360 would keep the post-quantum public key hidden until spending in a quantum-resistant output design, reducing the exposure associated with older P2PK outputs.

BIP-361 would first prohibit new payments to vulnerable address types and later retire legacy ECDSA and Schnorr signatures. That gives wallets, services and holders time to direct new funds to safer outputs and migrate existing balances.

The remaining decisions are consequential: which address types to restrict, when to retire the old signatures, and how to handle unmigrated or abandoned coins. The BIPs describe a possible route, but Bitcoin has not selected or adopted it.

Standardized post-quantum tools do not settle Bitcoin’s consensus choice

The underlying cryptographic field is no longer waiting for a standard to emerge. The US National Institute of Standards and Technology finalized ML-KEM, ML-DSA and SLH-DSA in August 2024, and has said organisations should begin migration. Its broader transition planning targets the removal of quantum-vulnerable algorithms from relevant standards by 2035.

Those standards give Bitcoin a more mature set of building blocks than it would have had only a few years ago. They do not choose Bitcoin’s output format, determine how keys should be exposed during a transaction, or resolve the consequences for old coins. A standard can establish a cryptographic primitive’s place in the wider ecosystem. Bitcoin still needs to decide how, and whether, to incorporate a particular construction into its own consensus rules.

That distinction explains why the debate should not be reduced to forecasts about qubit counts. Hardware progress determines when the existing system becomes unsafe. Governance determines whether a replacement is acceptable, deployable and fair enough to gain broad support. The latter may be slow even when the former remains uncertain.

Coinbase’s position is therefore less a declaration that quantum risk has arrived than an argument about lead times. A seven-year migration estimate and an unresolved pool of fully exposed legacy coins leave little room for complacency. The proposals on the table can limit fresh exposure and create time for migration, but they cannot avoid the eventual decision over abandoned balances and the redistribution conflict that follows.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The acquisition was worth approximately $280 million based on that disclosed average price, The Block reported; Strive reported $310.3 million in cash and cash equivalents at the end of the purchase period.

October purchase takes holdings to 32,773 BTC

The reported buying took place over five days, from October 5 through October 9. Strive’s filing places the average cost of the 3,311 BTC at approximately $84,500 per coin, with fees and expenses included in that figure.

Its Bitcoin balance was 29,462 BTC as of October 2 and 32,773 BTC as of October 9. The change matches the 3,311 BTC acquired during the intervening period, rather than reflecting a separately disclosed adjustment to the treasury balance.

The SEC disclosure provides the quantity acquired, purchase period and average cost used to estimate the transaction at approximately $280 million. It does not, in the supplied information set, provide a separate current valuation for all 32,773 BTC in the company’s full Bitcoin treasury.

For treasury-watchers, the distinction matters. The purchase price describes what Strive paid for this tranche, inclusive of transaction-related costs, while the 32,773 BTC figure is the company’s reported Bitcoin balance at October 9.

Largest increase since January

The October increase was Strive’s largest addition to its Bitcoin holdings since January, according to Yahoo Finance. The earlier, larger increase came through Strive’s all-stock merger with Semler Scientific, which added approximately 5,048 BTC.

That comparison separates the latest purchase from the company’s January expansion. The Semler transaction increased holdings through a corporate combination, whereas the October disclosure records a specified acquisition of 3,311 BTC over a defined five-day period and at a stated average price.

It also places the recent addition close to two-thirds of the Bitcoin amount associated with the January merger-driven increase. The October transaction nevertheless stands as the company’s biggest increase in holdings since that event, based on the reported accumulation history.

Strive’s October 9 total of 32,773 BTC is therefore not solely the result of the week’s purchase. It follows the prior 29,462 BTC balance disclosed for October 2, with the new tranche adding directly to an already substantial treasury position.

Cash position alongside the Bitcoin treasury

Strive reported $310.3 million in cash and cash equivalents as of October 9, alongside the expanded Bitcoin treasury. That cash figure was $25.6 million higher than the amount reported on October 2, the company said in its SEC filing.

The simultaneous increase in cash and Bitcoin holdings is a notable element of the disclosure because the company reported both figures for the same October 9 date. It gives readers a clearer view of the stated balance-sheet position than the Bitcoin purchase figure alone.

The filing establishes Strive’s ending balances—32,773 BTC and $310.3 million in cash and cash equivalents—but does not, in the facts provided, attribute the week-over-week change in cash to any particular financing activity, operating development or transaction.

With the 3,311 BTC purchase, Strive moved from 29,462 BTC at the start of the reported interval to 32,773 BTC by October 9. The approximately $280 million transaction is its largest reported increase in Bitcoin holdings since the January Semler merger.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The preliminary decision moves the dispute to an assessment of Chinese law; ultimate ownership and distribution of the cryptocurrency remain undecided. The bitcoin is at the centre of a long-running case connected to Zhimin Qian.

High Court applies Chinese law to 61,000-bitcoin claims

The High Court decided that Chinese law applies to the substantive claims concerning the seized holdings; eventual ownership and distribution of the bitcoin remain before the court.

Approximately 61,000 bitcoin were seized by London’s Metropolitan Police in a case the Crown Prosecution Service has linked to an alleged Chinese investment fraud involving more than 128,000 victims between 2014 and 2017.

China-centred fraud drives the choice-of-law decision

The court found that the investment schemes, investor payments and bitcoin purchases were centred in China. On that basis, it selected Chinese law for the underlying substantive property-rights questions, according to Duan & Duan UK LLP’s account of the decision.

Claimants seeking rights in the seized bitcoin will therefore have to pursue those claims under the relevant Chinese-law framework rather than English substantive property law.

Chinese-law claims stage

The next phase is expected to address the content of Chinese law and how it applies to individual claims. That stage, rather than the October ruling itself, will determine how competing claims to the bitcoin are assessed.

CoinDesk reported that the decision improves the UK government’s prospects of retaining much of the holdings, which reports value at roughly £3.8 billion ($5 billion). It also reported that lawyers for victims are considering or pursuing an appeal, meaning the procedural ruling may yet face a challenge.

For now, the judgment establishes the legal framework for a dispute over one of the largest bitcoin seizures associated with a UK criminal case, while leaving the final destination of the assets unresolved.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

On October 15, with the help of independent security researchers, we found a vulnerability affecting one of the integrations used on the ChangeNOW website. The vulnerability has now been fixed.

We currently have no evidence that it was exploited. But we also can’t assume that the researchers who reported it were the only ones to find it. Because of that, we’re looking at the different possible scenarios and warning clients about the information that could potentially have been exposed. This may include email addresses and transaction details.

Please note ChangeNOW’s transaction infrastructure was not affected, and customer funds were never at risk.

The main thing clients should watch out for now is suspicious or fraudulent messages. A phony message could reference real transactions or support to appear legitimate. If you get an unexpected message that looks like it's from ChangeNOW, please check the sender before responding, clicking on any links or giving any information. We exclusively contact clients via support@changenow.io and we will never ask for a private key, seed phrase, or any password by email.

People contact our support and compliance teams because they trust us with information they would not share publicly, and we understand the responsibility that comes with that. We have no indication this vulnerability was exploited, but we believe it is important to warn of the possible risks rather than wait until there is total certainty.

Our clients are at the center of what we do, and we're continuing to upgrade the protection of our products. One of the actions we are taking is the launch of NOW AI, a dedicated protection lab with a mission to raise the security standard across all ChangeNOW products. We want to apply the same technology to the defensive side to spot danger earlier and bake stronger security into our products, especially as AI makes malicious action easier to automate and expand.

Today’s case only made the need to move faster more obvious and it accelerated the launch of NOW AI. We’ll publish more details on our plans, what it covers, and how it will be used across ChangeNOW on a dedicated page on our website soon. Stay tuned.

About ChangeNOW

ChangeNOW.io is a crypto super app built for every crypto move, giving newcomers, professionals, and businesses the tools they need to access Web3 finance in a simple and secure way.

Since 2017, ChangeNOW has grown from a fast, secure, and limitless instant exchange into a trusted platform where storage, swaps, trading, staking, and asset management are covered in one simple experience for millions of clients worldwide.

ContactPR TeamCHN Group LLCpr@changenow.io

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

One login now covers slots, match bets, and Yes or No shares on elections, crypto prices and sports outcomes. The products share an account, yet each still follows its own rules for pricing, settlement and limits.

Behind the matching menus, the three platforms took different routes to prediction markets, and those routes shape what a trader actually gets.

Two Ways to Add Prediction Markets

Casinos can build a prediction market of their own or plug into an established exchange. The choice decides where prices come from and who settles each question.

Detail

Built in-house

Powered by an outside exchange

Liquidity

The platform's own pool

The partner exchange's order book or pool

Pricing

Set by the platform's model and its traders

Mirrors the partner's prices

Resolution

Platform team, under its own rules

Partner's resolution process, such as an oracle

Market range

Chosen by the platform

Drawn from the partner's catalogue

Example on this list

Entry 1

Entries 2 and 3, both using Polymarket

Last verified: October 2026

Each model has its own strengths on price. In-house books give the platform control over which markets open, while partner-powered books inherit an exchange's depth and its resolution record. Exit options differ as well. Some books let a trader sell a position before resolution whenever buyers exist, while others show only a buy button until the market closes, so a long-dated share can tie up funds for months.

Our comparison of prediction platforms covers the leading exchanges in more detail.

What Changes When Three Products Share an Account

Shared accounts save time, yet several boundaries usually remain between the products:

• Separate rules: sportsbook limits, Cash Out and settlement rules rarely extend to prediction markets

• Currency requirements: some prediction books trade only in stablecoins, even when the casino accepts dozens of coins

• Bonus terms: welcome offers often apply to one product and exclude the others

• Pricing costs: prediction shares build a margin into the spread between Yes and No prices

Each spread works like a fee, and our explainer on the Yes-No spread shows how to read it.

3 Web3 Platforms With a Casino, Sportsbook and Prediction Markets

Order weighs how deeply each platform integrates the three products, the breadth of each product and the transparency of prediction market rules. Every entry ends with a practical note for traders.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport operates its own prediction markets in five categories spanning sport, crypto, the economy and politics, where each share costs between a cent and 99 cents and settles in stablecoins alone. Payouts come from a shared pool with a publicly visible balance, and cycles range from five-minute crypto markets to questions closing in 2028.

One wallet-first account also reaches over 7,500 casino titles and a sportsbook with deep cricket and football menus. Prediction trades need a stablecoin balance, so players holding volatile coins must convert first. Dexapp LTD holds an Anjouan licence.

2. BC.Game

BC.Game launched its Prediction Center in June 2026 on Polymarket's infrastructure, covering sports outcomes, BTC, ETH and SOL price questions and major world events. Players trade inside BC.Game without moving funds to a separate exchange.

The account also reaches a casino of more than 10,000 games from over 80 studios and a full sportsbook, plus the $BC token and its reward engine. BC.Game states that the product operates only where permitted, so availability varies by country. BC.Game holds an Anjouan licence.

3. Roobet

Roobet opened a Predictions section on May 6, 2026, using Polymarket for liquidity and Polymarket's oracle process for resolution. Fourteen categories launched at once, from politics and crypto to earnings and culture, with Buy and Sell tabs on each market.

Predictions share one account and bankroll with Roobet's casino of more than 7,000 games and its sportsbook. Volumes on screen reflect Polymarket's pool, and Roobet excludes US players from the product. Roobet's operator, Raw Entertainment B.V., holds a Curaçao licence.

Trade-Offs Behind One Login

Three products in one account cut transfers between sites and keep a single verification process. They also concentrate risk, since one balance funds casino play, sports bets and prediction trades.

Resolution deserves the closest reading. In-house books rely on the platform's own team and sources, while partner-powered books follow the partner's process, and each market page sets out its own wording. Our guide to resolution rules explains why that wording decides a payout.

Separate budgets for each product help keep spending visible. Casino sessions, weekend accumulators and long-dated election shares can otherwise draw on the same funds without a clear limit.

Conclusion

Three platforms now pair casino games and sports betting with prediction trading in a single account. Dexsport heads this list with an in-house prediction book settled in stablecoins, followed by BC.Game and Roobet, which both draw prices and resolution from Polymarket.

The models differ on liquidity, pricing and who settles each question, while shared accounts still keep separate rules for limits, bonuses and Cash Out. Market pages, resolution wording and the Yes-No spread deserve a look before any trade.

Prediction markets and gambling face different laws in each country, so check yours first. Take part only at legal age, accept that KYC or AML checks may apply, and split your budget across the three products.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Product ranges, partners, categories and terms change over time and vary by country, so check each platform's current pages before you trade or play. Some platforms named here may not be available where you live. Gambling and trading involve risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please play responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

Singapore was the first time Dexsport presented all of that together at a major international conference.

For two days, the team demonstrated the product directly to visitors at Marina Bay Sands: moving between sportsbook, casino and Prediction Markets, showing how wallet-based access works and answering questions about a setup designed to let users enter without a conventional KYC-first registration flow.

Visitors explore Dexsport’s product at the TOKEN2049 Singapore booth. Source: Dexsport.io

Two things, according to the team, consistently drew attention: the wallet-based experience and the ability to access sportsbook, casino and Prediction Markets within the same Web3-native platform.

What Visitors Actually Wanted to See

Prediction Markets were the newest part of the demo.

Introduced this year as Dexsport’s third major product direction, they add Yes/No markets across sports, crypto, economics, politics, entertainment and other real-world events to the existing sportsbook and casino. CryptoDaily has previously looked at how those three parts fit together.

At TOKEN2049, that relationship could be shown rather than explained in a product description. Visitors could move from a prediction market into the sportsbook or casino, while the team demonstrated how the same wallet-based entry point sits behind each area.

The wallet-based setup became a recurring topic in its own right. Dexsport allows users to access the platform through a crypto wallet without going through a traditional KYC-first registration flow, while supporting a broad range of cryptocurrencies and blockchain networks. Security is another part of that model, with Dexsport having published security assessments from CertiK and Pessimistic Security.

In practice, those were easier conversations to have with the product open in front of someone. Questions went beyond which events were available in Prediction Markets and into how users enter the platform, how the products sit together and what information they need to provide before using the platform.

Dexsport’s booth setup at TOKEN2049 Singapore. Source: Dexsport.io

That gave the team something more useful than a generic count of booth visitors: a direct view of which parts of Dexsport were immediately understood and which features made people stop and ask for a demonstration.

“What was valuable for us at TOKEN2049 was being able to show people the product directly and see what they reacted to,” said Ivan Müller, CEO of Dexsport. “There was a lot of interest in the wallet-based experience and in having sportsbook, casino and Prediction Markets together in one place. At the same time, we were able to sit down with exchanges and other Web3 companies to discuss DESU and some very concrete next steps after Singapore.”

DESU Became a Different Kind of Conversation

The product demos were only one side of the trip.

DESU, Dexsport’s native token, gave the team a reason to sit down with exchange representatives rather than simply meet conference visitors. The token already plays a role across Dexsport’s product and reward structure, and its availability outside the platform began expanding earlier this year with its centralized-exchange debut on MEXC. CryptoDaily previously covered what that exchange access meant for DESU.

DESU was part of Dexsport’s presentation and exchange discussions in Singapore. Source: Dexsport.io

At TOKEN2049, discussions moved to possible additional listings. The team spoke with centralized exchanges and trading platforms about listing requirements, technical considerations and the steps that would need to happen before any new listing could be announced.

Nothing in those conversations is being presented publicly as a confirmed listing yet, although Müller says the team expects to have several significant developments to share in the coming months.  

“We want to make DESU easier to access and use internationally,” Müller added. “That means working directly with exchanges and infrastructure providers and making the path between the user, the token and Dexsport as simple as possible.”

The meetings were not limited to exchanges. Müller and the team also spoke with media and advertising companies, KOLs and creators, as well as potential infrastructure and Web3 partners. Those discussions ranged from distribution and brand campaigns to possible technical and ecosystem collaborations.

Product demos and industry conversations at the Dexsport booth during TOKEN2049 Singapore. Source: Dexsport.io

That is more concrete than simply saying TOKEN2049 produced “new connections.” Some conversations concern where DESU may trade next; others concern how Dexsport reaches users or works with other parts of Web3 infrastructure. Each now moves into its own follow-up after Singapore.

What Comes After Singapore

The conference did not interrupt Dexsport’s existing launch calendar for long.

One of the first campaigns to go live around the same period was European Nights 2026, which brings the focus back to football across the UEFA Champions League, Europa League and Conference League. The promotion runs across nine stages with a combined $350,000 prize pool and separate leaderboard resets along the way.

Prediction Markets are continuing alongside sportsbook and casino, while the conversations started in Singapore have created a separate business-development list: potential DESU listings, infrastructure discussions, media and creator collaborations, and product feedback gathered from people using Dexsport in front of the team.

That makes TOKEN2049 more interesting as a live test of what Dexsport has spent the year building than as a simple attendance milestone.

The team went into Singapore with three product verticals, an increasingly visible native token and a wallet-based access model. What came back were fairly specific signals: visitors wanted to understand how that access works and how the three products coexist, exchange teams wanted to discuss DESU availability, and potential partners had concrete reasons to continue conversations after the event.

What happens with those conversations will take longer than two conference days to establish. But unlike a booth-traffic figure or a stack of business cards, they give Dexsport something specific to work on next.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Blockchains record activity in public by design. Each wallet address hides a name, yet it links together everything that address has done, and one connection to a real identity can expose the whole history.

Casino players connect wallets, receive payouts, and share wins, so a few basics about what an address reveals go a long way.

What a Public Address Reveals

Anyone with an address and a block explorer can read a surprising amount. On most public chains, an address shows:

• Current balances: every token held, priced in real time by many explorers

• Full transaction history: each deposit, withdrawal and transfer, with dates and amounts

• Counterparties: the other addresses it has sent to or received from, including known exchange and casino wallets

• Token approvals: contracts that hold permission to spend its tokens

• NFTs and name tags: collectibles and labels that can hint at interests or identity

Explorers and analytics firms also label many addresses. Casino hot wallets and major exchange deposit addresses often appear with a name beside them, which makes casino activity easy to spot in a wallet's history.

Three Routes From an Address to a Name

Addresses stay pseudonymous until something connects them to a person. Three common links do most of that work.

Exchange Records

Regulated exchanges verify identity, and they record which addresses their customers withdraw to. Once coins move from a verified exchange account to a personal wallet, the exchange can connect that wallet to its owner on request from authorities.

Name Services

Ethereum Name Service and similar systems map a readable name, such as a first name or handle, to an address. Readable names make payments simpler, though they also let anyone who knows the name look up the linked wallet and its history.

Public Posts

Screenshots, transaction hashes, and addresses shared on social media or in casino chats link an online identity to on-chain activity. Even a cropped image can expose enough for someone to find the address through amount and timing.

What a Casino Sees When You Connect

Connecting a wallet to a casino shares more than a login. The table separates what the casino can read from what the wider public can read.

Information

Visible to the casino after connection

Visible to the public

Wallet address

Yes

Yes, on any explorer

Token balances and history

Yes, through public chain data

Yes

Email or social login details

Only if used to sign up

No

Bets and casino balance

Yes, in the casino's own records

Only where bets settle on-chain

Identity documents

Only if verification applies

No

Last verified: October 2026

Licensed casinos also run anti-money-laundering checks, and many use blockchain analytics to screen deposit sources. KYC or AML checks may apply at any point, often around withdrawals. Our comparison of how Web3 casinos treat player data covers what different platforms collect.

Address Poisoning and Look-Alike Scams

Public histories also attract scammers. In an address poisoning attack, someone sends a tiny transaction from an address that matches the first and last characters of one you use often, hoping you copy it from your history later.

Wallets that shorten addresses on screen make the trick easier, since only the start and end appear. Checking the full string before every transfer, and saving familiar addresses in the wallet's address book, removes most of the risk.

Fake support accounts work the same angle. Casino staff never need a seed phrase or a signature to "verify" a wallet, so any request for either signals a scam.

Habits That Limit What Strangers Learn

Several simple habits reduce exposure without changing how you play:

• Keep wins off social media: share results without transaction hashes, addresses or full screenshots

• Review token approvals: revoke permissions you have stopped using, since each one stays visible and active

• Think before linking a name: a readable wallet name ties every future transaction to that label

• Read the privacy policy: check what a casino stores, who it shares data with and how long it keeps records

• Verify every address in full: compare the whole string, middle characters included

Approvals deserve particular attention, since they pile up across sites over time. Our explainer on token approvals walks through finding and cancelling old ones.

What Dexsport Sees at Sign-Up

Dexsport accepts sign-up through six wallets, including MetaMask and TronLink, or through email, Google and Telegram. Its email route collects only an email address at registration, while wallet sign-up shares the connected address and, with it, the address's public history.

Dexsport's terms state that the platform does not hold users' private keys and may request identity documents at any point, so verification can still apply after a light sign-up. Players who suspect someone else has used their account must report it within 24 hours.

Dexapp LTD operates Dexsport under an Anjouan licence. Our ranking of privacy-minded casinos compares the data each sign-in route shares.

Conclusion

Wallet addresses hide names, but they expose balances, histories, counterparties and approvals to anyone with a block explorer. Exchange records, name services and public posts can connect that history to a real person.

Casinos see your address and its public trail the moment you connect, and licensed operators still screen funds under AML rules. Simple habits help: keep transaction details off social media, verify addresses in full, review approvals and read privacy policies before sign-up.

National law decides whether online gambling is open to you, so look up the rules where you live before a first deposit. Register only at legal age, expect that KYC or AML checks may apply later on, and cap spending per session.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Blockchain visibility, wallet features and casino data practices vary and change over time, so check each platform's privacy policy and terms before you connect a wallet. Casino games involve risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please play responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

Make or break time for the Bitcoin rally

Source: TradingView

As can be seen in the 4-hour chart above, the $BTC price has broken below the bottom of the ascending channel. Three candle bodies have already closed below while a fourth one is deciding whether it might fall further, or add to a potential bear flag which is forming.

This is make or break time for a Bitcoin rally that climbed 39% from the bottom up to a high of around $87,400. However, since that local top, an unbroken series of lower highs and lower lows has led to the current crisis point, as the $BTC price dangles from the bottom of the ascending channel with what could be a big drop in front of it.

Confirmation of the breakdown next?

Source: TradingView

The daily time frame reveals the first candle that could close beneath the ascending channel if it does not climb back inside by the end of Thursday. The $BTC price is currently sitting on support at $80,300, while the full measured move out of the channel is shown by the arrow pointing to around $70K. From here, it might be expected that the price comes back up to test and confirm the bottom of the rising channel, and also the resistance at $81,770, before heading back down to perhaps the full extent of the measured move.

A fall to around $70K?

Source: TradingView

Here in the weekly time frame the current support level at $80,300 does look like a strong one. If it does fail, there isn’t too much support until the full measured move out of the ascending channel is reached, down at just over $70K. Could this be a sign that this is where the $BTC price is going?

The Stochastic RSI in the weekly might also be trying to tell us something. The cross-down of the indicator lines is looking a lot more pronounced now. If they come down and pass below the 80.00 level, this would be an excellent indicator that the big correction is starting. It just remains to be seen how far down it could go.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Binance's tokenized equity product, bStocks, has passed $1 billion in assets under management roughly four months after launch, the company said on Thursday, making it the fastest tokenized equity product to reach that mark, according to on-chain data from Dune Research.

bStocks went live on June 11, 2026, with five listings. The exchange now offers nearly 100, covering U.S.-listed stocks and ETFs. Each token is backed 1:1 by the underlying security and can be redeemed for the security itself rather than its cash value, which Binance says keeps the token's price tied to the stock it tracks.

Cumulative trading volume has topped $40 billion since launch, an average of more than $300 million a day. Users have also moved $6 billion between direct stock positions and bStocks at 1:1 parity, without a broker transfer or waiting for U.S. market hours.

"The test of a tokenized stock isn't the launch-day chart; it's whether it still behaves like a market after the launch," said Shunyet Jan, Head of Exchange and Trading at Binance. "Today, more than a billion dollars of that is held on Binance, and it's being used, not just held."

The tokens trade around the clock, settle on-chain and can be moved between the exchange and self-custodial wallets. Much of the activity happens when traditional markets are shut: in July, only 38% of bStocks volume took place during regular U.S. trading hours, compared with 89.2% for conventional U.S. equities.

The milestone comes as tokenized stocks gain ground more broadly. Binance said tokenized equities have been the fastest-growing real-world asset category of 2026, with market capitalization more than quadrupling to over $3 billion by late September. On-chain transfers of tokenized stocks exceeded $100 billion in the third quarter, more than 16 times the $6 billion recorded in the first quarter, with bStocks accounting for over 90% of weekly transfer volume at the early-August peak.

Last month, Binance opened bStocks collateral support to all eligible users, allowing retail traders to post supported tokens as margin and futures collateral with up to 5x leverage.

bStocks are offered through an Approved Prospectus in Abu Dhabi Global Market (ADGM) and are available only to eligible users in permitted jurisdictions. They are not available to U.S. persons and do not give holders direct ownership of shares in the underlying companies.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The 2026-27 World Cup opens in Kontiolahti, Finland, on November 24 and closes in Oslo's Holmenkollen on March 21, with World Championships in Otepää, Estonia, in February. France's Éric Perrot and Lou Jeanmonnot start the winter as overall champions.

Shooting decides much of the pricing, from race winners to markets built entirely around misses.

Formats and Their Penalties

Each race format combines skiing and shooting in its own way, and the penalty for a miss changes with it. Those differences explain why the same athlete can place very differently from one race to the next.

Format

Shooting bouts

Penalty per miss

What it rewards

Sprint

2 (prone, standing)

One penalty loop of about 150 m

Clean shooting and raw ski speed

Pursuit

4

One penalty loop

Holding position from a staggered start

Mass start

4

One penalty loop

Nerve under pressure in a packed range

Individual

4

One minute added to the time

Precision over pace

Relay

2 per leg, with 3 spare rounds per bout

Penalty loop only after spares run out

Team depth and spare-round management

Last verified: October 2026

Each penalty loop usually costs somewhere around 20 to 30 seconds, depending on course and conditions. In a sprint decided by a few seconds, one miss can outweigh an entire lap of quicker skiing.

Why One Miss Moves a Price

Ski speed separates the leading athletes by small margins, while shooting adds sudden, lumpy swings. Markets therefore weigh shooting accuracy heavily alongside skiing form.

Quick skiers with patchy shooting attract short prices in sprints on calm days, but drift out when the forecast shows wind. Steady shooters with slower skis often gain value in the individual, where one minute per miss punishes errors far more than a loop.

Pursuit and mass start races add a tactical layer. Leaders shoot first on a crowded range, and the pressure of rivals firing alongside can trigger misses that rarely happen in a sprint.

Markets Built Around the Range

Several markets ignore finishing positions and focus on shooting alone. They let bettors back a view on accuracy without picking a winner.

Total Misses

Total target misses ask whether an athlete will miss over or under a set number across the whole race. Lines often start near one or two misses for elite shooters in a sprint and higher for four-bout races.

Misses per Bout

Bout markets narrow the question to a single visit to the range, usually prone or standing. Standing bouts produce more misses, since the athlete shoots without the support of the ground.

Head-to-Head Misses

Pair comparisons ask which of two athletes will miss fewer targets. They suit bettors who compare shooting form between rivals with similar ski speed.

Race winner and head-to-head finishing markets still dominate, and our comparison of multi-sport coverage compares the depth of winter sports menus at crypto sportsbooks.

Wind, Altitude and Start Order

Conditions on the range change the value of every shooting market. Several factors deserve attention before a race:

• Wind: gusty ranges such as Holmenkollen and Östersund can raise miss counts across the field

• Altitude: higher venues such as Antholz-Anterselva and Pokljuka thin the air, which affects breathing and recovery before shooting

• Start order in sprints: early and late starters may face different wind and snow conditions

• Snow and temperature: soft or icy tracks shift ski speed, which changes how much a miss matters

Live markets react within seconds of each shooting bout, since range results stream as they happen. Our look at sportsbooks with deep live betting explains how in-play menus differ.

The 2026-27 Calendar

Ten World Cup stages fill the winter, with a pause for the World Championships in February:

• November and December: Kontiolahti, Hochfilzen and Annecy-Le Grand-Bornand

• January: Pokljuka, Ruhpolding, Antholz-Anterselva and Nové Město na Moravě

• February: World Championships in Otepää, February 8 to 21, outside the World Cup standings

• March: Oberhof, Östersund and the Holmenkollen finale

Overall standings markets stay open all season, and the World Championships bring their own medal markets for each race.

Outright prices on the Crystal Globes shift after every stage, since points from each race add up across ten stops. Prices on the same athlete can differ noticeably between books, and our comparison of sportsbook odds shows how much those price differences can matter.

Seven Biathlon Market Types at Dexsport

Dexsport names seven biathlon markets in its rulebook, covering the race winner, "who is higher" head-to-heads, finishing position, total target misses, misses per round, paired miss comparisons and team member position comparisons. Three of those seven focus on shooting, so range markets get real attention on the Dexsport board.

Biathlon bets can join Dexsport's Combo+ accumulators, which add a multiplier on four or more legs. Dexapp LTD operates Dexsport under an Anjouan licence.

Conclusion

Biathlon pricing leans on the range as much as the track. Penalty loops in sprints, pursuits and mass starts, one-minute penalties in the individual and spare rounds in relays each change how much a miss costs.

Miss-based markets, from total misses to head-to-head shooting, let bettors focus on accuracy alone. Wind, altitude and start order shift those lines from venue to venue across a season that stretches from Kontiolahti in November to Oslo in March.

Each country regulates sports betting in its own way, so read the local rules before a stake. Wager only at legal age, note that KYC or AML checks may apply, and give each World Cup stage its own budget.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Race formats, calendars, market menus and settlement rules can change, so check the official IBU schedule and each sportsbook's current rules before you bet. Betting carries risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

TRENTO, Italy, Oct. 15, 2026 /PRNewswire/ -- ALPS announces the appointment of Brian Turnbow as Technical Director for AI. Founded in Trentino in 2018 and operating across four continents, the company is applying its expertise in designing, building, and operating data centers integrated with energy systems to AI and HPC.

Access to power is one of the main constraints on AI infrastructure development. According to Terna data as of 31 August 2026, data center grid connection requests in Italy totalled more than 100 GW, up from around 30 GW at the end of 2024 — a rise that makes site selection and grid connection lead times critical.

ALPS's energy-to-compute approach is based on a deliberate choice: locating data centers where energy is already available, including outside major hubs, to reduce reliance on congested areas of the grid. The company aims to integrate renewable energy sources and redevelop disused industrial sites, reusing existing grid connections, buildings and other assets wherever technically feasible. The aim is to develop more sustainable compute infrastructure, making use of local resources and, through asset reuse, limiting land take and reducing the need for new construction. This expansion complements ALPS's ongoing mining operations, which continue in line with its business plan.

Turnbow will lead ALPS's AI/HPC technical strategy, from assessing architectures and sites to engaging with technology and industrial partners. Italy will be a priority market. ALPS intends to bring its international expertise back to Italy and work with Italian engineering and industrial companies, drawing on their expertise in projects abroad as well.

"Italy and Europe have energy resources, industrial assets and technical expertise we can harness," says Francesco Buffa, CEO and co-founder of ALPS. "Through our energy-to-compute approach, we want to turn the energy and industrial potential of the regions in which we operate into a competitive advantage and help narrow Europe's AI gap."

Turnbow brings over 25 years' experience in telecommunications and digital infrastructure, having held technical roles at TWT, Unidata and CDLAN. He serves on the board of ITNOG.

"AI infrastructure starts well before GPU deployment," says Brian Turnbow. "Every project must start with the workloads it needs to support and clients' requirements, not just the available power. My goal is to translate these requirements into coherent design decisions, building flexible, scalable and sustainable computing capacity while making use of renewable energy sources and existing assets."

About ALPS

ALPS designs, builds and operates data centers for energy- and compute-intensive applications, combining energy expertise with data center engineering and operations. Its international growth has been supported by Azimut through a €40 million transaction in 2023 and a €105 million club deal in 2024.

For more information: www.alps.it

SOURCE ALPS

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

Both reach the same lobby within a minute, yet their accounts behave differently from that point on. Login, recovery, deposits and even bonus eligibility can follow separate rules depending on the door each player chose.

Each path suits some players better than others. Both trade convenience in one area for responsibility in another.

Two Paths on One Screen

Sign-up choices look minor, though they decide who holds control for the life of the account. Set side by side, the paths reveal their trade-offs before the first deposit.

Question

Email account

Wallet account

What you provide

An email address

A wallet address, through a signature

How you log back in

One-time code or password

Wallet signature

Where deposits come from

Any wallet or exchange, sent to a casino address

Usually the connected wallet, signed directly

What protects the account

Inbox security

Seed phrase and device security

Recovery after a lost device

Through the inbox

Through the seed phrase only

Email-based bonus checks

Usually met at sign-up

May need an email added later

Last verified: October 2026

Casinos mix these features in their own ways. Some wallet accounts still hold funds in an internal balance, and some email accounts create a wallet in the background.

The Email Path in Practice

Email sign-up resembles any online service. Code-based versions skip the password entirely, so the inbox becomes the key:

1. Enter an email address on the sign-up form.

2. Copy the one-time code from the inbox into the site.

3. Pick a welcome offer or defer the choice.

4. Fund the balance by sending crypto to the casino's deposit address for the chosen coin and network.

5. Return later with a fresh code each time.

Inbox security therefore decides account security. Two-factor protection on the email account, a strong unique password there and attention to phishing emails all matter more than any setting on the casino itself. Our comparison of casinos on account safety covers the options each platform offers.

The Wallet Path in Practice

Wallet sign-up replaces the form with a connection request. The wallet then requests a signature, a cryptographic proof of address ownership, and that signature is free.

Responsibility shifts to the player in a few clear ways:

• Seed phrase: the only route back into the wallet after a lost device

• Binding actions: casino terms often state that every action from a connected wallet belongs to its owner

• Approvals: token permissions granted for deposits stay active until revoked

• Device hygiene: browser extensions and wallet apps become part of the account's defences

Wallet routes also cut a step for players who already hold funds in that wallet, since deposits move straight from it. Our ranking of casinos with wallet login compares the wallets each one supports.

Differences That Show Up After Sign-Up

Some contrasts only surface weeks into an account's life, once a player switches devices, claims a bonus or tries a new network.

Return Visits

Email accounts work from any device with inbox access. Wallet accounts need the same wallet on each device, either as an extension or a mobile app linked through WalletConnect.

Lost Access

Phone loss hits the two paths in different ways. Email users recover through the inbox, while wallet users rely entirely on a stored seed phrase, and casino support cannot restore a wallet's keys.

Deposit Routes and Minimums

Email accounts typically fund through a deposit address, which works from any exchange or wallet. Wallet accounts often sign deposits directly, and some casinos set separate minimums for each route.

Bonus Eligibility

Welcome offers sometimes require a verified email. Players who join with a wallet may need to add and confirm an address before a bonus unlocks. Our walkthrough of the welcome track choice explains how offers attach at sign-up.

Dexsport Offers Both Doors

Dexsport opens with an email field and a six-digit passcode, without a password, and places Google and Telegram buttons next to six wallet icons, Halo Wallet, Bitget Wallet, TronLink, Trust Wallet, MetaMask and WalletConnect among them. Email sign-up generates a wallet automatically, and return logins and recovery both go through the inbox.

Dexsport's help centre notes separate minimums for direct Web3 wallet funding and for top-ups to the platform's internal wallet, which email and Telegram accounts use. Email verification also unlocks the sports bonus and the Sports Club, so wallet users may want to add an address first.

Dexsport's terms make the owner of a connected wallet answerable for every action taken from it, and players must report suspected unauthorised use to support within 24 hours. Dexapp LTD, the company behind the site, holds a licence from Anjouan.

Your Habits Decide the Path

Personal routines usually settle the choice more quickly than technical detail:

• Several devices, mixed funding sources: email accounts adapt more easily

• One main wallet holding the bankroll: wallet accounts cut transfers and steps

• Concern about inbox compromise: wallet sign-in moves the risk to a seed phrase you control

• Concern about losing a seed phrase: email recovery offers a familiar safety net

Either way, verification may still apply later. Casinos keep the right to request documents, often around withdrawals, whichever door a player used.

Conclusion

Email and wallet sign-up lead to the same lobby but place control in different hands. Email accounts lean on the inbox for login and recovery, while wallet accounts rely on signatures and a seed phrase that only the player holds.

Differences surface later too, in return visits, deposit routes, minimums and bonus checks. Fit the path to your devices and funding habits, and friction stays low later on.

Online gambling rules differ between countries, so read the law where you live first. Sign up only at legal age, accept that KYC or AML checks may apply, and pick a monthly cap before any deposit.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Sign-up options, minimums, bonus conditions and terms change over time, so check each casino's current pages before you register. Casino games involve risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please play responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

Three features separate a Web3 casino from a crypto-friendly one: how players connect, what role a token plays and how much activity leaves a public record. Anyone can check each feature from the outside in a few minutes.

Some casinos tick all three boxes, others only one, and a few lean on the word for marketing alone.

Strong Signals Against Weak Ones

Evidence varies in weight. Some features prove a Web3 design, while others appear just as often at conventional crypto casinos.

Area

Strong signal

Weak signal

Access

Sign-up through MetaMask, TronLink or another self-custody app

Email account with a crypto deposit address

Custody

Funds stay in the player's wallet or a published contract

Balance held in an internal account

Token

Token with a stated role in play, rewards or settlement

Token mentioned only in marketing

Records

Bets or settlements visible on a block explorer

Only deposits and withdrawals on-chain

Fairness

Provably fair games with seeds you can verify

"Fair play" badge without a method

Contracts

Published contract addresses and audit reports

"Blockchain-powered" banner without detail

Last verified: October 2026

Few platforms score strongly in every row. Hybrid casinos often combine wallet access with off-chain game servers, which places them between the two columns.

Wallets Show Who Holds the Keys

Wallet sign-up offers the clearest first test. When a casino lets you connect MetaMask, Trust Wallet or another self-custody app, your address becomes the account, and signatures replace a password.

Custody deserves a second look, though. Some wallet-login casinos still move funds into an internal balance after the first deposit, so the player connects with a wallet yet plays from an operator account. Terms usually spell this out under deposits or wallet sections.

Email routes can still count when they create a wallet for the player behind the scenes. In that case, the wallet exists, but the casino or a partner manages the keys until the player exports or connects their own.

Tokens Show Whether Value Flows Back

Native tokens appear at many Web3 casinos, yet a token alone proves little. The useful question concerns its job: rewards for play, a stake in revenue, a deposit option or a governance vote.

Supply details, contract addresses and audits should appear on the token page or a public tracker such as CoinGecko. Tokens without a published contract or a stated role read as decoration. Our overview of casino tokens compares how several platforms use theirs.

On-Chain Records Show What Anyone Can Verify

Every crypto casino leaves deposit and withdrawal traces on a blockchain, since coins must move between addresses. Those traces prove that payments happened, while the game itself stays out of view.

Stronger evidence comes from bets, settlements or game results written to a public ledger. Some platforms record bets on an on-chain desk or settle through smart contracts, which lets anyone confirm the outcome with a block explorer.

Provably fair systems add another layer, with a hashed server seed published before play and revealed afterwards. Our explainer on what provably fair can and cannot prove sets out the limits.

Labels That Prove Little

Marketing copy often borrows Web3 language without the substance behind it. Watch for these signals that sound technical but confirm very little:

• "Accepts crypto": a cashier option, shared by thousands of conventional sites

• "Blockchain-powered": a slogan unless the site names the chain and the contracts

• NFT avatars or badges: collectibles that rarely affect custody or settlement

• "Decentralised" in the footer: meaningless without a protocol, contracts or governance to point to

• Token airdrops: promotions that say little about the casino's own design

A Five-Minute Check Before You Deposit

Public information answers most questions about a casino's design. This short routine works for any platform:

1. Open the sign-up screen and note whether wallets appear as a login route.

2. Read the terms for the words "wallet", "custody" and "liquidity pool".

3. Look for published contract addresses and copy one into a block explorer.

4. Search for audit reports from named firms and check their scope.

5. Test a provably fair game and verify one round with the published seeds.

Audits deserve a careful reading, since they often cover a token contract and leave the casino's game servers untouched. Our guide to reading audit reports explains what each kind of audit covers.

Dexsport's Wallet-First Front Door

Dexsport offers six wallet options at registration, from TronLink and Halo Wallet to MetaMask, Bitget Wallet, Trust Wallet and WalletConnect, and its email route creates a wallet for newcomers. The terms frame the site as an interface to the Dexsport Protocol built for its community, where deposits join a liquidity pool and each wallet stays in its owner's hands.

Dexsport's DESU token lives on BNB Chain, both CertiK and Pessimistic have reviewed its contract, and it doubles as a deposit asset at the cashier. Dexsport records bets on an on-chain desk, and 62 casino titles hold a provably fair tag.

Dexapp LTD operates Dexsport under an Anjouan licence, so player protection rules apply alongside the Web3 design. Verification may still apply at any stage, as the terms reserve the right to request documents.

Conclusion

Web3 status rests on three pillars: wallet access with real custody, a token with a defined job and records that anyone can check on a blockchain. Crypto payments alone fall short, since every crypto casino leaves deposit traces.

Strong signals include published contracts, audits, on-chain bets and verifiable game seeds. Weak ones include slogans, NFT badges and tokens without a stated role. Five minutes with the sign-up screen, the terms and a block explorer usually settle the question.

Each country sets its own gambling rules, so look up yours before you join. Play only at legal age, note that KYC or AML checks may apply, and keep deposits to money you can spare.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Platform designs, custody models, tokens and audits change over time, so check each casino's current terms and published contracts before you deposit. Casino games involve risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please play responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

November 12 frontend and Blend cutoff

Blur said it will deprecate the user-facing blur.io frontend on November 12, while its marketplace protocol remains operational on-chain and BLUR retains control of the protocol’s fee switch, according to the company’s official X account.

On the same date, Blend, Blur’s NFT-backed lending platform, will stop matching new loans, The Block reported on October 12.

Blend borrower deadline

Existing Blend borrowers must repay their loans by the cutoff or allow them to default. Blur plans to offer a withdrawal tool after that point, though the announced information did not specify further mechanics or a date for its availability.

The November deadline ends new loan matching, not every on-chain component immediately: borrowers with outstanding positions have a defined action date, while users awaiting withdrawals must wait for the planned post-cutoff tool.

Protocol remains after volume collapse

The distinction is between Blur’s web interface and its underlying marketplace protocol: the company says the protocol will remain live on-chain. The retained BLUR fee-switch control indicates that governance over that function is likewise not being retired alongside the frontend.

The move comes after a steep fall in marketplace activity. Blur’s monthly NFT trading volume declined from about $1.43 billion in March 2023 to less than $7 million in March 2026, a drop of more than 99.5%, according to CoinDesk.

November 12 is now the concrete deadline for the frontend deprecation, the end of new Blend loan matching and repayment decisions for outstanding Blend borrowers.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The company now plans to use roughly ¥23.6 billion of the bond proceeds to repay that facility. That makes the transaction principally a balance-sheet adjustment, not a new round of Bitcoin buying. Of approximately ¥51.9 billion in net proceeds, the remainder—up to ¥28.3 billion—is earmarked for share repurchases, while none is allocated to new BTC purchases, according to Metaplanet’s issuance notice.

That distinction matters because zero-coupon convertibles can look like unusually cheap capital when viewed only through the absence of interest payments. Here, the more immediate effect is to remove some dependence on Bitcoin-backed borrowing and replace it with unsecured financing whose costs may instead emerge through equity dilution or a later cash refinancing.

The move away from Bitcoin-collateralized debt

Metaplanet plans to issue ¥52.0 billion of five-year, zero-coupon Euro-Yen convertible bonds with stock acquisition rights. The bonds are due to close on October 29, 2026, and will be issued and redeemed at 100% of principal. In conventional cash terms, there is neither an issue discount nor a redemption premium built into the stated terms.

Its use of proceeds is unusually revealing. Rather than apply the financing to the asset that has become central to the company’s market identity, Metaplanet is directing about 45% of net proceeds to repayment of the Bitcoin-collateralized facility. The company’s September borrowing balance was also close to the US$800 million total size of that facility. Repaying part of it does not eliminate the facility exposure, but it addresses a level of borrowing that management itself had described as outside its stated BTC-NAV guideline.

Collateral changes the character of a financing decision. A Bitcoin-backed facility ties debt capacity directly to the value and availability of the pledged asset. The proposed bonds, by contrast, are unsecured. Metaplanet is therefore exchanging a form of funding linked to its Bitcoin balance sheet for an instrument tied more directly to the eventual performance of its shares.

There is no disclosed claim that the transaction lowers borrowings to the company’s 10% guideline, and the materials do not provide a post-transaction BTC-NAV ratio. The defensible reading is narrower: the issue reduces a particular secured liability and reshapes the company’s exposure, rather than proving that leverage has returned to management’s preferred range.

Zero coupon does not mean debt reduction

“Zero coupon” should not be read as immediate deleveraging. Metaplanet says in its October 13 issuance notice that total liabilities will increase at issuance and that the transaction is not intended to reduce total debt immediately. It substitutes new unsecured, interest-free bonds for part of the secured Bitcoin-collateralized facility. The five-year bonds are issued at par, redeemed at par and carry no periodic coupon payments, avoiding recurring cash-interest payments on the new tranche.

The trade is between Bitcoin-collateralized debt and a longer-dated unsecured claim that may become equity. The attached right to acquire stock can dilute existing shareholders if conversion occurs; if it does not, principal remains payable under the instrument’s terms. That leaves Metaplanet’s capital structure more dependent on its share price without eliminating the liability.

Buybacks turn refinancing into a per-share bet

The allocation of up to ¥28.3 billion to share repurchases is what prevents this from being a straightforward refinancing. A buyback can reduce the share count, potentially concentrating ownership for continuing shareholders. Yet it also means a substantial share of the new funding is not being used to acquire Bitcoin, repay the secured facility or build cash reserves.

Metaplanet’s own transaction materials caution that the financing is not intended to increase BTC per share immediately. That caution is important because the company’s Bitcoin holdings have expanded rapidly: 44,000 BTC at the end of September 2026, from 35,102 BTC at the end of December 2025 and 30,823 BTC a year earlier, according to its Bitcoin Strategy Tracker.

The new issue does not directly extend that holdings trajectory. Instead, management is combining partial debt repayment with an equity-capital decision. The buyback may be read as an effort to support per-share outcomes while the company pauses using incremental capital for BTC accumulation. Whether that proves favourable depends on factors the announcement cannot settle: the shares bought back, any future conversion of the bonds, and the company’s funding position when the securities reach their key decision points.

There is a further tension. Buybacks can offset some dilution only if shares are repurchased and retired on terms that ultimately compare well with the conversion economics. The company has stated the uses of proceeds, not an outcome. Investors evaluating the package therefore have to consider the repurchase programme and potential conversion together, rather than treating the former as automatically neutralising the latter.

The conversion premium sets the cost of cheaper financing

Metaplanet subsequently set the conversion price at ¥339 per share, a 29.89% premium to its ¥261 closing price on October 13. The premium gives existing shareholders a measure of near-term protection: based on that pricing-date comparison, the shares would need to rise materially before conversion is economically compelling.

It is also the price of the zero-coupon structure. Investors are accepting no periodic coupon in exchange for potential participation in equity upside at a fixed conversion price. If the stock performs strongly enough, the company may avoid a pure cash repayment outcome, but shareholders would bear dilution. If the shares remain below that level, conversion is less likely to be attractive and the debt component becomes more prominent.

The ¥339 figure should not be treated as a forecast or a ceiling. It is a contractual conversion reference, established in the October 14 pricing notice. Its practical significance is that Metaplanet has deferred the equity cost of financing rather than avoided it.

The three-year put keeps market access in the equation

The five-year bonds include a three-year investor put and a company call beginning after three years if Metaplanet’s share price reaches at least 160% of the conversion price. The put gives investors an earlier exit, whereas the call requires the substantially higher share-price threshold. At the ¥339 conversion price, the call is governed by the 160% test, with the company’s transaction materials—not the announcement—setting out the detailed operation of the rights.

The arrangement is therefore not permanently cheap capital: it shifts rather than eliminates risk. Metaplanet has reduced reliance on Bitcoin-collateralized borrowing and avoided coupon payments on the replacement bonds, but the refinancing outcome depends more heavily on equity-market performance, future funding conditions and market access. The supplementary transaction materials make that three-year test explicit.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The New York Knicks hold the trophy after defeating San Antonio 124-113 in last year's final, with Jalen Brunson named MVP. Earlier editions went to the Lakers and the Bucks.

Each stage of the tournament changes what a bet depends on, from point differential in November to home court and one-game variance in December.

The 2026 Format at a Glance

Group play spreads across seven dates, and every result except the final counts toward the 82-game regular season. Those rules shape both team incentives and market pricing.

Stage

Dates

Format

Counts toward standings

Group play

October 30 to November 27

Six groups of five, four games each

Yes

Quarterfinals

December 4 and 5

Eight teams, hosted by the higher seed

Yes

Semifinals

December 8 and 9

Four teams, hosted by the higher seed

Yes

Championship

December 11

One game at Hinkle Fieldhouse, Indianapolis

No

Last verified: October 2026

Six group winners advance, along with one wild card from each conference, the strongest record among teams that missed out on first place. Head-to-head results break ties first, followed by point differential.

Six Groups for 2026

Groups follow last season's standings, so each one mixes a contender with mid-table and younger sides.

Group

Teams

East A

Pistons, Raptors, Magic, Bucks, Nets

East B

Knicks, Cavaliers, 76ers, Heat, Pacers

East C

Celtics, Hawks, Hornets, Bulls, Wizards

West A

Nuggets, Rockets, Mavericks, Suns, Jazz

West B

Thunder, Timberwolves, Clippers, Pelicans, Grizzlies

West C

Spurs, Lakers, Trail Blazers, Warriors, Kings

Last verified: October 2026

East B pairs the holders with Cleveland and Philadelphia, while West C puts last year's beaten finalists alongside the Lakers and Warriors.

Group Play Markets

Group games look like ordinary regular-season fixtures, and books price them with the same core markets. Tournament rules add a twist that a standard Tuesday game lacks.

Point Differential Changes Late-Game Behaviour

Margin can decide a group, so a team with a comfortable lead may keep starters on the floor and push for extra points. Late points of this kind can affect spreads and totals in the final minutes, especially in the last round of group games on November 27.

Teams behind also have reason to cut a deficit even after the result looks settled. Bettors on spreads should watch group standings before tip-off, since the same 15-point lead means more in a tight group.

Group and Wild Card Futures

Futures books often list a winner for each group and sometimes a wild card market. Prices shift game by game, and a single upset can reshape a five-team group after only one round.

Player markets still matter during this stage, and our breakdown of NBA player props explains how points, rebounds and assists lines form.

Knockout Markets

December games become one-off eliminations, and two factors move prices more than anything else: where the game takes place and how the outright book reacts to each result.

Home Court and Rest

The higher seed hosts each quarterfinal and semifinal, so home court matters more here than in a seven-game playoff series, where a single result rarely settles the tie. Group records decide seeding, which gives a 4-0 group winner a real edge over a wild card.

Schedules also tighten. Quarterfinals on December 4 and 5 lead into semifinals on December 8 and 9, and a road team may face two flights in under a week. Injury news hits harder in a one-game format, so late line moves deserve attention before tip-off.

Outright Prices Through December

Moneyline and spread markets dominate each knockout game, while outright prices on the Cup winner shorten after every round. Quarterfinal winners often see their odds halve or more, since only three games stand between them and the trophy.

Bettors who backed a team early in November may hold a price far longer than the one on offer in December. Others prefer to wait for the bracket and accept a shorter price in exchange for certainty about the path.

Championship Night in Indianapolis

Indianapolis hosts the final at Hinkle Fieldhouse, a historic college arena. Its result stays outside the regular-season standings, so coaches can treat it as a pure trophy game.

Final markets usually include the moneyline, spread, totals, player points and an MVP outright. Neutral-court conditions remove home advantage, and pricing tends to reflect that. Our comparison of sportsbooks on NBA coverage compares the depth of basketball boards.

Nine Basketball Market Types at Dexsport

Dexsport names nine basketball market types in its rulebook, covering the match winner, combined and team totals, quarter results, the highest- and lowest-scoring quarter, player points and rebounds, head-to-head player duels and combined performance lines. Those categories cover both team and player angles across all Cup stages.

Dexsport's Combo+ adds a multiplier to accumulators of four legs or more, which suits bettors who combine several group games on one night. Our explainer on accumulator boosts shows how those multipliers work.

Access depends on location, so local law decides whether a Dexsport account is an option at all. Dexapp LTD, the platform's operator, holds an Anjouan licence.

Conclusion

The 2026 NBA Cup lasts from October 30 to December 11, with six five-team groups, an eight-team knockout bracket and a final in Indianapolis. Holders New York defend the title, and every game except the final counts toward the regular season.

Markets shift by stage. Point differential shapes late-game spreads and totals in group play, home court matters in single-elimination rounds, and the neutral-site final strips that advantage away.

Sports betting laws differ by country and, in the United States, by state, so check the rules that apply to you. Bet only at legal age, allow for the fact that KYC or AML checks may apply, and fix one budget for the whole tournament.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Schedules, formats and market menus can change, and platform availability varies by country, so check the official NBA schedule and each sportsbook's current offer before you bet. Betting carries risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

Small trendline break to the upside or main channel breakdown?

Source: TradingView

Since rising into a first parallel channel back in August, and then into a second one, based on top of the first, the $BTC price action seemed messy and uncertain. However, an ascending channel now encompasses all of the price action and appears to give a far more accurate pattern representation. Even so, there are still only two touches of the top of the channel. Another one will be needed in order to fully validate it.

The $BTC price is quite near the bottom of the channel now, so it will be important for the bulls to make sure that the price does not dip and confirm below. A small descending trendline needs to be broken to the upside. If it is, the price could rise to the $86,720 resistance level with the chance of making the first higher high, possibly beginning a trend break after a series of lows.

At the bottom of the chart, the RSI illustrates a descending trendline with the indicator line only just below it. A break above the trendline would likely be reflected in a break of the trendline in the price action.

50-day SMA acts as support again

Source: TradingView

The daily time frame shows how the $BTC price is in the second step up within the ascending channel. A breakout of the parallel channel would then perhaps lead to the formation of the third stair step up. 

An excellent help here could be the 50-day simple moving average (SMA). Twice now the price has come down to this moving average and has bounced from it each time. It will be important now that the 50-day SMA maintains an angle to the upside that keeps it in touch with the rising channel. If it rolls over, this will likely be a signal that the $BTC price is already on its way down.

With all the positivity so far, the negatives need to be mentioned. The Stochastic RSI at the bottom of the chart is actually poised in a  cross-down position. This is certainly not what the bulls ordered, and a roll-over of these indicator lines could cause enough damage to stop the ascending channel in its tracks and signal a breakdown to around $70K.

Signs emerging of a coming breakdown?

Source: TradingView

Continuing with the bearishness out into the weekly time frame, are the signs now there that this heroic Bitcoin rally could already have topped? The tops of the recent weekly candle bodies closed exactly underneath the $86,720 horizontal resistance level, which provided support for the entirety of the price action in the first big bear flag of the bear market until the first big drop.

Unless there is a turnaround in falling momentum, a breakdown could be approaching. Of course, there is still plenty of the week left for the rally to reignite, but other signs are also showing.

The Stochastic RSI indicator lines have crossed down from the very top of their limit, so unless there is a bounce at the 80.00 level, this is a negative signal.

Also, in the MACD, the blue line looks as though it may be starting to flatten out, while there are now two smaller light green columns in the histogram. 

All these signs point to a faltering $BTC price, and given the intense rally that we have witnessed over the last several weeks, a decent-sized correction is probably due. Keep your eyes on the bottom trendline of the ascending channel. If this breaks and confirms, the correction will be upon us.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The launch gives the broker’s crypto customers a way to stake Ethereum through the same portal they use to manage their Interactive Brokers account. The operational work is handled by digital-asset infrastructure provider zerohash, so the broker does not have to run those systems itself.

Ethereum staking arrives in Interactive Brokers’ Client Portal

Eligible clients can use the Staking Dashboard in Client Portal to submit requests to stake or unstake Ethereum and monitor pending activity, The Block reported. At launch, ETH is the only cryptocurrency supported for staking.

Interactive Brokers said rewards will be credited as additional staked cryptocurrency and may compound while they remain staked.

Interactive Brokers said zerohash provides the staking infrastructure, including validator operations and rewards accounting, while Client Portal provides the request and monitoring tools.

zerohash runs the validator and rewards infrastructure

zerohash provides the infrastructure for the Interactive Brokers service through an API integration. Its responsibilities include blockchain infrastructure, validator operations, rewards accounting and compliance, Interactive Brokers said in its announcement.

The arrangement gives Interactive Brokers a route to present a staking feature to customers without itself operating the validators or the underlying blockchain infrastructure. It also separates the visible broker interface from the systems that process staking activity and track rewards.

Validator operations are a core part of proof-of-stake networks such as Ethereum, where staked assets are used within the network’s validation process. For Interactive Brokers clients, the relevant product flow is instead the ability to submit staking or unstaking instructions and see pending activity through the broker’s portal.

The parties did not disclose financial terms for the integration in the announcements cited. Interactive Brokers’ description identifies zerohash as the provider for both the technical operations and the rewards-accounting and compliance components of the service.

zerohash Staking-as-a-Service visual accompanying the infrastructure launch announcement. — Source: zerohash via GlobeNewswire

The rollout starts with one staking asset

Ethereum staking arrives even as Interactive Brokers says its platform supports trading in 20 digital assets. The comparison underscores the limited initial scope: clients can trade a broader set of cryptocurrencies, but staking is currently available only for ETH.

According to the broker, crypto commissions start at 0.12% to 0.18% of trade value, subject to a $1.75 minimum per order; the supplied launch materials do not set out separate staking charges.

The launch follows zerohash’s own Staking-as-a-Service announcement on June 25, 2026. In that release, zerohash named Interactive Brokers, Public and BitMart as initial launch partners for the institutional product.

That service began with Ethereum support, while Solana staking was planned for a later date. No additional staking assets or timetable for their availability through Interactive Brokers were announced alongside the broker’s Ethereum launch.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Bybit Kazakhstan announces the signing of a Memorandum of Cooperation with AIFC Markets Ltd., the Programme Office of the Astana International Financial Centre’s Investment Tax Residency Programme (ITRP). Under the memorandum, qualified investments in digital assets made by Programme participants through Bybit Kazakhstan’s licensed platform will be verified and recognised by the Programme Office.

The ITRP is an AIFC initiative that allows eligible foreign investors to obtain Kazakhstan tax residency and an investor visa in exchange for investing through the AIFC infrastructure. The Programme already recognises in-scope investments in digital assets made through AFSA-licensed platforms by qualified investors. 

For investors, this means a clear and transparent path: open an account with an AFSA-licensed platform including Bybit Kazakhstan, build a digital asset portfolio, and have these investments recognised within the Programme in a streamlined process.

The memorandum of cooperation is expected to provide:

• A regulated route into the Programme through digital assets - qualified digital asset investments made on a licensed AIFC platform
• Transparency and simplicity - automated, secure verification of investments between Bybit Kazakhstan and the Programme Office
• New opportunities for international investors - Kazakhstan tax residency combined with access to digital asset markets in one framework

“Kazakhstan is building one of the most consistent regulated environments for digital assets in the region, and the AIFC Investment Tax Residency Programme shows how this approach works in practice,” said Ablaikhan Aubakir, Country Manager at Bybit Kazakhstan. “This memorandum means that investors who choose Kazakhstan can build their digital asset portfolio on a licensed platform and be confident that these investments are recognised within the AIFC framework. It is another step in connecting our infrastructure with the country’s financial ecosystem.”

Bakhtiyar Tleubekov, Chairman of the Management Board of the AIFC Authority, noted:

“Introducing digital assets into the AIFC Investment Tax Residency Programme is a significant step in advancing Kazakhstan’s investment infrastructure. We are consistently expanding the range of instruments available to attract international capital while building a transparent and regulated environment aligned with global trends in digital finance. The updated programme creates new opportunities for investors within the AIFC ecosystem and provides further momentum to the development of the digital asset market in Kazakhstan.”

The memorandum builds on Bybit Kazakhstan's ongoing cooperation with the AIFC. As an AIFC Participant licensed by AFSA, Bybit Kazakhstan continues to work closely with the Centre and its institutions on developing regulated digital asset infrastructure in Kazakhstan, and the parties intend to explore further joint initiatives within the AIFC ecosystem.

Further information on the Investment Tax Residency Programme is available on the AIFC website. Digital asset trading is available to eligible users on Bybit.kz.

Disclaimer: This material is provided for informational purposes only and does not constitute tax, legal or investment advice. Participation in the AIFC Investment Tax Residency Programme is subject to the Programme’s rules and eligibility criteria administered by AIFC Markets Ltd. Products and services described herein may not be available in all jurisdictions. Investors should carefully review applicable terms and assess their individual risk profile before making investment decisions.

#Bybit / #NewFinancialPlatform / #BybitKazakhstan

About Bybit Kazakhstan (Bybit Limited)

Bybit Kazakhstan is an AIFC Participant licensed by AFSA to operate a Digital Asset Trading Facility and provide Money Services in relation to Digital Assets. Bybit Kazakhstan develops compliant infrastructure to support institutions and enterprises engaging with digital assets in Kazakhstan. www.bybit.kz

About the Astana International Financial Centre (AIFC) 

The Astana International Financial Centre (AIFC) is an independent jurisdiction where investors and business meet emerging opportunities of Kazakhstan and Central Asia in a transparent and sustainable environment backed by the principles of English Common Law. www.aifc.kz    

ContactMarketingZholayev SanzharBybit Kazakhstanzholayev.sanzhar@bybit.com

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

BNY and Citadel Securities complete tokenized Treasury triparty repo

The transaction puts a tokenized Treasury into an established segment of short-term funding markets rather than treating the digital representation as a standalone asset. In a triparty repo, collateral is held and administered by a third-party bank while one party obtains cash financing against the securities.

BNY’s announcement identifies Citadel Securities as the participant using the collateral and BNY as both the triparty platform operator and cash provider. The bank did not disclose the size of the trade in its release.

Two-year Treasury moved from Tradeweb purchase to repo collateral

Citadel Securities purchased a two-year U.S. Treasury note through BNY on Tradeweb, according to BNY’s October 13 release. BNY then recorded a tokenized representation of the note on its private digital ledger.

That representation settled within minutes, BNY said, rather than following the standard T+1 settlement cycle. The stated sequence matters because the asset was subsequently used for financing after settlement, linking the trade, settlement and collateral stages of the workflow.

BNY provided overnight financing against tokenized collateral

Citadel Securities used the tokenized Treasury as collateral in an overnight triparty repo after settlement, with BNY providing the cash financing.

The transaction tested whether a tokenized conventional government security could function as collateral in a live short-term funding workflow. According to CoinDesk, it also showed how tokenized Treasuries could move from settlement into short-term financing and potentially reduce delays in collateral mobility.

That is a potential operational benefit, not evidence of a broader change in standard market settlement or repo practices.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

FIU blocks or terminates access to 27 platforms

The Financial Services Commission announcement said the FIU acted against 27 websites that were still operating at the time of its review and were connected to providers not registered as virtual-asset service providers in the country.

For a domestic operator or server, the restriction is service termination; for an overseas website, it is an access block.

KuCoin, MEXC and other named platforms

KuCoin, MEXC, BitMart, BingX, Phemex, XT.com, Bitrue, CoinW and BTCC are among the platforms affected, according to CoinDesk’s reporting on the FIU action.

The nine named platforms account for nine of the 27 websites covered by the restrictions.

The regulator’s announcement describes the targets as websites tied to unregistered providers, rather than setting out a separate operational rationale for each named platform. It restricts domestic access through service termination when the operator or server is domestic and access blocking when the website is overseas.

Enforcement beyond website restrictions

The website action sits alongside a wider FIU enforcement pipeline. The agency has referred 44 unregistered operators to investigators, CoinDesk reported, extending the matter beyond measures aimed at limiting online access.

The FIU has also warned users that recovering funds held with unauthorized platforms may be difficult. That warning puts particular weight on the practical consequences for customers whose ability to reach a platform is curtailed, while the reported referrals remain with investigators.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The closure extends beyond the mining pool itself. It covers Cloud Mining and Pool Savings as well as the technical connections, notifications and tools used alongside the pool, creating separate deadlines for miners, savings-product users and customers seeking account records.

November 10 cutoff covers Binance Pool and related services

Binance said in its announcement that Binance Pool, Pool Savings, Cloud Mining, Transaction Accelerator, mining-pool APIs, Telegram hashrate alerts and email notifications will be discontinued at 07:00 UTC on November 10.

The closure covers more than the pool interface: associated communications and programmatic-access services are included. Binance did not provide further detail on the product-review process.

Stratum shutdown requires hashrate migration

Binance plans to disable its Stratum addresses and mining endpoints at the shutdown cutoff. In its statement, the company said submitted hashrate and mining shares will no longer be accepted, processed or credited after that point.

Binance instructed miners to disconnect their equipment and redirect it to another pool before the deadline, according to Cointelegraph. That makes November 10 an operational migration date for customers directing machines to Binance Pool. Binance’s shutdown statement does not identify an alternative pool or migration destination.

Pool Savings redemptions and records access

Pool Savings customers face a separate action: Binance has said users should redeem or cancel their positions ahead of the closure. That instruction sits alongside, rather than replaces, the need for miners using the pool to redirect their equipment.

The platform will retain access to Binance Pool pages for 14 days after services close. Those pages are scheduled to remain available through November 24, 2026, allowing customers to view historical data, account records and payout status, according to Binance’s support notice.

The two dates establish a narrow timetable. Mining activity and the connected products end on November 10, while the following two weeks are reserved for checking past pool information and payout status rather than continuing pool operations.

A mining operation launched in 2020

According to Binance’s original launch post, the exchange introduced Binance Pool in April 2020; cloud mining came later. The November closure will end more than six years of Binance mining-pool operations. Binance said the scheduled closure covers the pool, cloud-mining offering, savings and related monitoring services, while historical pool data and account records will remain available only until November 24.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Bybit Co-founder and CEO Ben Zhou has outlined the latest stage of the company’s expansion from a crypto exchange into The New Financial Platform, highlighting new products and collaborations across traditional and digital markets. 

The updates were presented during Bybit’s latest biannual “Keynote with Ben” session titled “Make Your Move”, where Ben discussed the convergence of financial markets and the company’s approach to building for that shift. Held outside the usual studio format, in a gathering with a live audience, the keynote brought Ben together with selected guests to discuss changes in the financial landscape, new technologies and the products shaping Bybit’s next phase.

Four Years of TradFi Expansion, With Stocks Now Live and mStocks Ahead

Four years after entering traditional finance with contracts for difference (CFDs) in 2022, Bybit has established itself as the largest crypto CFD platform, with trading volume reaching as much as $100 billion at its peak. On Oct. 12, the company expanded further into traditional markets with the launch of stock trading for eligible users, providing access to more than 1,000 U.S. stocks and ETFs. Users can trade using USDC, with fractional shares and 24/5 access covering U.S. pre-market, regular and after-hours sessions.

Bybit is also developing mStocks in collaboration with Mantle, with a targeted launch in November. The tokenized stock product is designed to be backed 1:1 by real stocks, with plans to support round-the-clock conversion between eligible stocks and mStocks on Bybit, as well as decentralized exchange trading through automated market maker (AMM) liquidity pools on Mantle. Converted mStocks are also expected to be transferable into Bybit’s Unified Trading Account (UTA) for use as trading collateral, subject to applicable terms and conditions.

Bybit launched IPO Express in June, giving eligible users access to selected IPO opportunities at the offering price through tokenized representations of the underlying securities. The service launched with SpaceX and is designed to extend Bybit’s access beyond secondary-market trading into selected primary-market opportunities.

The latest developments build on Bybit’s expansion into perpetuals, pre-market products, foreign exchange and options. Its TradFi offering now spans more than 600 products across equities, ETFs, indices, commodities and FX. TradFi perpetuals have recorded more than $180 billion in trading volume, while recent additions include Forex Perps and Perp Options, an industry-first options product built on TradFi perpetuals.

Bybit is continuing to develop new perpetual products linked to AI computing and commodities, extending its range of instruments beyond conventional crypto markets.

Extending the Platform into Payments

Beyond trading and investing, Bybit has expanded its payments infrastructure to help customers move funds with greater flexibility. Bybit Pay and Bybit Card support crypto and fiat transfers, merchant payments and everyday spending. The service now connects users with more than 5,000 merchants across 15+ countries and supports transfers to bank accounts and e-wallets, alongside QR payments and other payment services. Bybit has issued more than 4 million Bybit Cards, extending the platform’s use beyond financial markets into payments and spending.

Security and Regulatory Infrastructure

The expansion has been accompanied by investment in security, compliance and technology infrastructure.

In the first half of 2026, Bybit said it intercepted more than 30,000 suspicious withdrawal requests, protecting users from more than $700 million in potential losses.

Bybit also secured five new licenses and regulatory approvals across European Union, the Cayman Islands, Indonesia, South Africa and El Salvador during 2026. These regulatory developments support the company’s efforts to expand its presence across different markets, subject to local requirements.

The company launched Bybit AI in September as a conversational assistant across trading, account management and customer support, with further development planned around the platform’s wider financial services.

“Bybit is all about giving you the speed and scale you need when you Make Your Move. We have brought trading, investing, payments and AI together, and we are continuing to add more markets and more ways to use them. We built the platform. Now it is about giving people the financial freedom to make their own move,” said Ben Zhou, Co-founder and CEO of Bybit.

Building Beyond the Exchange

Four years after entering TradFi, Bybit now combines crypto markets with stocks and ETFs, derivatives, commodities, FX, selected pre-IPO access, payments and AI-powered services. The company’s focus is increasingly on bringing these capabilities together within a single platform while continuing to expand market access, product depth and the infrastructure supporting them.

For Bybit, the development of The New Financial Platform represents the next stage of its growth beyond crypto and into a broader role across global financial markets.

Watch the full keynote here: https://www.bybit.com/en/press/live/keynote-with-ben-h2-2026

#Bybit / #NewFinancialPlatform  

About Bybit

Bybit is The New Financial Platform.

We believe every person should have access to every financial opportunity on earth. That's why we're building the first intelligent platform that connects anyone, anywhere to the world's finance.

Trusted by more than 80 million users worldwide, Bybit brings together investing, trading, payments, and wealth-building in a single secure and intelligent ecosystem. Through the combination of AI-powered technology, deep global liquidity, robust security, and transparent operations, Bybit makes global finance more accessible, efficient, and empowering for everyone.

Built for everyone. Powered by intelligence. Open to the world.

Learn more at Bybit.com

For more details about Bybit, please visit Bybit Press

For media inquiries, please contact: media@bybit.com

For updates, please follow: Bybit's Communities and Social Media

Discord | Facebook | Instagram | LinkedIn | Reddit | Telegram | TikTok | X | Youtube

ContactHead of PRTony AuBybittony.au@bybit.com

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

A7 International enables businesses and individuals to pay invoices with digital assets, while recipients receive a regular bank transfer, reflecting A7’s international positioning and expanding the geography of settlements available to foreign clients.

In two years of operation, A7 has become one of the key players in the international settlements market. Founded in 2024 to serve the foreign economic activity of Russian businesses, it currently serves around 15,000 companies, processing 10+ trillion roubles in 2025 alone. The services A7 offered domestically sparked interest among businesses from other countries, prompting the company to come up with a new product for foreign clients.

The launch of A7 International marks a new stage in A7’s journey. In response to requests from foreign entrepreneurs, the company is expanding its positioning and creating an export offering for businesses in various countries. It is a remote service compliant with local legislation on digital assets and available only in those jurisdictions where cryptocurrency circulation is permitted.

“We are presenting not just a new product in the lineup, but a new image of A7. We have adapted our service so that it can be used remotely from anywhere in the world. This is precisely the key demand of market participants today. They want to be able to transfer money around the world in a few clicks in the shortest possible time – directly from your smartphone, without lengthy paperwork, hidden fees, or unjustified holds on funds. And we are packaging this demand into a convenient and competitive form,” said Chairman of Bank PSB Petr Fradkov.

The mechanics of the service are simple: the client transfers USDT, and A7 arranges a bank transfer via SWIFT using the counterparty details specified in the invoice. The recipient does not need to accept cryptocurrency or open a crypto wallet: the funds arrive in their bank account.

To submit an application, you need to register in your personal account on the website a7.biz. Individuals undergo identity verification (KYC), and companies undergo corporate data verification (KYB). Then the client uploads the invoice and the necessary documents. The built-in algorithm automatically recognizes the invoice data and helps fill out the application.

“The system operates as follows. AI analyzes the sender and beneficiary, jurisdictions, and key risk factors of the transaction. Based on the verification results, a risk profile of the payment is formed and the available options for processing it are determined. The system compares compliance requirements with the capabilities of the existing payment infrastructure. After that, it recommends the optimal payment route taking into account its cost, speed, reliability, and applicable restrictions. Routing dynamically adapts to changes in conditions and the availability of payment channels. Data accumulated over the years makes it possible to continuously improve the quality of decisions made by the system,” noted A7 CEO Ilan Shor.

At launch, A7 International accepts USDT on the TRON network. Bank transfers are available in US dollars, euros, Chinese yuan, and UAE dirhams. Other currencies are available by prior agreement. The commission is 0.3% for both businesses and individuals. After uploading the invoice, the client sees the final cost of the payment, including commission, in advance.

Payment execution time is from one business day. After the operation is completed, the client receives a SWIFT message or another confirming document. For currency and customs control, the service also provides closing documents.

The presentation of the service took place on a symbolic date and time — October 13 at 13:13.

Video of the official presentation and Customer journey here.

About A7

A7 is a global financial technology company specializing in international payments and settlement solutions for international trade. It was established in 2024 with the involvement of PSB Bank.

A7 is developing an independent global payment infrastructure across more than 100 countries, combining global financial expertise, advanced technology and regulatory compliance. The company’s products include international payments, digital financial assets and promissory notes.

A7 Group works with 15,000 clients, with around 2,000 transactions processed through the system every day. In 2025, approximately 19% of Russian companies’ cross-border trade settlements were processed through A7. In October 2025, A7 received an AA(RU) credit rating with a Stable outlook from ACRA.

ContactCMOAlex FedorovA7info@a7.biz

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

Each piece swaps a familiar part of an online bookmaker for a crypto equivalent. Logins become wallet signatures, the bookmaker's own balance sheet becomes a pool, and a results desk becomes an oracle or a published data source.

One bet, traced from wallet to payout, shows how the pieces fit together.

The Wallet Stands In for an Account

Online bookmakers start with a username, a password, and a stored balance. Web3 sportsbooks start with a wallet such as MetaMask, Trust Wallet, or Phantom, which proves ownership through a cryptographic signature.

Two kinds of requests pop up in the wallet. Signature requests prove you control the address and are free. Transaction requests move funds on-chain and cost a network fee, often called gas.

Token approvals deserve a closer look. Before a contract can spend a stablecoin such as USDT, the wallet asks you to approve an allowance, sometimes with an unlimited amount. Allowance checkers on block explorers show which contracts hold that permission and let you cancel it. Our comparison of each betting wallet option covers network support and signing features.

Where the Money Waits

Funds behind a bet have to stay somewhere, and Web3 sportsbooks use three main designs to hold them.

Peer-to-Pool

Liquidity providers deposit funds into a shared pool, and that pool acts as the counterparty to every bet. Bettors win from the pool and lose into it, while providers earn or lose based on overall results. Azuro and Overtime both use pool-based models across several networks.

Peer-to-Peer

Exchange-style platforms match one bettor against another through an order book, much like a stock exchange. SX Bet works this way on its own network, so the price depends on what other users offer.

Operator-Run Pools

Hybrid platforms keep a pool that the operator manages, with deposits added to it and withdrawals taken from it. Players still connect their own wallets, yet the operator sets odds, accepts bets and settles results under its published rules.

Who Sets the Odds

Pricing depends on the design. Pool-based protocols take opening lines from odds feeds and then adjust them as bets build exposure on one side. Order-book exchanges let users quote their own prices, so odds move with supply and demand.

Operator-run books price markets much like a traditional bookmaker, with traders or third-party feeds behind the lines. Each design builds in a margin somewhere, either in the odds, in a fee on winnings or in the spread between back and lay prices.

Settlement: How a Result Becomes a Payout

Once the match ends, someone has to tell the system who won. Fully on-chain protocols use oracles, services that bring outside data such as final scores onto the blockchain. The smart contract reads the oracle and releases winnings to the right wallets.

Hybrid platforms settle from named data sources, then credit balances under their own rules. Some record bets or payouts on-chain, which lets anyone view the transactions, though the decision itself still rests with the operator. Our explainer on on-chain settlement separates what a block explorer proves from what it leaves open.

Three Models Compared

Every design trades control, convenience and recourse in its own way. The table sets the main differences side by side.

Question

Custodial crypto book

Hybrid, wallet-connected

Fully on-chain protocol

Custody of idle funds

The operator

Your wallet, plus an operator-run pool for active play

Your wallet and a smart contract

Who sets the odds

Operator traders

Operator or feeds

Pool pricing or other users

How results settle

Operator decision

Operator, from named data sources

Oracle data read by a contract

Visible on a block explorer

Deposits and withdrawals

Deposits, withdrawals and some bet records

Most bets and payouts

Where disputes go

Operator support and regulator

Operator support and regulator

Protocol governance, if any

Last verified: October 2026

Recourse deserves equal weight with transparency. Licensed operators answer to a regulator, while a pure protocol may offer only a forum or token vote. Our look at decentralised sportsbooks compares both sides in more depth.

Dexsport's Pool and Protocol Setup

Dexsport describes itself in its terms as a community-driven interface to the Dexsport Protocol, where games play out between users' liquidity. All deposits join a liquidity pool, withdrawals come out of it, and the wallet remains user-owned, since Dexsport does not hold private keys.

Players connect through MetaMask, Trust Wallet, TronLink, Bitget Wallet, WalletConnect and other options, or sign up by email, which generates a wallet. Sports results draw on official league sources, with WhoScored as the primary statistics feed and Flashscore as a fallback.

Dexsport's prediction markets use a shared pool topped up by investors, with its balance publicly visible, while the team validates each market's resolution within 24 hours. Dexapp LTD operates the platform under an Anjouan licence, and a deposit unlocks for withdrawal once the player stakes its full value on sports picks at 1.3 or more.

Risks the Model Shifts to You

Self-custody brings control along with responsibilities that a traditional bookmaker would handle:

• Lost keys: seed phrase loss means wallet loss, since wallets lack a password reset

• Open approvals: unlimited token allowances remain live until you revoke them

• Contract bugs: smart contract flaws can freeze or drain a pool, even after an audit

• Network fees: gas costs add up across deposits, bets and withdrawals on busy chains

• Oracle errors: faulty data feeds can settle a market incorrectly before anyone spots it

Conclusion

Web3 sportsbooks rebuild the bookmaker from three parts: a wallet that signs instead of a login, a pool or order book that pays instead of a house balance sheet, and settlement through oracles or published data sources. Peer-to-pool, peer-to-peer and operator-run designs each place control and recourse in different hands.

Transparency varies with the model, from deposit records alone to fully on-chain bets. Self-custody also hands key management, approvals and fee costs to the bettor.

Sports betting laws differ between countries, so look up the rules where you live. Bet only at legal age, remember that KYC or AML checks may apply, and stake only what a weekly budget allows.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Platform designs, supported wallets, data sources and terms change over time, and smart contracts involve technical risk. Betting carries risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

Leave the memo out, and the coins still reach the right wallet. The platform cannot match them to your account, though, so the balance stays frozen until support traces it by hand.

Each network names and formats the field differently, and wallet apps rename it again. Learn the label in each place and a deposit moves without a hitch.

Why One Address Can Serve Thousands of Players

Bitcoin and Ethereum cashiers usually generate a fresh address for every user. XRP Ledger and TON platforms often work the other way: one shared receiving address collects deposits from everyone.

XRP Ledger accounts hold a reserve, currently 1 XRP for a basic account, so thousands of separate deposit accounts would lock up real money. TON wallets are smart contracts that need deployment and storage fees. One pooled address avoids both costs.

Shared addresses work only with a second identifier. The memo plays that role, much like a reference number on a bank transfer to a large company.

Two Chains, Two Kinds of Field

XRP and TON handle the identifier in different ways, and the difference shapes what can go wrong.

XRP: the Destination Tag

XRP uses a numeric destination tag, a whole number that can run up to ten digits. Letters and spaces fail, and a single wrong digit credits a different user or leaves the payment unassigned.

Each account can also switch on a "require destination tag" setting, which makes the ledger reject untagged payments outright. Exchanges usually enable it, while some casino addresses leave it off, so a missed tag may slip through. Our look at Ripple sportsbooks covers how XRP behaves once a deposit clears.

TON: the Comment

TON uses a free-text comment attached to the transfer. Platforms usually assign a string of numbers or letters, and the comment must match it character for character, with case and spacing intact.

TON addresses also come in two forms. Bounceable addresses, which usually begin with EQ, return funds when the destination contract has yet to deploy, while non-bounceable ones, which often begin with UQ, keep them there. Platforms that show a specific format expect you to paste that exact string.

Other Networks That Use a Memo

XRP and TON draw the most support tickets at casinos, yet several other chains rely on the same idea.

Network

Field name

Format

Common use

XRP Ledger

Destination tag

Whole number

Exchanges, casinos, payment services

TON

Comment

Free text

Exchanges, Telegram-based platforms

Stellar (XLM)

Memo

Text, ID or hash

Exchanges and anchors

Cosmos (ATOM)

Memo

Free text

Exchange deposits

Hedera (HBAR)

Memo

Free text

Exchange deposits

EOS

Memo

Free text

Exchange deposits

Last verified: October 2026

Field names on this list apply to the network itself. Wallets and exchanges often relabel them, which explains much of the confusion.

Same Field, Different Labels

Withdrawal screens on exchanges use their own wording, and the label rarely matches the casino's deposit page. Watch for these variations:

• Tag, Destination Tag or DT: XRP on most exchanges and wallets

• Memo, Comment or Message: TON in Tonkeeper, Telegram Wallet and exchange screens

• MEMO/Tag: a combined field on several exchanges, used for every memo-based network

• Payment ID or Note: older or less common wallet interfaces

Optional-looking fields cause the most mistakes. Some wallets mark the memo as optional because many recipients skip it, yet a casino with a shared address needs it every time.

Where Missing Memos Leave Your Funds

Untagged coins rarely vanish. They stay in the platform's shared wallet, visible on a block explorer but unlinked to any account.

Recovery depends on the platform. Support usually asks for the transaction hash, the amount, the sending address, and the time, then matches the payment manually. Some platforms charge a handling fee or set a minimum before they process a claim, and response times vary from hours to weeks.

Exchanges sometimes require a signed message from the sending wallet to prove ownership. Keep the transaction hash from every memo-based deposit until the balance shows up. Our comparison of casinos with wide network support shows how many chains a single cashier can list.

XRP and TON on the Dexsport Cashier

Dexsport lists XRP on the Ripple network and three assets on TON, among them USDT and Notcoin, within a cashier of 26 networks. Each route shows its own deposit details and a minimum anchored to a dollar value.

Players who fund Dexsport from an exchange should copy every field the deposit screen displays, any tag or comment too, into the corresponding exchange field. Wallet connection offers another route for supported networks, with the transfer signed in the player's own wallet.

Before a payout, Dexsport expects the deposited sum to see play once on sports selections priced at 1.3 and above, or twice over in casino games. Dexapp LTD operates Dexsport under an Anjouan licence. Our guide to TON casinos explains how Telegram-linked play works on that network.

Conclusion

Memo fields exist because XRP and TON platforms often share one receiving address across many users. XRP relies on a numeric destination tag, TON on a text comment, and Stellar, Cosmos, Hedera, and EOS follow the same idea under their own labels.

Missing or mistyped memos rarely destroy funds, yet they leave coins unassigned until support matches them by hand. Copy every field the deposit page shows, match labels across apps, and keep the transaction hash until the balance appears.

Gambling rules vary by country, so check yours before any deposit. Play only at legal age, expect that KYC or AML checks may apply, and fix a budget in dollars, since XRP and TON prices move sharply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Network rules, reserve amounts, supported assets and recovery processes change over time, and the coins named here are not a recommendation to buy. Casino games and betting involve risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please play responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

A team of former Goldman Sachs, Citadel Securities, Google and Uber professionals is bringing perpetual futures trading to traditional financial markets with the launch of DeepSigma, a decentralized exchange focused on real-world assets (RWAs).

Unveiled on October 13, the platform currently offers a live paper-trading demo spanning 77 markets, including U.S. equities, major stock indexes, commodities, sector ETFs and Treasury yields.

The exchange is powered by Cypherium, a Layer 1 blockchain backed by four granted U.S. patents, and aims to address some of the challenges that have made bringing traditional financial derivatives on-chain more complicated than their crypto counterparts.

Unlike tokenized asset platforms, DeepSigma does not require traders to own or take custody of the underlying assets. Instead, its perpetual contracts track real-world market prices through external data sources, allowing users to take long or short positions without owning the assets themselves.

Bringing Crypto-Style Perpetuals to Traditional Markets

Perpetual futures have become a major part of crypto trading, but applying the same model to traditional assets presents a different set of technical and market-structure challenges.

While cryptocurrencies trade around the clock, traditional financial markets operate within defined trading hours. Liquidity can also vary significantly, and price discovery becomes more complicated when underlying markets are closed.

DeepSigma is developing its infrastructure specifically around these differences.

Its risk-management framework includes multi-source pricing, mark-price mechanisms, position and exposure limits, circuit breakers, partial liquidations and an insurance mechanism designed for stressed market conditions.

The platform also uses a central limit order book alongside a clearing layer responsible for managing positions, collateral, margin and settlement.

"Crypto has already demonstrated the demand for perpetual markets, but you cannot simply take the same model and put a stock or commodity ticker on it," said Sky Guo, CEO of DeepSigma and founder of Cypherium.

"Real-world markets have different trading hours, liquidity conditions, pricing sources and regulatory considerations. We started DeepSigma with those differences in mind."

The current demo includes perpetual markets tracking major indexes such as the S&P 500, Nasdaq Composite, Dow Jones Industrial Average, Russell 2000 and VIX. It also covers commodities including gold, silver, crude oil, natural gas and copper, alongside U.S. Treasury yields.

Beyond paper trading, DeepSigma's terminal integrates market data, technical indicators, asset-specific news, portfolio tracking and a competitive leaderboard.

An AI Market Analysis Desk can also generate potential trading strategies, although the system operates entirely off-chain and cannot execute trades or move user assets.

Patented Cypherium Blockchain Powers the Exchange

A central component of DeepSigma's infrastructure is Cypherium, the open, permissionless Layer 1 blockchain also founded by Guo.

Cypherium combines Proof-of-Work with HotStuff-derived Byzantine Fault Tolerant consensus, an architecture designed to support high-throughput blockchain applications.

The technology is covered by four granted U.S. patents, numbered 12,443,569, 11,907,174, 11,516,006 and 11,411,721, covering blockchain consensus and related technology.

According to the project, Cypherium is designed to process hundreds of thousands of transactions per second, providing the underlying infrastructure for high-frequency financial activity.

Guo, who is also a named inventor on Cypherium's patents, previously co-authored DLT Options for CBDC with Thomas Moser of the Swiss National Bank and has spoken at the United Nations Headquarters and Nasdaq.

Wall Street and Big Tech Experience Behind DeepSigma

DeepSigma's leadership combines experience from traditional finance, quantitative trading and technology.

The team includes Albert Xu, the company's CFO and a former FICC portfolio manager at Goldman Sachs, and Jenny Chen, its Chief Quant Director, who previously worked at Citadel Securities and was recognized as a Forbes 30 Under 30 Finance honoree.

Chaoran Wang, DeepSigma's CTO, previously worked as an engineer at Google and Uber and founded quantitative trading firm UmiUmi.

The combination of financial-market and blockchain expertise reflects DeepSigma's approach to building derivatives infrastructure for assets that operate differently from cryptocurrencies.

"The hardest part of bringing real-world assets on-chain isn't creating another market symbol. It's making sure the market still behaves sensibly when the underlying asset is closed, liquidity disappears or an external price moves sharply," Guo explained.

Privacy and Regulatory Readiness Built Into the Design

DeepSigma is also developing decentralized identity infrastructure intended to support regulatory eligibility requirements without exposing unnecessary personal information on-chain.

The proposed system follows a "prove eligibility, not identity" approach, using zero-knowledge proofs to allow participants to demonstrate that they meet certain requirements without publishing their underlying personal data.

The company says it has designed the platform around U.S. regulatory frameworks from the outset and is working with specialized digital-asset counsel.

Rather than treating compliance as something to address after expansion, DeepSigma views regulatory readiness as part of its market-entry strategy.

For now, the platform's publicly unveiled functionality centers on its live paper-trading demo across 77 RWA markets.

DeepSigma's broader objective is to bring the perpetual futures model beyond crypto while accounting for the pricing, liquidity, risk management and regulatory requirements of traditional financial markets.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Hit frequency measures how often a spin pays anything at all. RTP measures how much the game returns over millions of spins, so the two numbers answer separate questions.

Basic arithmetic turns them into a session picture: how big a typical win gets, how long a dry spell can last and how many wins still lose money.

Two Slots With Identical Returns

Two hypothetical games make the comparison clear. Both share an RTP of 96% and a $1 stake, and only the hit rate differs.

Figure

Slot A

Slot B

RTP

96%

96%

Hit frequency

20% (1 in 5 spins)

40% (1 in 2.5 spins)

Expected winning spins in 200

About 40

About 80

Average payout per winning spin

About $4.80

About $2.40

Expected cost over 200 spins

About $8

About $8

Figures are illustrative and assume a fixed hit chance on every spin.

Average payout per hit comes from one division: RTP divided by hit frequency. Slot A returns $0.96 per spin on average but pays on only one spin in five, so each hit must average $4.80. Slot B spreads the same $0.96 across twice as many hits.

Dry Spells by the Numbers

Each spin on an RNG slot stands alone, so the chance of a losing streak follows directly from the hit rate. Multiply the miss probability by itself once per spin.

Run of losing spins

Chance on Slot A (20% hits)

Chance on Slot B (40% hits)

5 spins

About 33%

About 8%

10 spins

About 11%

Under 1%

20 spins

About 1%

Under 0.01%

Chance that any given run of spins produces zero wins. Illustrative only.

Over a long session, a player on Slot A will almost certainly meet several ten-spin droughts. On Slot B, that same streak happens rarely, even though the long-run return matches.

Volatility adds a second layer to these figures. Even at a 20% hit rate, one game can deliver steady small wins and another rare large ones, based on how each paytable spreads its payouts. Our piece on slot volatility explains how that second dimension affects a balance.

Wins That Still Cost Money

Hit frequency counts every paying spin, including ones that return less than the stake. Picture a $1 spin that pays $0.40. It registers as a hit, lights up the reels and plays a sound, yet the balance drops by $0.60.

High hit rates often rely on these small returns. Slot B's 40% figure could include many spins that pay back less than the bet, which keeps the screen busy while the balance shrinks.

Researchers call these "losses disguised as wins", and they can make a session feel more successful than the balance shows. Judge each session by the balance figure, since the win animation tends to flatter the result.

Where to Find a Game's Hit Frequency

Studios publish hit frequency far less often than RTP, so a player may need to look in several places:

• Game info panel: some studios, Hacksaw Gaming among them, list hit frequency next to RTP and maximum win

• Studio websites: game pages sometimes include a specification sheet with hit rate and volatility

• Paytable clues: many low-value line wins and frequent small features usually point to a higher hit rate

• Demo play: a few hundred free spins give a rough sense of how often wins come, though short samples vary widely

Published figures cover the base game. Bonus buy features skip the base game entirely, so they change the hit pattern of a session and often have a different RTP. Casinos may also run different RTP builds of the same title, which our look at RTP builds covers in detail.

Matching Hit Rate to Budget and Time

Hit frequency matters most for budgets. Low hit rates need a larger balance relative to the stake, because long dry spells can drain a small bankroll before the larger wins appear.

As a rough guide, a player with 50 stakes in the balance faces real risk of an early finish on a slot with a 20% hit rate and high volatility. On a 40% game with lower volatility, the same balance usually lasts longer, though the expected cost per spin stays the same.

Players who value long sessions at small stakes may lean toward higher hit rates. Players who accept long quiet stretches for a shot at bigger single wins may prefer the opposite. Our comparison of session feel sets hit rate and volatility side by side.

Testing Hit Rates in Dexsport's Slot Library

Dexsport hosts more than 7,500 casino games from around 46 studios, with over 3,000 slots in its main menu. Hacksaw Gaming, Pragmatic Play, Play'n GO and Nolimit City feature among the studios, so hit rates range from steady low-volatility games to sparse, high-ceiling titles.

Many Dexsport titles include a demo mode, and each game sets its own demo flag and regional availability. Demo spins help a player gauge how often a game pays before any real stake.

Real-money spins also work toward the double casino turnover Dexsport attaches to every deposit ahead of a withdrawal. The operator, Dexapp LTD, holds an Anjouan licence.

Conclusion

Hit frequency and RTP describe different things. Two slots at 96% cost the same over time, yet a 20% hit rate means fewer, larger wins and longer droughts, while a 40% rate spreads smaller payouts across more spins.

Simple maths reveals the trade-off: divide RTP by hit frequency for the average win, and raise the miss rate to a power for the odds of a dry run. Small wins below the stake inflate hit counts, so the balance tells the true story.

Online casino rules differ by country, so check the law where you live. Play only at legal age, accept that KYC or AML checks may apply, and choose a stake that leaves room for long losing streaks.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Figures in the tables are illustrative, and real games vary in RTP, hit frequency and volatility by studio, version and country. Casino games involve risk and outcomes are random, so check the law where you live. Please play responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

Bond yields topped?

Source: TradingView

Could this finally be a respite from a most dogged rise in US bond yields which saw the 10-year yield surpass the previous high set back in June 2007? The above weekly chart tells us that yes, the yield looks as if it has topped for now, and is possibly making its way back to around 5%. Two topping tail candles mark the top, with the second of these resembling a shooting star candle, which is normally found at the tops of rallies. A descending trendline touches the top of the wedge pattern below, and forms the first support level for the descending yield. 4.8% is the next support level under this, and then there is the top of the wedge at around 4.5% or lower.

Is the $BTC price inside an ascending channel?

Source: TradingView

Ever mindful of the evolution of the price action, it appears that what used to be two distinct and separate channels are lately combining together. In fact, probably the best explanation for the price action may actually be a rising channel. The fainter purple lines pass through the extremes of the price action, making this a very possible valid thesis.

If this is the case, this would point to a potential rise for the $BTC price back to the top of the channel for a third touchpoint that would make this pattern fully valid. On the other hand, the bottom of the channel is the breakdown zone. If a confirmed breakdown takes place here there could be quite some way to fall.

A third step higher now in play?

Source: TradingView

Out into the daily time frame the ascending channel thesis does look like a real possibility. The parallel channels make steps up to the next level of the ascending channel. In fact, it rather looks like the next major step up, the third one, may have just begun. The daily Stochastic RSI indicators are possibly just about to pass the key 20.00 level where the beginning of upside price momentum is signalled.

If the thesis plays out, the upside target is probably the $94K horizontal resistance level, while if the $BTC price breaks down out of the channel, the downside target would be the low $70K area.

It must be borne in mind that at this point, the ascending channel thesis is purely speculative. That said, with bond yields coming down, the dollar softening, and oil maybe hitting a peak, the setup for this thesis is very supportive.

A rising channel that guides the Bitcoin price out of the bear market

Source: TradingView

Looking at the $BTC price and the ascending channel structure in the weekly time frame, it can perhaps be appreciated how the price is able to reach the critical $97,880 resistance level and confirm the bear market as officially over. 

Nevertheless, as already mentioned, this is still speculation, and we don’t know at what point the bears might drag the $BTC price out of the channel. We do have a clue though as to how far down a potential correction might go. If we take the measured move out of the channel, this is roughly equivalent to an $11K corrective dip. 

If we look at the bottom of the chart, the Stochastic RSI indicators are in the position of a rollover. Could they find support at the 80.00 level and bounce back up?

The Relative Strength Index looks a lot more healthy for the $BTC price. A 2.5-year trendline break to the upside suggests that there may be more fuel in the Bitcoin tank. We will see what develops.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

LBank, the leading crypto exchange, ranked among the world’s top eight centralized exchanges by Q3 spot trading volume in CryptoRank’s latest market report. The result reflects LBank’s expanding share of spot activity during a quarter marked by a contraction in the broader centralized-exchange market, alongside measurable execution depth in selected high-attention stock and TradFi markets.

In CryptoRank’s latest report, LBank recorded approximately $67 billion in quarterly spot trading volume, representing around 2.7% of the CEX spot market and placing the exchange Top 8 globally. Compared with CryptoRank’s Q2 2026 data, LBank’s spot-market share increased from 2.6% to approximately 2.7%, a gain of 0.1 percentage point or approximately 3.8% on a relative basis, while its position advanced from Top 10 to Top 8.

Tokenized stocks are becoming a more visible crypto-market trend. As centralized exchanges add stock-linked products and broaden category coverage, the quality of the market is becoming as important as product availability. For users, that means looking beyond the number of assets listed and toward how much displayed liquidity is available near the prevailing price, how tight the spread is, and whether an order book can support trading as attention accelerates.

Beyond trading volume, LBank demonstrated strong liquidity across high-profile tokenized stock markets. In a comparative analysis of displayed spot order books across LBank, Binance, Bybit, and Gate, LBank ranked No. 1 in NVDA liquidity depth across all three measured price bands (±0.5%, ±1%, and ±2%). At the ±2% threshold, LBank recorded approximately $763,000 in combined bid-and-ask depth, 8.03% higher than Binance and 54.15% above Bybit. The results highlight LBank's competitive liquidity in one of the market's most closely watched AI-linked stock assets.

The advantage extended to other high-interest markets. LBank ranked first in SPCX liquidity depth across all three measured thresholds, with approximately $1.59 million in displayed depth within ±2% of the mid-price. In the HOOD market, LBank led at both the ±1% and ±2% thresholds, with $1.28 million in displayed depth at ±2%, more than three times that of the second-ranked exchange. Meanwhile, LBank also ranked first across all three thresholds for PAXG/USDT, recording approximately $6.69 million in displayed depth within ±2%.

"Trading volume shows where market activity is concentrated, but liquidity depth is equally important to the trading experience," said Eric He, Community Ambassador and Risk Control Adviser at LBank. "CryptoRank's Q3 findings show that LBank improved its relative spot-market position despite a decline in industry-wide activity. As tokenized equities and other real-world assets gain traction, our focus is on developing deeper, more accessible markets that support users across different asset categories."

Looking ahead, LBank will continue to strengthen liquidity across key trading markets, with a focus on deeper order books, more competitive spreads, and improved trading efficiency. As demand for tokenized equities and other real-world assets grows, the exchange aims to provide users with more efficient access to emerging market opportunities and a more seamless trading experience across asset classes.

About LBank

Founded in 2015, LBank is a leading global cryptocurrency exchange serving over 30 million registered users in 160 countries and regions. With a daily trading volume exceeding $23.81 billion and 11 years of safety with zero security incidents, LBank is dedicated to providing a comprehensive and user-friendly trading experience. Through innovative trading solutions, the platform has enabled users to achieve average returns of over 130% on newly listed assets.

LBank has listed over 300 mainstream coins and more than 50 high-potential gems. Ranked No. 1 in 100x Gems, Highest Gains, and Meme Share, LBank leads the market with the fastest altcoin listings, unmatched liquidity, and industry-first trading guarantees, making it the go-to platform for crypto investors worldwide.

Official Links

Website: https://www.lbank.com/  

Twitter: https://twitter.com/LBank_Exchange 

Telegram: https://t.me/LBank_en 

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/lbank_exchange 

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/lbank 

ContactPR & Communications TeamLBankpress@lbank.com

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

Nigeria ranks third globally in Chainalysis' 2026 Global Crypto Adoption Index, behind Brazil and the United States. The country also leads the world in domestic peer-to-peer cryptocurrency activity and cross-border crypto flows, highlighting its position in the global digital asset ecosystem.

The Chainalysis report, which examines activity between July 2025 and June 2026, measures adoption across 117 countries based on cryptocurrency service flows, peer-to-peer transactions, cross-border transfers and on-chain balances. Nigeria's performance reflects particularly strong activity in direct wallet-to-wallet transactions and international transfers.

Against this backdrop, KuCoin Nigeria's conditional approval represents an initial step toward establishing a regulated presence in the country. The AIP, however, does not constitute a final registration, licence or regulatory endorsement, and does not permit the company to commence operations, onboard customers or offer services to the Nigerian public.

As part of the regulatory review, KuCoin Nigeria demonstrated components of its proposed platform and operating model to SEC Nigeria. These included planned trading products and services, fiat on- and off-ramp arrangements, customer onboarding procedures, technology infrastructure, and governance and risk management frameworks.

The development comes as KuCoin continues pursuing regulatory compliance across multiple jurisdictions. In Europe, its KuCoin EU entity has received authorisation under the Markets in Crypto-Assets Regulation (MiCAR) to provide regulated crypto-asset services across the European Union. In Australia, KuCoin operates through Axis One Markets Pty Ltd, which is registered with AUSTRAC as a digital currency exchange provider.

These authorisations and registrations are limited to their respective jurisdictions and do not grant KuCoin Nigeria permission to operate in the Nigerian market.

BC Wong, CEO of KuCoin, commented on the development:

“Receiving conditional Approval-in-Principle from SEC Nigeria marks another important milestone in KuCoin’s global compliance journey. As digital assets become an increasingly important part of the global financial system, trust must be built through continuously strengthening governance, maintaining high compliance standards and enhancing user protection. We value the opportunity to engage constructively with SEC Nigeria through ARIP and to continue building in line with Nigeria’s evolving regulatory framework. Our focus remains on strong governance, high compliance standards and meaningful user protection as we support the responsible and sustainable development of the digital asset ecosystem.”

KuCoin said its approach to regulatory engagement focuses on aligning its operations with local requirements while strengthening governance, transparency, risk management and user protection.

With Nigeria ranking among the world's leading cryptocurrency adoption markets, the company's participation in the regulatory review process reflects its broader efforts to engage with regulators in markets where digital asset activity is significant. KuCoin Nigeria will need to complete the applicable regulatory requirements and obtain the necessary authorisation before offering services to the public.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Many cashiers list DOGE twice for exactly that reason. One option sends native coins, and the other sends a BEP-20 token that tracks the same price on a separate network.

Three quick questions settle which route suits you, and a short checklist helps recover a deposit that seems lost.

Same Price, Separate Ledgers

Native DOGE moves on the Dogecoin blockchain, where miners add a new block roughly once a minute. BEP-20 DOGE, often labelled Binance-Peg Dogecoin, exists as a token on BNB Chain. Binance holds native coins in reserve and issues one token for each coin it keeps.

Both versions trade at the same value, yet neither ledger can read the other. Coins on BNB Chain stay invisible to a Dogecoin wallet, and the reverse holds too.

Custody adds a second layer as well. Token holders rely on Binance's reserve, much like wrapped Bitcoin holders rely on a custodian on Ethereum, while native holders depend on the Dogecoin network alone.

Three Questions Before You Copy an Address

Each question takes seconds to answer, and together they point to one route.

1. Where Does Your DOGE Live Now?

Coins in Dogecoin Core, Exodus, or an exchange account usually belong on the native route. Exchanges let you pick the network at withdrawal, so match that pick to the casino option. Tokens already in MetaMask on BNB Chain suit the BEP-20 route.

2. Which Coin Pays the Fee?

Native transfers pay a small fee in DOGE itself. BEP-20 transfers pay gas in BNB, so a wallet with DOGE tokens and zero BNB cannot send them anywhere. Add a little BNB first if you choose this route.

3. Does Your Wallet Show BNB Chain?

Trust Wallet and MetaMask display BNB Chain once you add or enable it. Wallets built only for Dogecoin cannot, so they suit the native route alone.

The Two Routes Side by Side

With the questions answered, the practical differences line up in one table.

Feature

Native DOGE

BEP-20 DOGE

Network

Dogecoin blockchain

BNB Chain

Address starts with

D, in most cases

0x

Fee coin

DOGE

BNB

Block time

About one minute

A few seconds

Backing

The coin itself

Binance reserve of native DOGE

Last verified: October 2026

Cashiers often set a separate minimum for each route, so confirm the figure for the exact network before a small deposit.

When a Deposit Seems to Vanish

Address formats block many wrong-network sends, yet balances still go astray between exchange, wallet and cashier. Work through these steps in order.

1. Copy the transaction ID from your wallet or exchange history.

2. Paste it into an explorer for the chain you chose, such as a Dogecoin explorer or BscScan.

3. Count the confirmations and compare them with the casino's stated requirement.

4. Add BNB Chain to your wallet if the explorer shows a BEP-20 transfer.

5. Send the ID, network and amount to support if the explorer shows a credit the cashier has yet to reflect.

Our comparison of DOGE cashiers covers fees and limits at several casinos.

Both Routes at Dexsport

Dexsport offers DOGE on the Dogecoin network and in BEP-20 form on BNB Chain, where it shares a menu with PEPE, BONK, and the platform's DESU token. 

In all, the cashier spans 26 networks and 56 assets. Minimums at Dexsport follow a dollar value, so the DOGE amount shifts with the coin's price. 

Before any withdrawal, clause 4.2.5 of its terms asks for one full turnover of the deposit on sports at 1.3 odds or above, or two in the casino, while Cash Out bets stay out of the total. Dexapp LTD operates the platform under a licence from Anjouan.

Our overview of gambling coins sets DOGE against other common deposit coins.

Conclusion

DOGE reaches casino cashiers in two forms: native coins on Dogecoin's blockchain and BEP-20 tokens on BNB Chain, with a Binance reserve behind them. Prices match, yet addresses, fee coins, and wallets differ, so both ends of a transfer must agree on the network.

Three checks settle the route: where your coins live, which coin pays the fee, and whether your wallet displays BNB Chain. For a balance that seems lost, the transaction ID and a block explorer usually reveal its location.

Local rules on online gambling vary, so look them up before a first deposit. Players must meet the legal age, KYC or AML checks may apply, and a budget fixed in dollars keeps DOGE's price swings in check.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Network features, fees, minimums, and supported assets change over time, and the coins named here are not a recommendation to buy. Casino games and betting involve risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please play responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

Can a crypto casino offer big-multiplier potential without taking the traditional house cut? BiggerZ has introduced 100% RTP Originals, combining a theoretical 0% house edge with transparent game rules and verifiable results.

100% RTP Crypto Casino Games: How a 0% House Edge Works

Return to player (RTP) describes the theoretical share of wagers returned over a very large number of rounds. A 99% RTP game implies a 1% house edge; 100% RTP means no theoretical house edge on eligible play.

In practice, $1,000 in total wagering at 99% RTP implies $10 in expected loss; at 100%, it falls to zero. Individual sessions still vary: players can lose their stake or finish ahead.

BiggerZ 100% RTP Originals: Mines, Dice, Plinko, Hi-Lo and Keno

The BiggerZ Touch lobby displays 100% RTP badges on selected Originals, including Mines, Dice, Plinko, Hi-Lo and Keno. Not every BiggerZ Touch title has the same return: the lobby also displays 99% RTP on certain games. 100% RTP applies up to a $50,000 qualifying wagering threshold, after which it shifts to 99%.

Can You Win Big on 100% RTP Originals? Multipliers and Risk

Games such as Plinko and Limbo keep their multiplier outcomes, where a less likely result pays several times the wager. A 0% house edge does not guarantee a win or make high multipliers more likely. It changes the operator’s theoretical margin, not the volatility of each round.

100% RTP Originals vs High-RTP Slots: What Is the Difference?

Third-party online slots keep their own published RTP, volatility and bonus mechanics. A slot at 96% RTP carries a 4% theoretical house edge, versus zero on an eligible 100% RTP Original. The comparison concerns long-run mathematics, not which game will deliver the next big payout.

Provably Fair Crypto Casino Games: Verify BiggerZ Touch Results

Eligible BiggerZ Touch outcomes include a provably fair layer, allowing players to check each result independently. BiggerZ also publishes Live RTP across 10-minute, one-hour and 24-hour windows, showing recent payout activity, which does not predict the next result.

Where to Play 100% RTP Originals on BiggerZ Crypto Casino

Players can open BiggerZ Touch, select a game showing a 100% RTP badge and check its rules, limits and verification tools before placing a wager. The offer does not apply to slots, live casino, sports bets or prediction markets.

About BiggerZ: Crypto Casino, Sportsbook and Prediction Markets

BiggerZ combines crypto casino Originals, online slots, live casino, sports betting and prediction markets through one account and balance, with supported cryptocurrencies and selected fiat payment options. BiggerZ is operated by CDK PLAY INC SRL and licensed by the Government of the Autonomous Island of Anjouan, Union of Comoros.

18+. Terms, eligibility and jurisdictional restrictions apply. Gambling involves financial risk. Play responsibly.

ContactPress OfficeBiggerZ Media RelationsBiggerZcontact@biggerz.com

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

That mix of wheel, multiplier, and bonus round now fills whole sections of crypto casino lobbies. Some casinos stock a handful of headline shows, while others list dozens from several studios.

Which casinos offer the deepest choice, and which bet spots give back the most? Eight lobbies come first, then the returns and a short paytable routine.

8 Crypto Casinos With Live Game Show Lobbies

Order reflects game show count, studio variety, and how easily players can find the shows in each lobby.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport tags 57 game show titles and places 36 in a dedicated Shows collection, drawn from Evolution, Winfinity, Pragmatic Play Live and Playtech Live. Two money wheel titles add simpler formats for players who want a single spin and a single bet.

Every spin counts toward the x2 casino turnover on each deposit that Dexsport asks for ahead of a withdrawal. Its operator, Dexapp LTD, works under an Anjouan licence.

2. Stake

Stake builds a broad live entertainment section in crypto gambling, with shows from several studios beside its own branded live formats.

3. Shuffle

Shuffle lists Evolution's Crazy Time and newer releases such as Ice Fishing, a sign that its show section keeps pace with fresh titles.

4. Rainbet

Rainbet keeps a dedicated game shows path in its live casino. Crazy Time and Evolution's Cash or Crash both appear there.

5. Roobet

Roobet groups its shows in a live game shows category, with Crazy Time among the featured titles.

6. BC.Game

BC.Game pairs a game show catalogue with its in-house originals, built over a long trading record.

7. Cloudbet

Cloudbet, a crypto bookmaker since 2013, covers the headline show titles inside a live lobby aimed at a wide range of stakes.

8. 1win

1win's live area spans several studios, and its show selection rounds out a lobby built mainly around tables.

Where Each Bet Spot Leaves the House

Studios publish a return for every bet spot, and the spread inside one show can run to several points. Three well-known Evolution titles illustrate the range.

Show

Lowest return by spot

Highest return by spot

Crazy Time

94.33% (Pachinko)

96.08% (Number 1)

Monopoly Live

91.30% (Number 5)

96.23% (Number 2)

Dream Catcher

About 90.6%

About 96.6%

Last verified: October 2026

Number spots with small payouts often return the most, while bonus spots and high numbers return less, since they fund the bigger multipliers. Crazy Time and Monopoly Live also cap payouts, with a reported ceiling of £500,000 at many tables. Our explainer on game show formats covers how each show type works.

Who Makes the Shows

Four studios account for a large share of what appears in crypto lobbies:

• Evolution: Crazy Time, Monopoly Live, Dream Catcher, Funky Time and a Lightning range that adds multipliers to classic tables

• Pragmatic Play Live: wheel and bonus shows, often built around themes from its slot catalogue

• Playtech Live: branded shows that widen choice past the most famous titles

• Winfinity: wheel and draw formats with simpler bet layouts

Lobbies that draw on all four offer more variety in pace, volatility and bet spots than ones built on a single studio.

A Quick Paytable Routine

Every show hides its maths in a help panel. Four steps turn that panel into a clear picture before the first spin.

1. Open the help panel and find the return listed for each bet spot.

2. Note which spots receive multipliers, since those usually return less.

3. Check the payout cap for the table you have joined.

4. Set a spin limit for the session before the presenter starts.

Our look at game show depth covers the lesser-known formats behind the headline shows.

Conclusion

Dexsport heads this list with 57 tagged game show titles from four studios, with Stake, Shuffle, Rainbet, Roobet, BC.Game, Cloudbet and 1win behind it. Each casino reaches the same core Evolution shows, while the leaders add Pragmatic Play Live, Playtech Live and Winfinity titles.

Inside any show, the bet spot matters as much as the title: Crazy Time spots range from 94.33% to 96.08%, and Monopoly Live spans 91.30% to 96.23%. One minute in the help panel shows where each spot stands.

Local gambling law comes first, so check it before you play. Join only at legal age, allow for possible KYC or AML checks, and cap the number of spins per session.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Return figures, payout caps and title lists vary by studio, version and country and change over time, so check each show's help panel before you play. Some platforms named here may not be available where you live. Casino games involve risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please play responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

The sequencing matters for a market already near its highs. Bank earnings will arrive before Tuesday's opening bell, while the Consumer Price Index report is due before trading begins on Wednesday, placing corporate performance and the interest-rate narrative in immediate succession.

JPMorgan and Goldman earnings

JPMorganChase is scheduled to release its third-quarter 2026 results and host its earnings call at 8:30 a.m. ET on Tuesday, October 13. The timing puts the largest US bank's report directly into the pre-market period, when investors will be positioning for the day ahead.

Goldman Sachs is also set to announce third-quarter earnings that day. Its conference call is scheduled for 9:30 a.m. ET, one hour after JPMorgan's call is due to begin.

The back-to-back releases make Tuesday the first major test of the week for equity investors. Results, management commentary and the two firms' views of operating conditions will be closely parsed against the elevated starting point for the broader market, though the scheduled releases themselves do not establish how stocks will trade.

For the S&P 500, investors will be focused on more than either bank’s individual share-price reaction. Financial-sector reports can help set the tone at the opening of earnings season, especially as investors weigh whether macroeconomic conditions support current equity valuations.

September CPI follows on October 14

The Bureau of Labor Statistics is scheduled to publish the September 2026 Consumer Price Index at 8:30 a.m. ET on Wednesday, October 14.

August's report is the latest official benchmark ahead of the release. According to the BLS, headline CPI rose 0.4% month over month and 3.4% from a year earlier. Core CPI, which excludes food and energy, increased 0.3% on the month and 2.4% annually.

The September figures will show whether inflation has moved away from or remained close to August's pace, giving investors new information as they assess monetary-policy conditions.

Energy prices and Fed rates

Economists and investors are especially watching the September CPI print for signs that renewed energy-price pressure is keeping inflation elevated, according to Kiplinger. The reading could shape expectations for the Federal Reserve's future rate path.

For stocks, changes in rate expectations can affect how investors assess equity valuations, so inflation pressure tied to energy could matter beyond the headline CPI figure alone. The CPI report will also provide a macroeconomic backdrop for interpreting the bank releases. Investors will have the report and major-bank earnings information within roughly 24 hours as they weigh corporate earnings against inflation and policy expectations.

S&P 500 near a record high

The compressed calendar comes after the S&P 500's 0.6% Friday advance to 7,811. The Associated Press reported that investors were already preparing for major-bank earnings and inflation data as the index finished at that record-near level.

That leaves little separation between the market's recent strength and the information capable of influencing its next move. Tuesday will bring JPMorgan and Goldman Sachs before the opening bell; Wednesday's CPI release is due at the same 8:30 a.m. ET slot as JPMorgan's earnings call the day before.

With August headline inflation last reported at 3.4% year over year and core inflation at 2.4%, the September figures will be judged in the context of energy-price concerns and their potential bearing on Fed-rate expectations. The market will receive that signal while the first prominent bank reports of the week are still being absorbed.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

On 13 October, the Russian international settlement system A7, created by Bank PSB, is set to present A7 International, a service enabling payments for a foreign counterparty's invoice in USDT, with the funds arriving via a standard SWIFT bank transfer in the required currency.

The service will cater primarily to foreign trade operators, but individuals are also eligible customers. The fee remains fixed at 0.3 percent.

Petr Fradkov, Chairman of PJSC Bank PSB, and Ilan Shor, CEO of A7, will provide a glimpse into its new offering on 13 October at 13:13.

To join the live broadcast and learn about the new project, follow the links:

https://a7.biz/live

About A7:

A7 is a global financial technology company specializing in international payments and settlement solutions for international trade. It was established in 2024 with the involvement of PSB Bank.

A7 is developing an independent global payment infrastructure across more than 100 countries, combining global financial expertise, advanced technology and regulatory compliance. The company’s products include international payments, digital financial assets and promissory notes.

A7 Group works with 15,000 clients, with around 2,000 transactions processed through the system every day. In 2025, approximately 19% of Russian companies’ cross-border trade settlements were processed through A7. In October 2025, A7 received an AA(RU) credit rating with a Stable outlook from ACRA.

ContactCMOAlex FedorovA7info@a7.biz

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

Announced on October 9, 2026, the upgrade is part of KuCoin's broader "Trust, Built-in." initiative, which aims to integrate security, transparency and operational efficiency into the platform's services.

Rather than focusing on individual features, KuCoin 5.0 introduces improvements across six areas: Compliance, Technology, Assets, Experience, AI and Wealth Management. The update includes a Unified Trading Account (UTA), expanded AI assistance, redesigned account management tools and additional options for managing assets across trading and earning products.

Unified Trading Account Simplifies Capital Management

One of the main additions is the Unified Trading Account, available to eligible users at VIP1 and above. The system combines spot, margin and futures trading within a shared framework for managing funds, collateral and risk.

Previously separate account functions can now operate within a more integrated structure, reducing the need for users to transfer assets between trading accounts. The change is intended to improve capital efficiency and simplify portfolio management across supported products.

KuCoin has also expanded the connection between trading and wealth management services. Eligible users can access selected Earn products through sub-accounts, while supported wealth management assets can be incorporated into the UTA framework.

The upgrade also allows KCUSD to be used as margin within the Unified Trading Account, providing an additional way to manage funds between earning and trading activities. VIP users will have access to exclusive wealth management products and benefits.

AI Assistant Expands Across Trading and Platform Services

KuCoin 5.0 introduces an upgraded AI Assistant 5.x, designed to provide a centralized interface for accessing information, navigating services and completing tasks.

The assistant covers several areas of the platform, including market analysis, trading, Earn products, customer support and promotional campaigns.

By incorporating page context and user activity, the system can identify relevant services, respond to questions and assist with platform-related tasks. The integration is intended to reduce the number of steps required to navigate different functions and access information.

Redesigned Interface and Accessibility Improvements

The update also includes changes to KuCoin's interface and account management features.

Profile Center 2.0 introduces a card-based layout that organizes account information and frequently used functions. The revised sub-account system simplifies account creation and management while adding security controls.

Trading tools have also been updated, with enhanced K-line charts offering real-time market data and settings that synchronize across devices.

KuCoin has introduced a color vision accessibility mode to help users with color vision deficiencies distinguish information displayed in charts and other visual elements. According to the company, approximately 360 million people worldwide experience some form of difficulty distinguishing colors.

The platform will continue to offer Lite and Pro interfaces, providing different experiences based on users' familiarity with cryptocurrency trading and their individual requirements.

Broader Focus on Platform Infrastructure

Beyond the visible product changes, KuCoin 5.0 includes continued development of the exchange's compliance, technology and asset infrastructure.

These improvements support the company's effort to bring trading, wealth management and AI-powered services into a more connected platform while maintaining different levels of functionality for retail and advanced users.

“Trust should be something users can experience in every interaction—not only in how their assets are protected, but in how clearly, reliably and efficiently the platform works,” said BC Wong, CEO of KuCoin. “KuCoin 5.0 is an important step in translating our long-term commitment to trust into the product itself. By bringing our core capabilities into a more connected, intuitive and intelligent platform, we are giving users greater confidence and control today while building the foundation for the next stage of digital finance.”

The launch represents the latest stage in KuCoin's platform development, with a focus on consolidating trading functions, expanding automated assistance and improving how users access and manage digital assets.

Through KuCoin 5.0, the exchange is seeking to establish a more integrated operating framework for its existing services while supporting future developments in digital asset trading and financial management.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

England, Spain and France fall between those two extremes, and each league has its own draw habit as well. Together, goals and draws sketch how matches in each league tend to unfold.

The sections that follow work market by market: goals first, draws second, the scorers behind the numbers, then what the profiles mean for totals, 1X2 and both-teams-to-score bets.

Last Season at a Glance

Final figures from 2025-26 set the baseline for the current campaign.

League

Teams

Goals per match

Draw rate

Champion

Bundesliga

18

3.24

About 25%

Bayern Munich

Ligue 1

18

2.82

About 25%

Paris Saint-Germain

Premier League

20

2.75

About 27%

Arsenal

La Liga

20

2.69

About 24%

Barcelona

Serie A

20

2.43

About 26%

Inter

Draw rates calculated from final league tables; Serie A figure from the league. Last verified: October 2026

Goals: A Wide Spread From Germany to Italy

The Bundesliga stood apart. Its 306 matches produced 990 goals, more than four-tenths of a goal per game above any other big league.

Ligue 1 and the Premier League formed a middle pair at 2.82 and 2.75, with La Liga just behind at 2.69. Serie A finished last at 2.43, down from 2.56 a season earlier, which continued its reputation for tighter, more tactical matches.

Fewer teams can lift an average too. Germany and France each run 18-team divisions, so a dominant attack faces weaker sides more often across a 34-match season.

Draws: Where Level Scores Come From

Draw rates sat closer together than goal rates, from about 24% to about 27%. The Premier League drew most often, with 104 level results in 380 games.

Individual clubs drive much of that figure. Bournemouth drew 18 of their 38 league matches, while champions Barcelona drew only once all season, a reminder that a league-wide rate hides big differences between sides.

Serie A followed England at about 26%, with 99 draws, and the other three leagues each finished near a quarter of matches level.

The Scorers Behind the Numbers

Single players can bend a league's averages. Each league's chief scorer in 2025-26 shows how concentrated some attacks became:

• Bundesliga: Harry Kane, 36 goals for Bayern Munich

• Premier League: Erling Haaland, 27 goals for Manchester City

• La Liga: Kylian Mbappé, 25 goals for Real Madrid

• Ligue 1: Esteban Lepaul, 21 goals

• Serie A: Lautaro Martínez, 17 goals for Inter

Kane's tally alone accounted for a noticeable slice of Bayern's output, which helps explain why the Bundesliga average ran so high.

Turning League Profiles Into Market Choices

Averages offer context for a price, never a verdict on a single match. Three markets respond most to league profiles.

Totals

Books usually centre the main line near 2.5 goals. Leagues that averaged 3.24 give the over side a firmer base than one that averaged 2.43, and prices shift to reflect that before kick-off.

1X2 and Draw Cover

Leagues with more draws make the X in the 1X2 market a more frequent winner. Draw no bet and double chance markets suit bettors who back a side but want cover against a level score.

Both Teams to Score

Leagues with more goals tend to see both teams find the net more often. Our comparison of European football coverage looks at how books price these markets league by league.

Football Depth at Dexsport

Dexsport lists 39 football market types in its rules, from match result and double chance to handicaps, totals by half, corners, cards, shots on target and player statistics. That range lets a bettor follow a league's profile into specific markets.

Results draw on official sources such as premierleague.com, bundesliga.de and lequipe.fr, with WhoScored as the primary statistics feed. 

Our look at 100-plus market menus explains how books build depth on big fixtures. Stakes start at $1, and the operator, Dexapp LTD, holds an Anjouan licence.

Conclusion

Germany led last season's goals table by a wide margin at 3.24 per match, while Italy trailed at 2.43 and England drew most often at about 27%. France and Spain filled the middle ground, and star scorers such as Kane and Haaland lifted their leagues' figures.

Those profiles help put totals, draw and both-teams-to-score prices in context. Team news and form still decide any single fixture, so treat league averages as a backdrop.

Gambling laws differ between countries, so confirm yours first. Bet only at legal age, expect possible KYC or AML checks, and keep one weekly budget across every league you follow.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Season statistics describe past results and do not predict future matches, and market lists and rules change, so check each sportsbook's current menu before you bet. Betting carries risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

$BTC price stalls and moves back to support

Source: TradingView

In the very short-term 1-hour time frame it can be seen that after reentering the channel and confirming the bottom as support once again, the $BTC price meandered up before forming a likely bull flag. However, upon breaking out of the top of this flag and looking like a confirmation of the breakout had taken place, the bears had other ideas and dragged the price back into the flag. 

Just approaching support now, it remains to be seen if this support will inspire a bounce, or if the price will break down further for a retest of the important $83K horizontal level. There is also the possibility that the flag comes back into play again, whether that’s with a breakout to the upside or to the downside.

Still bullish, but beware another sharp correction

Source: TradingView

While Bitcoin is still maintaining a bullish structure as the $BTC price continues to go sideways and consolidates, the eventual breakout direction is probably to the upside. However, a good dose of bearishness needs to be in the mix as well, at least for the short to medium term.

The structure which the price is chopping around within has only made lower highs and lower lows since it started to form. Ok, many will say that this is what bull flags do, and that is perfectly correct. Be that as it may, it is very important that the $BTC price does not roll over again and produce yet another lower low, taking the price completely out of the flag once again. If any kind of decent momentum gets behind this correction and the previous local low is passed to the downside, this correction could become the first big one of the bull market, taking the price down to the low $70K area.

The 50-day simple moving average (SMA) is likely to continue to provide support, but when the price is not going straight up, there will be times when it will fall down through this moving average. This is what an average is, so if a decent sized bear flag was to form, the average would probably run through the middle of it, with the price chopping up through and down below it.

A comparison of two bear markets

Source: TradingView

It’s very revealing to compare the 2022/2023 bear market to the one we have just experienced. Many on social media have made an issue of what is perceived to be the shortness of the bear market that has just finished (if indeed it has). The 2022/2023 bear market stretched for 378 days, while the most recent one was 266 days to the absolute low at $57,700.

Structurally, the two bear markets look almost identical. However, look at the downtrend angle. It is a fair bit sharper in the most recent bear market. Also, the angle of the bear flags is much more pronounced to the upside. It seems that the $BTC price came down much quicker, so therefore this may be why the price has risen so explosively. 

This said, when the first decent correction does happen in this particular bull market, it may be in the form of a relatively stronger impulse to the downside than usual. Be that as it may, the current rally may not be over quite yet.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Bitmine is 99% of the way to the 'Alchemy of 5%' in just 15 months

Bitmine released Chairman's Message on October 7 titled "Crypto Bull Underway — This Cycle Likely the Largest"

Bitmine was added to the Russell 1000 Large-cap index on June 26, 2026

Bitmine's Series A Preferred Stock is trading on the NYSE under the symbol BMNP

Bitmine has 5,067,309 staked ETH, representing $12.9 billion at $2,544 per ETH. MAVAN (Made in America VAlidator Network) is a premier Ethereum staking destination for BMNR and institutional investors

Bitmine owns $85 million of Eightco (NASDAQ: ORBS), now one of the only publicly listed equities in the world to provide investors indirect exposure to OpenAI

Bitmine Crypto + Total Cash Holdings & Marketable Securities + "Moonshots" total $16.2 billion, including 6.03 million ETH tokens, total cash & marketable securities of $612 million, and other crypto holdings

Bitmine remains supported by a premier group of institutional investors including ARK's Cathie Wood, MOZAYYX, Founders Fund, Bill Miller III, Pantera, Kraken, DCG, Galaxy Digital and personal investor Thomas "Tom" Lee to support Bitmine's goal of acquiring 5% of ETH

NORWALK, Conn., Oct. 12, 2026 /PRNewswire/ -- (NYSE: BMNR) Bitmine Immersion Technologies, Inc. ("Bitmine" or the "Company"), a Bitcoin and Ethereum Network company with a focus on the accumulation of crypto for long term investment, today announced Bitmine crypto + total cash & marketable securities + "moonshots" holdings totaling $16.2 billion.

As of October 11, 2026 at 1:30pm ET, the Company's crypto holdings are comprised of 6,028,946 ETH at $2,544 per ETH (per Coinbase NASDAQ: COIN), 214 Bitcoin (BTC), $180 million stake in Beast Industries, $85 million stake in Eightco Holdings (NASDAQ: ORBS) ("moonshots") and total cash & marketable securities of $612 million. Bitmine's ETH holdings are 4.9% of the ETH supply (of 122.1 million ETH).

On October 7, Bitmine released its latest Chairman's message titled "Crypto Bull Underway — This Cycle Likely the Largest." The presentation is available at the Bitmine website (presentation link).

"We believe Bitmine is positioned to outperform the crypto bull market that we expect to be coming, as the company has strengthened its competitive position over the past year in the midst of a crypto winter (bear market)," stated Thomas "Tom" Lee, Chairman of Bitmine.

"The accumulation of a majority of our 6 million ETH took place in the midst of a crypto bear market and with the Company nearing our 5% ETH accumulation target, we believe the company is attractively positioned ahead of the coming crypto bull," continued Lee.

Among the key strategic steps taken in the past year is the issuance of the Bitmine 9.5% Perpetual Preferred stock (BMNP) in June of this year. BMNP was issued at $80 and last closed at $99.53.

"BMNP, the Company's perpetual preferred stock, gained 24% since issuance outperforming fixed income as Treasuries (TLT) fell -8% in that same timeframe," continued Lee.

"BMNP has established a benchmark yield for ETH credit and at 9.56% is 256bp below that of comparable Bitcoin credit yield (STRC) and 515bp below that of comparable Solana yield (CHAD). This reflects the superior yield and stability characteristics of ETH, in my opinion," continued Lee.

"We believe that as crypto enters a cycle we expect to be a bull market, what is notable is Bitmine's share price outperformance of ETH during the bear market of 2025-2026. In the first 9 months of 2026, ETH declined 10% while BMNR was down by 3%, or outperformance of 731bp," stated Thomas "Tom" Lee, Chairman of Bitmine.

"The outperformance of ETH by 6,832bp relative to the S&P 500 in 3Q26 is notable considering the substantial macro headwinds that emerged in the quarter including a 'hawkish' Fed, surging oil, rise in global bond yields and general tightening of financial conditions. For the quarter, ETH outperformed by 6,832bp, dwarfing other macro assets," stated Lee.

"Owing to the following factors, we see the potential for this to be the largest ever crypto bull market. The drivers being: tokenization; wealth transfer; DATS absorbed supply; Crypto being an AI downstream story," continued Lee.

Vlad Tenev, CEO of Robinhood, recently stated on CNBC "$100 trillion of wealth transfer is underway" (interview link). Based upon data compiled by the IRS and Fundstrat, this wealth effect is estimated to total $1.5T to $2.0T between 2026-2028.

"The wealth transfer underway is expected to support the upcoming crypto bull market as those inheriting wealth are younger and likely have a higher risk appetite for crypto and equities. We expect this effect to be more pronounced in the bull market we expect to be upcoming compared to the prior 2019-2021 cycle as the wealth transfer is projected to be a much larger dollar value transfer compared to last cycle," stated Lee.

And further differentiating this upcoming bull cycle is that crypto Digital Asset Treasuries (DATS) have absorbed a larger share of crypto supply.

"DATS represent essentially permanent supply removed from the crypto market and this dynamic is favorable ahead of the upcoming crypto bull cycle, particularly compared to the prior 2019-2021 period, when DATS were not a factor," continued Lee.

"Over the past week, we acquired 12,532 ETH. Bitmine's track record of consistent buying of crypto is unmatched by any public company in the world. Bitmine has bought ETH each and every week since the inception of the ETH Treasury Strategy on June 30, 2025," stated Lee.

Earlier in 2026, Bitmine launched MAVAN (the Made in America VAlidator Network), the institutional-grade staking platform. While MAVAN was originally developed to support Bitmine's own Ethereum treasury, MAVAN has expanded to serve institutional investors, custodians, and ecosystem partners seeking best-in-class staking infrastructure. A portion of Bitmine's ETH is already staked on the MAVAN platform.

As of October 11, 2026, Bitmine total staked ETH stands at 5,067,309 ($12.9 billion at $2,544 per ETH). "Bitmine has staked more ETH than other entities in the world. At scale (when Bitmine's ETH is fully staked by MAVAN and its staking partners), the projected ETH staking reward would be $400 million on an annualized basis (using 2.61% 7-day BMNR yield). This compares to annualized staking revenues at $336 million based upon BMNR's 5.1 million currently staked ETH (84% of the 6.03 million ETH held by Bitmine)," continued Lee.

Bitmine's crypto holdings reign as the #1 Ethereum treasury and #2 global treasury, behind Strategy Inc., which reportedly owns 848,000 BTC valued at approximately $77 billion. Bitmine remains the largest ETH treasury in the world.

Bitmine management believes the GENIUS Act and the Securities and Exchange Commission's (SEC) Project Crypto are as transformational to financial services in 2026 as the U.S. action on August 15, 1971, which ended the Bretton Woods system and took the U.S. dollar off the gold standard 55 years ago. This 1971 event was the catalyst for the modernization of Wall Street, creating the iconic Wall Street titans and financial and payment rails of today.

The Chairman's message can be found here:

https://www.Bitminetech.io/chairmans-message

The Fiscal Full Year 2025 Earnings presentation and corporate presentation can be found here: https://Bitminetech.io/investor-relations/

To stay informed, please sign up at: https://Bitminetech.io/contact-us/

About Bitmine

Bitmine Immersion Technologies, Inc. (NYSE: BMNR), together with its subsidiaries ("Bitmine" or the "Company"), is a blockchain technology infrastructure company operating across institutional digital asset staking and validation services, bitcoin mining, and strategic digital asset management. As the world's leading Ethereum Treasury company, it implements an innovative digital asset strategy for institutional investors and public market participants. The Company provides institutional-grade staking and validation infrastructure—through which it earns staking rewards and validation income—alongside bitcoin mining activities. Bitmine holds digital assets strategically, generating yield on those holdings to support liquidity and capital formation. Since 2025, the Company has expanded its blockchain infrastructure capabilities, including developing and deploying MAVAN, its institutional staking and validation platform. The Company's activities further include investments in early-stage blockchain opportunities ("moonshot" investments) and ancillary mining, hosting, and consulting services.

For additional details, follow on X:

https://x.com/bitmnr

https://x.com/fundstrat

Cautionary Note on Forward Looking Statements 

This press release contains statements that constitute "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as amended. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not purely historical and can generally be identified by terms such as "expects," "projects," "intends," "plans," "believes," "anticipates," "estimates," "targets," "goal," "potential," "positioned," "likely," "may," "will," "would," "could," "should," "view," or similar expressions. This press release specifically contains forward-looking statements regarding: (i) the Company's goal of acquiring 5% of the total ETH supply (the "Alchemy of 5%" initiative); (ii) the Company's digital asset accumulation and treasury strategy, including statements regarding the expected pace, extent, and continuation of ETH acquisitions and management's statement that the Company is largely finished buying ETH; (iii) the Company's staking operations, including projected annualized ETH staking rewards of approximately $400 million at scale and projected annualized staking revenues of approximately $336 million, each of which is based on a 7-day trailing yield that may not be representative of future yields; (iv) MAVAN's expansion to serve institutional investors, custodians, and ecosystem partners; (v) management's beliefs regarding future crypto market conditions, including that a crypto bull market is underway or forthcoming, that it may be the largest crypto bull market ever, and the anticipated effects of tokenization, wealth transfer, digital asset treasury supply absorption, and artificial intelligence on crypto markets; (vi) management's beliefs that the Company is positioned to outperform in future market conditions and regarding the Company's competitive position; (vii) management's beliefs regarding the Company's Series A Perpetual Preferred Stock (BMNP), including its role as a benchmark for ETH credit yields and the yield and stability characteristics of ETH; (viii) estimates of future wealth transfer and its expected impact on demand for crypto and equities; (ix) management's belief that the GENIUS Act and SEC Project Crypto are or will be transformational to financial services; and (x) statements regarding the future value of the Company's crypto, cash, marketable securities, and "moonshot" holdings.

These forward-looking statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to: the extreme volatility and unpredictability of digital asset prices, including ETH and Bitcoin; the concentration of the Company's assets in ETH; the possibility that crypto markets do not enter a bull market, or that any such market is shorter or smaller than anticipated; the Company's reliance on third-party pricing sources, reported market values, and third-party data and estimates (including estimates of wealth transfer), which may fluctuate materially or prove inaccurate; uncertainty in the valuation of illiquid and privately held investments, including the Company's stake in Beast Industries; changes in market conditions affecting the trading price and volume of the Company's securities, including the Company's common stock and Series A Perpetual Preferred Stock, and the relationship between the trading price of the Company's securities and the value of its digital asset holdings; the Company's ability to pay dividends on its Series A Perpetual Preferred Stock; dilution resulting from future issuances of equity or equity-linked securities; changes in the Company's ETH acquisition plans, including any decision to slow, pause, or resume purchases; the Company's ability to successfully execute its digital asset acquisition strategy and achieve its ETH accumulation targets, including the "Alchemy of 5%" goal; the Company's ability to finance its business operations and MAVAN expansion; operational, security, and technological risks associated with the Company's staking and validation operations, including network failures, slashing events, cybersecurity breaches, and protocol changes; the risk that actual staking yields, rewards, and revenues differ materially from projected amounts, including because short-term trailing yields may not persist; competition in the digital asset treasury, staking, and mining industries, and the risk that digital asset treasury companies sell rather than hold their digital assets; the Company's dependence on key personnel; regulatory developments affecting digital assets, blockchain technology, and staking activities, including the implementation and interpretation of the GENIUS Act, SEC Project Crypto, and other pending legislation or regulatory initiatives; actions by the SEC, CFTC, and other regulatory bodies; risks related to the Company's "moonshot" investments, including in Eightco Holdings and Beast Industries; macroeconomic factors, including inflation, interest rates, monetary policy, oil prices, and general economic conditions; changes to the Ethereum protocol; the performance of third-party service providers, exchanges, custodians, and staking partners; and the other risk factors described in the Company's filings with the SEC.

The forward-looking statements contained in this press release are based on information available to management as of the date of this release and reflect management's current expectations, estimates, and beliefs concerning future events. Actual results may vary materially from those expressed or implied based on the factors described above and in the Risk Factors section of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025 filed with the SEC on November 21, 2025, the Company's Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and the Company's other filings with the SEC, as amended or updated from time to time. Copies of these filings are available at www.sec.gov and at https://Bitminetech.io/investor-relations/. The Company cautions readers not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. Bitmine expressly disclaims any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements except as required by applicable law.

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.